cc6400 algorithms 808-891-060103

This document is the property of Carrier Corporation and is delivered on the express condition that it is not to be disclosed,reproduced in whole or in part, or used for manufacture by anyone other than Carrier Corporation without its written consent, andthat no right is granted to disclose or so use any information contained in said document.

Carrier reserves the right to change or modify the information or product described without prior notice and without incurring anyliability.

© 2002, Carrier Corporation Printed in U.S.A. 808-891 Rev. 06/03

Comfort Controller

Overview and ConfigurationManual

Stepper Motor Output ........................................... 80Temperature Input ................................................. 83Voltage Input ......................................................... 86Voltage Output ...................................................... 89

How To Configure Algorithms ............................... 93AO-Adaptive Control ............................................ 95AO-Cooling CV .................................................. 105AO-Cooling VAV ............................................... 118AO-Fan Tracking ................................................ 131AO-Heating CV .................................................. 141AO-Heating VAV ............................................... 155AO-Humidity Control ......................................... 170AO-Mixed Air CV w IAQ .................................. 179AO-Mixed Air VAV w IAQ ............................... 197AO-Permissive Intrlock ...................................... 213AO-Reset ............................................................. 221AO-Shared Transducer ........................................ 231AO-Static Pressure .............................................. 247DO-Analog Comparison ..................................... 255DO-DX Staging VAV ......................................... 262DO-Electric Heat CV .......................................... 278DO-Electric Heat VAV ....................................... 294DO-Enthalpy Comparison ................................... 311DO-Interlock ....................................................... 317DO-Lighting Control ........................................... 322DO-Permissive Intrlock ...................................... 326DO-Prop Thermo Elec ........................................ 335DO-Prop Thermo 2 Pipe ..................................... 347DO-Prop Thermo 4 Pipe ..................................... 358DO-Pump Control ............................................... 369DO-Staged Thermostat ....................................... 381DO-Staging ......................................................... 393DO-Time Clock ................................................... 406DO-Time Clock w Check ................................... 413AOSS Schedule ................................................... 423Network Broadcast .............................................. 440Linkage/AOSS Schedule ..................................... 444NTFC w Enthalpy Check .................................... 466

Overview ..................................................................... 1

Introduction ............................................................... 5Hardware Overview ................................................ 5

Comfort Controller 6400 ................................ 5Comfort Controller 1600 ................................ 7

Software Overview ................................................. 9Algorithms ..................................................... 9

Configuration Overview ....................................... 10Interpreting Flow Diagrams .................................. 10Custom Programming ........................................... 12Foreign Language Conversion .............................. 12

How To Configure a Newly InstalledComfort Controller ................................................. 13

Introduction ........................................................... 13Configuration Process ........................................... 14

Creating the Database .................................. 14Configuring the Database ............................. 20

Downloading a Controller ..................................... 20

How to Modify an Existing Comfort ControllerDatabase .................................................................... 23

How To Configure Points ....................................... 27Analog Software Point .......................................... 28Custom Milliamp Input ......................................... 30Custom Milliamp Output ...................................... 35Custom Voltage Input ........................................... 40Custom Voltage Output ........................................ 45Discrete Output ..................................................... 50Discrete Software Point ........................................ 55Latched Discrete Input .......................................... 57Milliamp Input ...................................................... 59Milliamp Output .................................................... 63Network Input Point .............................................. 66Network Output Point ........................................... 70Pulsed Discrete Input ............................................ 73Sensed Discrete Input ............................................ 77

ii

Occupancy ........................................................... 477Sensor Group ....................................................... 478WSM Air Source ................................................. 484WSM Cool Source .............................................. 490

How To Configure Schedules ............................... 495Holiday Schedule ................................................ 496Network Time Schedule ...................................... 498Setpoint Schedule ................................................ 499Time Schedule ..................................................... 501

How To Configure Alarms ................................... 511Discrete State Alarm ........................................... 512First Out Alarm ................................................... 520Limit Alarm ......................................................... 529Number of Starts Alarm ...................................... 538Runtime Alarm .................................................... 545Setpoint Limit Alarm .......................................... 552

How To Configure System Functions .................. 563Analog Trace Point ............................................. 566Ctlr-ID ................................................................. 571Consumable/Loadshed ........................................ 572Database Status ................................................... 573Discrete Trace Point ............................................ 575Internal Consumable ........................................... 580LID Processor ..................................................... 583Real Time Clock ................................................. 587Runtime ............................................................... 592

Configuration Sheets ............................................. 593

Appendix ACCN Compatibility ............................................. 613

Appendix BStandard Input and Output Devices .................... 617

Appendix CAllowable Entries for AI/AO Display Units ....... 622

Appendix DAllowable Entries for DI/DO Display Units ....... 623

Appendix EAlarm Information .............................................. 624

Appendix FLID Operation ..................................................... 627

Appendix GHow To Configure a Newly Installed ComfortController Using a LID ....................................... 635

Appendix HConfiguration Sheets for LID-basedConfiguration ...................................................... 641

Index ....................................................................... 653

Caution Before changing an existing ComfortController database, please read thesection How to Modify an ExistingComfort Controller Database. If you donot follow these procedures, the Com-fort Controller database could becomecorrupt, causing your Comfort Control-ler to operate improperly.

iii

ManualRevisions

The Comfort Controller Overview and Configuration Manual iscatalog number 808-891, Rev. 06/03. This manual replaces theComfort Controller Overview and Configuration Manual catalognumber 808-891, Rev. 03/02. The following changes have been madesince the 03/02 version.

Section/Chapter Changes

How To ConfigureAlarms 1. Under Discrete State Alarm, revised the introductory

paragraphs, as well as the description of the Comparison Pointdecision on page 513.

Overview

1

Overview

This manual contains information about the operations of the ComfortController product family and how you must configure the controllersto perform those operations. The table below describes the contents ofthis manual.

Chapter Name Page Description

Overview 1 Presents an overview of the manual andlists other required documentation.

Introduction 5 Provides an overview of the ComfortController product family and discussesthe differences between the ComfortController 1600 and Comfort Controller6400. This section also provides a con-figuration overview, flow diagramsoverview, and a description of customprogramming and foreign languageconversion.

How To 13 Provides the procedure for configuringConfigure a a newly installed Comfort ControllerNewly Installed using the Building Supervisor or NetworkComfort Controller Service Tool. It also provides instructions

for downloading an existing ComfortController database to a new ComfortController.

How to Modify 23 Describes the operations that change thean Existing Comfort Comfort Controller database and requireController Database you to remove, add, and upload the con-

troller to each PC that contains its olddatabase.

How To 27 Provides the following information forConfigure each point: purpose, typical application,Points list of required and optional configura-

tion decisions, and a description of eachdecision that includes allowable entriesand default values. This chapter alsoincludes a list of applicable maintenancedecisions and a description of each one.

About this Manual

2


How To 93 This chapter provides the followingConfigure information for each analog, discrete,Algorithms and global algorithm: purpose,

typical application, block diagramillustrating flow of inputs and outputs,list of required and optional configura-tion decisions, and a description of eachdecision that includes allowable entriesand default values. This chapter alsoincludes a list of applicable maintenancedecisions and a description of each one.

How To 495 This chapter provides the followingConfigure information for each schedule:Schedules purpose, typical application, list of

required and optional configurationdecisions, and a description of eachdecision that includes allowable entriesand default values. This chapter alsoincludes a list of applicable maintenancedecisions and a description of each one.

How To 511 This chapter provides the followingConfigure information for each alarm: purpose,Alarms typical application, block diagram

illustrating flow of inputs and outputs,list of required and optional configura-tion decision that includes allowableentries and default values. This sectionalso includes a list of maintenancedecision and a description of eachmaintenance decision.

3


How To 563 This chapter provides the followingConfigure information for each system function:System Functions purpose, typical application, list of

required and optional configurationdecisions and a description of eachdecision that includes allowableentries and default values. Thischapter also includes a list of appli-cable maintenance decisions and adescription of each one.

Configuration 593 This chapter contains perforatedSheets configuration sheets for the Comfort

Controller.

Appendix A 613 This appendix lists the CCN systemelements that are compatible with theComfort Controller.

Appendix B 617 This appendix lists the engineeringunits, ranges, resolutions, and accu-racy for the standard input and outputdevices supported by the ComfortController.

Appendix C 622 This appendix lists the allowableentries for analog input/analog outputdisplay units.

Appendix D 623 This appendix lists the allowableentries for discrete input/discreteoutput display units.

Appendix E 624 This appendix lists alarm levels, alarmsources, alarm description indexes,and standard control characters foralarm messages.

4


Appendix F 627 This appendix describes the LocalInterface Device’s (LID’s) menustructure, default screen, keypad anddisplay. This appendix also providesinstructions for logging on and access-ing items in both the status and editmodes.

Appendix G 635 This appendix provides instructionsfor configuring a newly installedComfort Controller using a LID.

Appendix H 641 This appendix, called Quickstart, is ahandy reference that provides youwith forms and reference sheets toconfigure the Comfort Controller asquickly as possible. This tear-outsection provides the best way toquickly see the big configurationpicture plus some important details.

This manual makes reference to the following CCN manuals. All ofthese manuals are available from Carrier Literature Distribution.

• BEST++ Programmer’s Reference Manual (808-893)• Building Supervisor III Operation Manual (808-758)• Data Collection III Option Overview and Configuration Manual

(808-705)

Other RequiredDocumentation

Introduction

5

The Comfort Controller product family provides general purposeHVAC control and monitoring capability in a stand-alone or networkenvironment using closed-loop, direct digital control. This productfamily can also control and monitor equipment such as lighting,pumps, and cooling towers. The Comfort Controller product familygives the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) the capability to controlnon-Carrier equipment and Carrier HVAC equipment not equippedwith Product Integrated Controls (PICs).

You configure the Comfort Controller to contain a database of thealgorithms, points, schedules, alarms and system functions that arenecessary to control and monitor the equipment at your site. Youenter the configuration data using the following CCN operator inter-face devices:

• Network Service Tool III• Building Supervisor III• Local Interface Device (LID)• ComfortWORKS

There are two types of Comfort Controllers:

Comfort Controller 6400Comfort Controller 1600

Both controllers provide the same functions, such as:

• HVAC Control• proportional, integral, and derivative (PID) loop control• scheduling• custom programming

You can connect 16 field points (8 inputs and 8 outputs) to the Com-fort Controller 6400, also known as the 6400. To connect additionalfield points, add optional input/output modules (8 inputs and 8 outputsper module) to the Comfort Controller 6400. By using multiple I/Omodules, you can connect 48 additional points to the Comfort Con-troller 6400, giving you the capability to control and/or monitor a totalof up to 64 field points. The appropriate number of I/O modules areselected for each control situation and simply installed along with the6400 in your field-selected NEMA-1 enclosure.

HardwareOverview

Introduction

Comfort Controller6400

6

Figure 2-1 illustrates one possible way to connect 40 points.

Comfort Controller 6400: 16 I/O field points 1st 6400-I/O Output Module: 16 I/O field points 2nd 6400-I/O Output Module: + 8 Input field points

40 I/O field points

Figure 2-2 lists the sensors and devices supported by the ComfortController 6400’s I/O channels. To determine these sensors anddevices engineering units, ranges, resolutions, and accuracy, refer toAppendix B.

8 INPUTS

Channels Specifications

1 to 8 Discrete, analog, or temperature

DiscreteDry contactPulsed dry contact

Analog4-20 mA (2 wire and 4 wire)0-10 Vdc

Temperature5K & 10K ohm thermistors (YSI and MCI)1K ohm nickel RTD (MCI and NTC)

8 OUTPUTS


9 to 16 Discrete or analog

Discrete24 Vdc@80 mA

Analog4-20 mA0-10 Vdc

Figure 2-1Example of HardwareConfiguration

Figure 2-2Sensors and DevicesSupported by theComfort Controller 6400

7

The Comfort Controller 6400 gives you the capability to deactivateall inputs, all outputs, or deactivate both inputs and outputs bysimply flipping a switch on the module.

The optional Comfort Controller 6400—HOA (Hand-Off-Auto)consists of eight switches that provide you with the capability tomanually override each discrete output point.

The Comfort Controller 6400 supports the UT203 FID family of I/Omodules for retrofit applications:

• 8 Input • Low Voltage DSIO• 8 Output • High Voltage DSIO*• 4 Input/4 Output

* You must install High Voltage DSIO Module(s) in their ownenclosure because they contain Class 1 wiring.

You can connect 16 field points (8 inputs and 8 outputs) to theComfort Controller 1600.

Figure 2-3 on the next page lists the sensors and devices supportedby the Comfort Controller 1600’s I/O channels. To determine thesesensors and devices engineering units, ranges, resolutions, andaccuracy, refer to Appendix B.

Comfort Controller1600

8

8 INPUTS


1 to 4 Discrete or analog (0-10 Vdc)5 & 6 Temperature7 & 8 Discrete, analog, or temperature

DiscreteDry contactPulsed dry contact

Analog4-20 mA (2 wire only)0-10 Vdc

Temperature5K & 10K ohm thermistors (YSI and MCI)1K ohm nickel RTD (NTC)

8 OUTPUTS


1 to 4 Discrete5 & 6 Analog

4-20 mA7 & 8 Discrete or analog

Discrete24 Vdc@80 mA

Analog4-20 mA0-10 Vdc

Figure 2-3Sensors and DevicesSupported by theComfort Controller 1600

9

The Comfort Controller contains a “software library” and a blankdatabase. You select the algorithms, points, schedules, alarms, andsystem functions required for your application from the library. TheComfort Controller stores in its database the items you select. Thesize of the database is relative to the amount of space the selecteditems occupy. Once you establish the database, you configure it.

Library 1. Select items Databasefrom library,

Where you select: thus adding Where selected•points them to the items are stored•schedules database. and configured.•algorithms ➔•alarms 2. Configure the•system functions items.

You can select more than one copy of each item, which allows youto have multiple occurrences of the same item in the database. Forexample, if your application involves controlling five air handlers,you could select five copies of the AO—Heating CV algorithm.Each copy (occurrence) of the algorithm would have its own con-figuration and be independent of the others. This flexibility inconfiguration gives you the capability to control and monitor HVACdevices in the manner that you desire.

You can select items from the library until the available area in thedatabase is filled.

An algorithm is a pre-engineered group of processes that providesyou with the capability to control and monitor HVAC devices in asafe, energy efficient manner.

Each pre-engineered algorithm contains some combination ofpoints, schedules, systems functions, and HVAC functions thatprovide information to the algorithm. A typical grouping of itemsfor an algorithm is shown in the flow diagram in Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-4Relationship BetweenLibrary and Database

Algorithms

SoftwareOverview

10

After the Comfort Controller is installed, you must create andconfigure its database to meet the needs of your site’s controlapplications.

As you create and configure the database, you answer a series ofquestions called configuration decisions. Configuration decisionsare logically grouped into configuration tables. The first tables youmust configure are Service-Config Tables. These tables definewhich library items you want to add to the database. For example,in the Service-Config Tables you specify the algorithms, alarms,hardware and software points, and schedules needed for your appli-cation.

After configuring the Service-Config Tables, you must configuredecisions that provide details about the library items you selected.For example, if you selected a heating coil algorithm, you wouldspecify such things as the point that is controlling the air handler’shot water valve, the point that provides the on/off status of the airhandler’s fan, and the Adaptive Optimal Start/Stop algorithm thatprovides the occupancy and temperature setpoints for the algorithm.

To determine the values to enter in the configuration decisions, referto the completed configuration sheets for your application. Thesesheets indicate whether to use the default values or to use an opera-tor interface to change the default values to the ones shown on thesheets. For your convenience, the configuration sheets list alldecisions in the order in which they appear on the operator inter-faces and in this manual.

Flow diagrams are used in this manual to illustrate the flow ofinputs and outputs among blocks of data within an algorithm, alarm,or schedule. The figure on the next page is the flow diagram for theAO—Cooling VAV algorithm.

Each block of data within an algorithm, alarm, or schedule repre-sents a configuration decision, whose name appears at the top of theblock. Each block requires one or more inputs and outputs.

ConfigurationOverview

Interpreting FlowDiagrams

11

As shown in the figure below, inputs appear on the left side of theblock with arrows pointing inward, while outputs are shown on theright side of the block with arrows pointing outward.

One block’s output becomes another block’s input. Sometimes anoutput serves as an input to more than block. When that occurs, afilled circle is placed on the output’s arrow to indicate the locationwhere its direction branches off.

Logical and relational operators are often used to connect inputs andoutputs. Sample interpretations are shown on the next page.

Figure 2-5Sample Flow Diagram

Sensor Input

PID_Master Loop

Enable

Setpoint

Minimum Output

Maximum Output

Clamp Integrator

Reset Integrator

Output

Output

StatusForce Status

Output

StatusForce Status

Occupied High Setpoint

Humidity Setpoint

Occupied Low Setpoint

Output

Status

Force Status

Supply AirTemperature

VAVSetpoint

Reset

SensorInput

SensorStatus

Supply AirSetpoint

Output

Force

Status

(SoftwarePoint)

Input

Fan Status Point

Output

Status

Force Status

(Low Setpoint +High Setpoint)/2

AND

<

OR

>

OR

CoolingCoil

Valve

Output

Force

Status

Status

Input

Output

SELECT A

O

A

B

-3

+

High Setpoint

Space Setpoint

Low Setpoint

High Humidity Switch

High Humidity Sensor

Occupancy State ?

TimeSchedule

Output

Maintenance

SELECT A

O

A

B

1

Sensor Group/SPT Sensor

TS Override

Status

High

Low

Average

12

A > CB

Interpretation: If A>B, then C=1 otherwise C=0

A + CB

Interpretation: C=A+B

A OR CB

Interpretation: If A=1 or B=1, then C=1 otherwise C=0

D Select A C

-3 A

0 B

Interpretation: If D=1, then C=-3 otherwise C=0

The industry-proven, pre-engineered algorithms provide the type ofcontrol necessary for most applications, but you may want to furthercustomize and extend them to meet any unique control require-ments.

The custom programming language, BEST++, is available to allowyou to easily supplement or enhance the algorithms. You create andedit custom programs using the BEST++ Programmer's Environment.For more information on custom programming, refer to the BEST++

Programmers’s Reference Manual.

You can convert the Comfort Controller software to any languagewhose alphabet is supported by the ANSI ASCII code set. If youare not sure if the Comfort Controller software can be converted tothe language you desire, contact your local Carrier distributor.

Figure 2-6Logical and RelationalOperator UsageInterpretations

CustomProgramming

Foreign LanguageConversion

How To Configurea Newly InstalledComfort Controller

13

This section provides you with the procedures that are necessary toconfigure a newly installed Comfort Controller using a BuildingSupervisor III. In addition, you can use the Network Service Tool,Quickstart, or ComfortWORKS. Refer to their respective operatinginstructions for configuration procedures.

When installing a Comfort Controller, you must perform a numberof steps in a particular order. These steps are grouped into twoprocedures:

• Creating the Comfort Controller’s database using the Service-Config Tables

• Configuring the database using the configuration tables

The term create, as it applies to the Comfort Controller, means tospecify information about the items being selected in the Service-Config Tables. You must specify information such as channeltypes, sensor type or units, channel names, function types andfunction units. For example, the AO-Cooling CV algorithm’sfunction type is 2 and its function units might be 2, which indicates0−100%.

The term configure, as it is used in relation to the Comfort Control-ler, means to specify to the Comfort Controller the information thatit needs to control and monitor HVAC devices in the desired man-ner. For example, when configuring the AO-Cooling CV algorithm,you must enter information such as the name of the AO point con-trolling the air handler’s chilled water valve and the Sensor Groupor space temperature sensor that is providing the space temperatureinputs.

In a newly installed Comfort Controller, the database is effectively ablank page. Based on your application, you decide which algo-rithms, points, alarms, schedules, and system functions are neededto create the database. The database, therefore, only consists of thefeatures and functions required by your application.

Introduction

How To Configurea Newly InstalledComfort Controller

14

Follow the steps below to configure a newly installed ComfortController. Only complete the steps needed to configure yourapplication. For example, if your application does not requiresoftware points, then omit Step 9.

1. Complete the 1600 or 6400 Hardware and Software PointConfiguration Sheets located in Appendix H (Quickstart) ofthis manual. Use the reference sheets in that appendix toassist you.

2. Set the address of the Comfort Controller with the NetworkConfiguration Tool (NCT).

3. Select Add, Controller, and Upload to add and upload theComfort Controller to the operator interface’s database.

Note: If the Upload fails, reset the Comfort Controllerusing the RJ-14 reset jumper. Insert the jumper intothe module’s modular phone jacks. Wait approxi-mately 30 seconds for the reset to take place, thenremove the jumper.

4. From the operator interface’s menu, access the Service-Config Tables by completing the following steps.

a. Select Select.

b. Select the desired Comfort Controller.

c. Select Diagnostic.

d. Select Service-Config.

The operator interface displays the list of Service-ConfigTables.

You create the controller’s database by defining therequired items in the Service-Config Tables. Thesetables are listed in the table on the next page.

ConfigurationProcess

Creating the Database

15

Table 3-1Service-Config Tables

Table Name Purpose

FNCxx-yy To create a combination of up to 24 ofthe following functions in a ComfortController 1600 or up to 96 in aComfort Controller 6400: AO, DO,and global (i.e., AOSS, Linkage)algorithms, alarms, and time sched-ules.

HWxx-yy To create up to 8 hardware points pertable for a total of 16 points in aComfort Controller 1600 or 64 pointsin a Comfort Controller 6400.

NUMSYS To create up to 16 holidays, 16 Net-work Time Schedules, 4 ConsumableTables of up to 16 schedules each, 4Runtime Tables of up to 16 scheduleseach, and up to 16 Loadshed Tables.

SETPTDEF To create up to 16 setpoint schedules.

SWxx-yy To create up to 8 software points pertable for a total of 16 points in aComfort Controller 1600 or 32 pointsin a Comfort Controller 6400.

UPDATEDB To update the Comfort Controller’sdatabase

16

Using the 1600 or 6400 Hardware and Software Point Con-figuration Sheets completed in Step 1, configure the Service-Config Tables by completing the following steps.

5. Configure the FNCxx-yy Tables by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are creating each desired AO, DO,and global algorithm, alarm, and time schedule.

a. Select the FNCxx-yy Table from the list of Service-Config Tables.

b. Enter the function type and engineering unit for eachfunction.

Note: Comfort Controller processing can be enhancedif similar functions are grouped together in thefollowing order:

1. Alarms2. Occupancy3. DO—Permissive Intrlock4. AO—Permissive Intrlock5. Discrete algorithms6. Analog algorithms7. Global algorithms

c. Press the F2 key to activate the menu, then select Save tosave the table.

d. Select Download to download the table to the ComfortController.

e. If configuring a Comfort Controller 6400, repeat Steps athrough d for each table.

6. Configure the HWxx-yy Table by completing the steps below.In these steps you are defining the hardware points in groupsof eight points per table.

a. Select the HWxx-yy Table from the list of Service-Config Tables.

b. Enter the channel type, sensor or units, and channel namefor each hardware point.

Note: You must enter unique names for each point.

17



e. Repeat Steps a through d for each table.

7. Configure the NUMSYS Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are indicating the number ofHoliday Schedules, Network Time Schedules, Consumables,Runtimes, and Loadsheds required. You are also indicating iflanguage conversion will be performed.

a. Select the NUMSYS Table from the list of Service-Config Tables.

b. Enter the quantity of each type of system function, andspecify whether language conversion will be performed.



8. Configure the SETPTDEF Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are defining the engineering units(degrees F, % Rh, inches of water, etc.) for each SetpointSchedule.

Note: Any Setpoint Schedule left at 0 is undefined and notcreated.

a. Select the SETPTDEF Table from the list of Service-Config Tables.

b. Enter the engineering unit for each Setpoint Schedule.



18

9. Configure each SWxx-yy Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are defining the software points ingroups of eight points per table.

a. Select the SWxx-yy Table from the list of Service-ConfigTables.

b. Enter the channel type, sensor or units, and channel namefor each software point.



e. Repeat Steps a through d for each table.

10. Update the Comfort Controller’s database with the itemsselected in Steps 5 through 9.

a. Select the UPDATEDB Table from the list of Service-Config Tables.

b. Press the Spacebar to toggle the value in the UpdateDatabase configuration decision to Yes.

c. Press the F2 key to activate the menu, then select Down-load to download the table to the Comfort Controller.

While the Comfort Controller database is updating, theComfort Controller’s red LED blinks rapidly. Theupdate time varies with the size of the database. Waituntil the Comfort Controller’s red LED blinks slowlybefore proceeding to the next step.

Note: All Comfort Controller communication with theCCN is disabled during the update.

19

11. Remove, Add, and Upload the Comfort Controller from theoperator interface’s database. This step is required becausethe operator interface’s database no longer matches theComfort Controller’s database.

Note: If the operator interface displays an error message,the update was not yet completed. Wait until theComfort Controller’s red LED blinks slowly again,and repeat Step 11.

12. Verify that the uploaded database contains the correct quan-tity and type of points (from Points, Display), and the correctquantity and type of functions including algorithms, alarms,Time Schedules, Setpoint Schedules, etc. (from Modify,Controller).

If the uploaded database is correct, proceed to Step 13.

If the uploaded database is not correct, check theDBSTATUS maintenance screen for errors. If Yes is dis-played in the Database Error maintenance decision, there isan invalid entry in one of the Service-Config Table decisions,or insufficient memory available for your application.

Note: Database items are created in their respective Ser-vice-Config Table. Each table is created in sequen-tial order, with the FNC01-24 Table being first, asshown in Table 3-1. If a configuration error isencountered, the Comfort Controller will stopupdating the database at the point in the respectiveService-Config Table where the error occurred.

13. If you wish to modify the default hardware or software pointdescriptions, complete the steps below.

a. Select Points.

b. Select the appropriate hardware or software table.

c. Select the desired point.

d. Press the F3 key, modify the description, then pressEnter.

e. Repeat as necessary.

f. Modify and Download the controller database to down-load the point descriptors to the Comfort Controller.

20

1. Select Modify and Controller from the operator interface’smenu.

2. Configure each table for points, algorithms, alarms, etc.

All the items to be configured in Step 2 (i.e., CCCV_,MADVV, etc.) will be listed alphabetically with their associ-ated function table number (01 to 96 for a Comfort Controller6400 and 01 to 24 for a Comfort Controller 1600).

Note: When configuring algorithms (such as AO-Humid-ity Control and Heating VAV), there are usuallyoptional inputs that are not used. Leave the inputsset to their default values. For example, in HumidityControl, keep the Fan Status Point default value setto SENSDI00. Deleting default values will nega-tively affect Comfort Controller processing speed.

3. Press the F2 key to activate the menu, then select Save to savethe table.

4. Select Download to download the table to the Comfort Con-troller.

5. Repeat Steps 3 through 5 for each table.

6. Modify and Upload the Comfort Controller’s database to theoperator interface. After completing this step, you will beable to force points from the maintenance display.

Caution: If you modify the Service-Config Tables IN ANYWAY after this initial configuration, you must performSteps 10 through 12 under Creating the Database.

Use the following procedure to download an existing ComfortController database from a Building Supervisor or Network ServiceTool to a new Comfort Controller. You can also use the procedurewhen upgrading a Comfort Controller’s software by downloadingthe existing database into the new controller with the new software.

The procedure accomplishes three basic tasks:

• Initializing the controller• Building the configuration tables• Downloading data to the configuration tables

1. Using the LID Interface Cable, RAM flush the ComfortController module by inserting the cable into both themodule’s phone jacks. Power down the controller for 30seconds, then remove the CCN communication bus. Powerup the module. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the resetto take place, then remove the cable.

Configuring theDatabase

Downloading aController

21

2. Set the Comfort Controller’s address with the NetworkConfiguration Tool, then replace the CCN communicationbus.

3. From the Building Supervisor or Network Service Tool,initialize the controller by completing the following steps:

a. Select Select.

b. Select the desired Comfort Controller.

c. Select Modify.

d. Select Download.

The download results (Downloaded or Rejected) willdisplay in the Results column. With the exception of theService-Config Tables, the status message Rejected willdisplay next to most tables.

4. Build the configuration tables by completing the steps below:

a. Select Diagnostic.

b. Select Service-Config.

c. Select the UPDATEDB Table from the list of Service-Config Tables

d. Press the Spacebar to toggle the value in the UpdateDatabase configuration decision to Yes.

e. Press the F2 key to activate the menu, then select Down-load to download the tables.

Caution: Do not select Save.

While the controller’s database is updating, the ComfortController’s red LED blinks rapidly. Wait until the ComfortController’s red LED blinks slowly before proceeding to thenext step.

Note: All Comfort Controller communication with theCCN is disabled during the update.

22

5. Download the data to the configuration tables by completingthe steps below:

a. Select Modify.

b. Select Download.

The download status (Downloaded, Different, or Re-jected) displays in the Results column. Most tables willhave the message Downloaded displayed next to them.BEST++ tables, however, will have the message Differentdisplayed next to them. (You will download BEST++

tables in Step 7.)

If the message Rejected displays next to a table, repeatStep 5.

6. Complete the steps below to verify that the tables successfullydownloaded.

a. Select Diagnostic.

b. Select Verify-Config.

If Different or Rejected is displayed next to tables other thanBEST++ tables, repeat Steps 5 and 6.

If the tables were downloaded properly, proceed to the nextstep.

7. If there are any BEST++ programs in your database, completethe following steps:

a. Enter the BEST++ environment.

b. Select and Download the BEST++ file name(s) you wishto download.

c. When the download is complete, exit the BEST++ envi-ronment.

d. Select Remove to remove the controller from the Build-ing Supervisor or Network Service Tool’s database.

e. Select Add, Controller, and Upload to copy the newBEST or BEST++ data from the Comfort Controller to theBuilding Supervisor or Network Service Tool.

How To Modify anExisting ComfortController Database

23

When using Building Supervisor III, Network Service Tool III, orComfortWORKS, it is important to maintain a current database oneach PC that will be accessing a Comfort Controller.

You should always keep a backup copy of the last known gooddatabase. To copy the database, refer to the appropriate operatorinterface’s manual and follow the instructions to add and copy acurrently uploaded controller’s database.

The following operations change the Comfort Controller databaseand require the controller to be removed, added, and uploaded toeach operator interface containing its old database.

• Using QuickStart to change, add, or remove any item in theComfort Controller.

Note: Changing items such as units on a hardwarepoint requires you to remove, add, and uploadthat controller’s database to all the operatorinterfaces that contain it.

• Using Building Supervisor III, Network Service Tool III, orComfortWORKS 1.0a or earlier to modify any entry in theDiagnostic Service Configuration tables, and then perform-ing an Update Database.

Note: If you made any of the above changes, you canupdate the ComfortWORKS 2.0 or later PC byuploading the controller again. You do not need toperform a controller Remove.

Since most installations use databases on multiple PCs, you shouldalways perform a Diagnostic-Verify Configuration before accessingan installation with an old database.

If the Diagnostic-Verify of the database reports any items as differ-ent, follow the procedure listed below. You should not performModify-Download at this time, since the database has changed.

Verifying DatabaseIntegrity

How to Modify anExisting ComfortControllerDatabase

24

Caution: If a Modify-Download of an old database is performed,a database corruption may occur. This may causeimproper operation of functions, and input/outputs.

1. View the Diagnostic Maintenance DBSTATUS table. IfDatabase Error, EEPROM Error, or RAM Error is Yes, referto Correcting Database and Memory Errors below.

2. If there are no DBSTATUS errors, print the Diagnostic-Verify report or note the table names listed as different.

3. Go to each of the configuration tables listed as different in theDiagnostic-Verify Report, and upload the configuration table.Carefully check the configuration before and after eachupload to see which configuration decisions changed.

• If the changes are not desired, leave the table withoutsaving, then re-enter the table and download the lastknow configuration.

• If any garbled data appears in the upload or if a messagesimilar to “Table or Block not Defined in Controller”appears, you should immediately remove, add, andupload the controller to the operator interface.

Note: When this occurs, the database in the ComfortController is different from the database in theoperator interface.

Use the following procedure to correct database and memory errors:

1. If EEPROM or RAM error is Yes, the controller’s database isfull and you need to delete at least one function, point, sched-ule, etc. in order to add any new items.

2. If Database Error is Yes, invalid information has been down-loaded to the controller. Do not Remove, Add, and Uploadthe controller at this point, as the database could contain

Correcting Databaseand Memory Errors

25

improper data and the last known good configuration will belost. Database Error can be Yes for the following reasons:

• You have entered an invalid entry in one of the Diagnos-tic-Service Configuration tables and then performed anUpdate Database. The only way to put invalid entries inthe Diagnostic-Service Table is through Carrier Controlsor ComfortWORKS 1.0a or earlier Service Configura-tion.

If an invalid entry is placed in any Service entry, deleteor correct the entry and perform another Update Data-base. More information on correcting a problem of thisnature is in Step 12 of Creating the Database.

• You have downloaded from an old database via BuildingSupervisor III, Network Service Tool III (Carrier Con-trols), or ComfortWORKS. You can download the lastknown good PC database to the controller by followingthe procedure for Downloading a Controller above.

How To ConfigurePoints

27

How ToConfigurePoints

OverviewThis section provides the following information for each point:

• Purpose• Typical application• List of required and optional configuration decisions• Description of each configuration decision that includes allow-

able entries and default values• List of maintenance decisions• Description of each maintenance decision

Note: Some standard input/output (I/O) points do not haveconfiguration decisions because they are pre-configured.Points with custom engineering units, such as CustomMilliamp Input and Custom Voltage Input, however, dorequire you to complete configuration decisions.

Discrete and analog software points do not have configura-tion decisions.

The Comfort Controller 6400 supports 64 hardware (I/O) points and32 software points.

The Comfort Controller 1600 supports 16 hardware (I/O) points and16 software points.

For easy reference, all points are presented in alphabetical order:

Analog Software PointCustom Milliamp InputCustom Milliamp OutputCustom Voltage InputCustom Voltage OutputDiscrete OutputDiscrete Software PointLatched Discrete InputMilliamp InputMilliamp OutputNetwork Data InNetwork Data OutPulsed Discrete InputSensed Discrete InputStepper Motor OutputTemperature InputVoltage InputVoltage Output

Description of Points

28

Analog SoftwarePoint

Analog software points serve three purposes:

• Give a custom program created in BEST++ the capability todisplay analog values that can be used as inputs to standardalgorithms

• Make the output of any analog type algorithm the input toanother algorithm

• Serve as the destination of a Broadcast or Data Transfer point.

An analog software point can be displayed and forced.

This point can be configured to receive a broadcasted outside airtemperature value.

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis point type. They provide useful information regarding thestatus and configuration of this point.

System ValueForceStatusAlarm Status

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by anyalgorithms that reference this point. The range of values is deter-mined by the type of data that this point represents. This valueincludes any conversions that are made based on point type or units.This value also includes the effect of any applied forces.

Valid Display -9999.9 to 9999.9

Analog Software PointANSWPT_MSoftware Point Type 2

Maintenance Decisions

Typical Application

List of MaintenanceDecisions

29

Analog Software PointANSWPT_MSoftware Point Type 2

ForceThe value in this decision represents the force level, if any, that hasbeen applied to this point. The forces are listed in order fromhighest to lowest priority, with 1 being the highest force priority.

Valid Display 0 = No force in effect1 = Fire Force2 = Safety Force3 = Service Force4 = Building Supervisor Force5 = Monitor/Remote Force6 = Min Off Time Force7 = Controlling POC Force8 = BEST Force9 = Temp Override Force

10 = Loadshed Force

StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for this point.

Valid Display 0 = Valid value2 = Configuration error

Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. Ifan alarm has not been configured for this point, the value in thisdecision will always be Normal.

Valid Display Normal = Point is within configured limits,or it was not configured.

Alarm = Point is outside configured limits.

30

A custom milliamp input is a hardware point that converts an inputsignal with a maximum range of 0-22 mA to a configurable range ofengineering units. Refer to Appendix C for a list of engineeringunits and their conversion limits.

The equation for the input conversion is:

[(Input - Low Input Endpoint) * (High Conversion Endpoint - Low Conversion Endpoint) /

(High Input Endpoint - Low Input Endpoint)] + Low Conversion Endpoint

The conversion is a linear interpolation of the input between theLow and High Input Endpoint to the Low and High ConversionEndpoint. Figure 4-1 illustrates the conversion.

The following decisions are applicable to this point type. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked decisions areoptional.

* Low Input Endpoint* High Input Endpoint* Low Conversion Endpoint* High Conversion Endpoint

Low Input FaultHigh Input Fault

* Externally Powered


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusSensor ValueHardware ValueChannel NumberControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

Custom MilliampInput

List of ConfigurationDecisions


Custom Milliamp InputCMAMPI_CHardware Point Type 3

31


Low Input EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the minimum input signal that willbe converted. For example, if you specify 4 mA and the input sensor is <=4mA, the computed value will be the Low Conversion Endpoint.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 22.0 mADefault Value 4.0

High Input EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum input signal that willbe converted. For example, if you specify 18 mA and the input sensor is >=18mA, the computed value will be the High Conversion Endpoint.


VALUE

HighConversion

Endpoint

LowConversion

Endpoint

HighInput

Endpoint

LowInput

Endpoint

ConvertedValue

INPUT

Figure 4-1LinearInterpolationof CustomMilliamp Input

ConfigurationDecisions

32

Low Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the conversion value when theinput signal is less than or equal to the Low Input Endpoint. For example, ifyou specify % as the engineering unit for the sensor, the allowable entries are0.00 to 100.00% and an entry of 90.00 is equal to 90% when the input signal is<= Low Input Endpoint.

Allowable Entries Valid range based upon selected display units.Default Value 0.00

High Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the conversion value when theinput signal is greater than or equal to the High Input Endpoint. For example,if you specify % as the engineering unit for the sensor, the allowable entries are0.00 to 100.00% and an entry of 90.00 is equal to 90% when the input signal is>= High Input Endpoint.


Low Input FaultUse this decision to specify the lower limit that indicates the input sensor is outof range.


High Input FaultUse this decision to specify the upper limit that indicates the input sensor is outof range.


Externally PoweredYou must configure this decision to indicate whether the sensor connected tothis channel is externally powered.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No/YesLID = 0(No) / 1(Yes)

Default Value No


33

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by any algorithmsthat reference this point. The range of values is determined by the type of datathat this point represents. This value includes any conversions that are madebased on point type, units, or configured parameters. This value also includesthe effect of any applied forces.


ForceThe value in this decision represents the force level, if any, that has beenapplied to this point. The forces are listed in order from highest to lowestpriority, with 1 being the highest force priority.

Valid Display 0 = No force in effect1 = Fire Force2 = Safety Force3 = Service Force4 = Building Supervisor Force5 = Monitor/Remote Force6 = Min Off Time Force7 = Controlling POC Force8 = BEST Force9 = Temp Override Force10= Loadshed Force

StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for this hardware point.It indicates whether the sensor reading of this device is valid.

Valid Display 0 = Valid sensor reading1 = Reading out of range for this type of sensor, or

there is a communication error with the hardwarechannel

2 = Configuration error

MaintenanceDecisions

Custom Milliamp InputCMAMPI_MHardware Point Type 3

34

Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point being monitored by anAlarm Algorithm is in alarm. If an Alarm Algorithm has not been configuredfor this point, the value in this decision will be Normal.

Valid Display Normal = Point is not in alarm.Alarm = Point is in alarm.

Sensor ValueThe value in this decision represents the converted value of the physical sensorinto the configured engineering units, disregarding any applied forces.


Hardware ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual sensor reading in unconvertedunits. This value is the measurable result of the physical sensor.

Valid Display 0.0 to 22.0 mA

Channel NumberThe value in this decision indicates the configured hardware channel numberfor this point.

Valid Display 1 to 64

Control Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the standard control algorithmconfigured to use this point. If more than one algorithm applies, the name ofthe last configured algorithm is displayed. This field is blank when the point isnot configured for use by any algorithm.

Valid Display Eight-character algorithm name

Alarm Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the alarm configured to monitorthis point. This field is blank when the point is not configured for use by anyalarm.


Custom Milliamp InputCMAMPI_MHardware Point Type 3

35

Custom MilliampOutput

A custom milliamp output is a hardware point that converts acalculated input value with a configurable range of engineeringunits to a configured range of 0-22 mA. Refer to Appendix C for alist of engineering units and their conversion limits.


[(Input - Low Conversion Endpoint) * (High Output Endpoint - Low Output Endpoint) /

(High Conversion Endpoint - Low Conversion Endpoint)] + Low Output Endpoint

The conversion is a linear interpolation of the calculated input valuebetween the Low and High Conversion Endpoint to the Low andHigh Output Endpoint. Figure 4-2 illustrates the conversion.

The following decisions are applicable to this point type. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions.

* Low Output Endpoint* High Output Endpoint* Low Conversion Endpoint* High Conversion Endpoint


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusControl ValueHardware ValueChannel NumberControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name



Custom Milliamp OutputCMAMPO_CHardware Point Type 10

36

Figure 4-2LinearInterpolationof CustomMilliampOutput

Low Output EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the lowest value the output can beas a result of converting the input signal.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 22.0 mADefault Value 4.0 mA

High Output EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the highest value the output can beas a result of converting the input signal.


Custom Milliamp OutputCMAMPO_CHardware Point Type 10


VALUE

HighOutput

Endpoint

LowOutput

Endpoint

HighConversion

Endpoint

LowConversion

Endpoint

OutputValue

INPUT

37

Low Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the minimum input value. Whenthe input value is less than or equal to the Low Conversion Endpoint, the outputsignal equals the Low Output Endpoint.


High Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum input value. Whenthe input value is greater than or equal to the High Conversion Endpoint, theoutput signal equals the High Output Endpoint.


System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by algorithms thatreference this point. The range of values is determined by the type of data thatthis point represents. This value includes any conversions that are made basedon point type, units, or configured parameters. This value also includes theeffect of any applied forces.




Custom Milliamp OutputCMAMPO_MHardware Point Type 10


38





Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. If an alarmtype has not been configured for this point, the value in this decision will beNormal.

Valid Display Normal = Point is within configured limits, or it wasnot configured.


Control ValueThe value in this decision represents the converted value in the configuredengineering units, disregarding any applied forces.


Hardware ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual output value. This value is themeasurable result of the physical output.

Valid Display 0.0 to 22.0 mA


39





Alarm Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the alarm configured to moni-tor this point. This field is blank when the point is not configured for use byany alarm.



40

A custom voltage input is a hardware point that converts an inputsignal with a maximum range of 0-11 Vdc to a configurable rangeof engineering units. Refer to Appendix C for a list of engineeringunits and their conversion limits.


[(Input - Low Input Endpoint) * (High Conversion Endpoint - Low Conversion Endpoint) /

(High Input Endpoint - Low Input Endpoint)] + Low Conversion Endpoint



* Low Input Endpoint* High Input Endpoint* Low Conversion Endpoint* High Conversion Endpoint

Low Input FaultHigh Input Fault



Custom VoltageInput


Custom Voltage InputCVOLTI_CHardware Point Type 5


41


Low Input EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the minimum inputsignal that will be converted. For example, if you specify 2Vdc andthe input sensor is <= 2Vdc, the computed value will be the LowConversion Endpoint.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 11.0 VoltsDefault Value 2.0

High Input EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum inputsignal that will be converted. For example, if you specify 9Vdc andthe input sensor is >= 9Vdc, the computed value will be the HighConversion Endpoint.



VALUE

HighConversion

Endpoint

LowConversion

Endpoint

HighInput

Endpoint

LowInput

Endpoint

ConvertedValue

INPUT

Figure 4-3Linear Interpolation ofCustom Voltage Input

42

Low Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the Conversion Value when theinput signal is less than or equal to the Low Input Endpoint. For example, ifyou select % as the engineering unit for the sensor, the allowable entries are0.00 to 100.00% and an entry of 20.00 is equal to 20% when the input signal is<= Low Input Endpoint.


High Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the Conversion Value when theinput signal is greater than or equal to the High Input Endpoint. For example,if you specify % as the engineering unit for the sensor, the allowable entries are0.00 to 100.00% and an entry of 90.00 is equal to 90% when the input signal is>= High Input Endpoint.


Low Input FaultUse this decision to specify the lower limit that indicates the input sensor is outof range.


High Input FaultUse this decision to specify the upper limit that indicates that the input sensoris out of range.



43










Custom Voltage InputCVOLTI_MHardware Point Type 5

44

Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. If an alarm hasnot been configured for this point, the value in this decision will be Normal.





Hardware ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual sensor reading in unconvertedunits. This value is the measurable output of the physical sensor.

Valid Display 0 to 11Vdc

Channel NumberThe value in this decision indicates the configured hardware channel number forthis point.


Control Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the standard control algorithmconfigured to use this point. If more than one algorithm applies, the name of thelast configured algorithm is displayed. This field is blank when the point is notconfigured for use by any algorithm.




Custom Voltage InputCVOLTI_MHardware Point Type 5

45

A custom voltage output converts an input signal with aconfigurable range of engineering units to a configured range of 0 to11 Vdc. Refer to Appendix C for a list of engineering units andtheir conversion limits.


[(Input - Low Conversion Endpoint) * (High Output Endpoint - Low Output Endpoint) /

(High Conversion Endpoint - Low Conversion Endpoint)] + Low Output Endpoint



* Low Output Endpoint* High Output Endpoint* Low Conversion Endpoint* High Conversion Endpoint



Custom VoltageOutput



Custom Voltage OutputCVOLTO_CHardware Point Type 12

46

Figure 4-4LinearInterpolationof CustomVoltageOutput

Low Output EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the lowest value the output can beas a result of converting the input signal.


High Output EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the highest value the output can beas a result of converting the input signal.


Custom Voltage OutputCVOLTO_CHardware Point Type 12


VALUE

HighOutput

Endpoint

LowOutput

Endpoint

HighConversion

Endpoint

LowConversion

Endpoint

OutputValue

INPUT

47

Custom Voltage OutputCVOLTO_MHardware Point Type 12

Low Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the minimum input value. Whenthe input value is less than or equal to the Low Conversion Endpoint, theoutput signal equals the Low Output Endpoint.


High Conversion EndpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum input value. Whenthe input value is greater than or equal to the High Conversion Endpoint, theoutput signal equals the High Output Endpoint.







48





Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. If an alarmhas not been configured for this point, the value in this decision will be Nor-mal.





Hardware ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual output value. This value is themeasurable result of the physical output.

Valid Display 0 to 11Vdc


49








50

A discrete output is a hardware point that converts an input state (onor off) to a configurable discrete output signal that is used to drive arelay. You can configure two output signal types: normal or in-verted. For a list of discrete engineering units, refer to Appendix D.

If the output signal type is configured as normal and the inputtransitions from off to on, the Comfort Controller checks to seewhether the delay timer and minimum off timer have expired.

• If the timers have expired, the Comfort Controller turns on theoutput and starts the minimum on timer.

• If the timers have not expired, the Comfort Controller waits untilthe timers do expire, turns the output on, and starts the minimumon timer.

If the output signal type is configured as normal and the inputtransitions from on to off, the Comfort Controller checks to seewhether the minimum on timer has expired.

• If the minimum on timer has expired, the Comfort Controllerturns off the output and starts the minimum off timer.

• If the minimum on timer has not expired, the Comfort Controllerwaits until the timer does expire, turns the output off, and startsthe minimum off timer.

If the output signal type is configured as inverted and the inputtransitions from on to off, the Comfort Controller checks to seewhether the delay timer and minimum off timer have expired.

• If the timers have expired, the Comfort Controller turns on theoutput and starts the minimum on timer.

• If the timers have not expired, the Comfort Controller waits untilthe timers do expire, turns the output on, and starts the minimumon timer.

Discrete Output

Normal Output Signal

Inverted Output Signal

Discrete OutputDISCRO_CHardware Point Type 13

51

If the output signal type is configured as inverted and the inputtransitions from off to on, the Comfort Controller checks to seewhether the minimum on timer has expired.

• If the minimum on timer has expired, the Comfort Controllerturns off the output and starts the minimum off timer.

• If the minimum on timer has not expired, the Comfort Controllerwaits until the timer does expire, turns the output off, and startsthe minimum off timer.


* Logic Type* Minimum Off Time* Minimum On Time* Delay Time






52


Logic TypeYou must configure this decision to indicate the conversion logic you desire.

Normal = Standard LogicWhen the algorithm determines that the output should be 0(off), the DO point will be turned off. When the algorithmdetermines that the output should be 1 (on), the DO pointwill be turned on.

Invert = Reverse LogicWhen the algorithm determines that the output should be 0(off), the DO point will be turned on. When the algorithmdetermines that the output should be 1 (on), the DO pointwill be turned off.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Normal/InvertLID = 0(Normal) / 1(Invert)

Default Value Normal

Minimum On TimeYou must configure this decision to indicate the number of seconds the outputmust remain on.

Allowable Entries 0 to 3600 secondsDefault Value 0

Minimum Off TimeYou must configure this decision to indicate the number of seconds the outputmust remain off.


Delay TimeYou must configure this decision to indicate the number of seconds that mustelapse before output is turned on.



53

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual system value of this discretepoint. This value includes any output logic that may have been configured,and also includes the effect of any applied forces.

Valid Display Open (DO = off) / Close (DO = on) for normal logic








Discrete OutputDISCRO_MHardware Point Type 13

54

Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. If an alarmtype has not been configured for this point, the value in this decision will beNormal.



Control ValueThe value in this decision displays the actual state of the point, disregardingany applied forces.

Valid Display Open (DO = off) / Close (DO = on) for normal logic

Hardware ValueThis decision displays the actual state of the hardware point, disregarding anylogic type conversion.

Valid Display Open/Close







Discrete OutputDISCRO_MHardware Point Type 13

55

A discrete software point gives a custom program created inBEST++ the capability to display discrete values that can be used asinputs to standard algorithms. It is also used to make the output ofany discrete type algorithm the input to another algorithm.

A discrete software point can be displayed and forced.

This point can be used in a custom program to generate an alarmwhen the value of the Discrete Software Point matches the alarmstate.


System ValueForceStatusAlarm Status

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by algo-rithms that reference this point. This value includes the effect ofany applied forces.

Valid Display Open (DO = off) / Close (DO = on)



Discrete SoftwarePoint

Discrete Software PointDISWPT_MSoftware Point Type 1

Typical Application



56

StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for thishardware point. It indicates whether the sensor reading of thisdevice is valid.

Valid Display 0 = Valid sensor reading1 = Reading out of range for this type of

sensor, or there is a communicationerror with the hardware channel


Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. Ifan alarm has not been configured for this point, the value in thisdecision will be Normal.

Valid Display Normal = Point is within configured limits,or it was not configured.


Discrete Software PointDISWPT_MSoftware Point Type 1

57

A latched discrete input is a hardware point that detects a momen-tary input from a dry-contact, converts the input to the configuredlogic state, and saves it until it is read by the algorithm that ismonitoring the point.

You can use this point to capture momentary contact closures suchas the closing of a door.


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusSensor ValueChannel NumberControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by anyalgorithms that reference this point. This value includes the effectof any applied forces.




Latched DiscreteInput

Latched Discrete InputLATCHI_MHardware Point Type 8

Typical Application



58

StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for this hardware point. Itindicates whether the sensor reading of this device is valid.

Valid Display 0 = Valid sensor reading1 = Reading out of range for this type of sensor, or there is

a communication error with the hardware channel2 = Configuration error




Sensor ValueThe value in this decision displays the actual state of the discrete point, disregard-ing any applied forces.








Latched Discrete InputLATCHI_MHardware Point Type 8

59

Milliamp InputA milliamp input is a hardware point that converts a 4-20 mA inputsignal to a standard range of engineering units. Refer to AppendixB for a list of standard types supported

The following decision is applicable to this point type. Configuringit is optional.

Offset



Milliamp InputMAMP_I_CHardware Point Type 2

Configuration Decision


60

OffsetUse this decision to indicate the value that is added to or subtracted from theconverted value in order to compensate for sensor inaccuracy.

Allowable Entries -9999.9 to 9999.9Default Value 0.0



ForceThe value in this decision represents the force level, if any, that has been ap-plied to this point. The forces are listed in order from highest to lowest priority,with 1 being the highest force priority.



Milliamp InputMAMP_I_MHardware Point Type 2

61











Valid Display Actual milliamp reading




62






63

A milliamp output is a hardware point that converts an input signalwith a standard range of engineering units to a pre-configured rangeof 4-20 mA. Refer to Appendix B for a list of standard types sup-ported.



System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by algo-rithms that reference this point. The range of values is determinedby the type of data that this point represents. This value includesany conversions that are made based on point type, units, or config-ured parameters. This value also includes the effect of any appliedforces.


Milliamp Output

Milliamp OutputMAMP_O_MHardware Point Type 9



64











65

Control ValueThe value in this decision represents the converted value of the physical sensorinto the configured engineering units, disregarding any applied forces.



Valid Display Actual milliamp reading








66

Network InputPoint

A network input point requests data from a point in another deviceon the CCN at a configured timed interval. In order for this point toretrieve data, it must be referenced by at least one standard algo-rithm, alarm, or system function.

You can configure this point to provide the fan status of a remote airhandler as input to a standard algorithm.


* CCN Element Number* CCN Bus Number* Point Name

Communication Rate


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

CCN Element NumberYou must configure this decision to enter the element number of thesystem element from which the point will be read.

Allowable Entries 1 to 239Default Value 1

Network Input PointNET_IN_CSoftware Point Type 3

Typical Application




67

CCN Bus NumberYou must configure this decision to enter the bus number of the system ele-ment from which the point will be read.


Point NameYou must configure this decision to specify the point name used in the systemelement where the data is being requested.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 charactersLID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)

Default Value (blank)

Communication RateUse this decision to indicate how often (in minutes) the value will be read fromthe selected system element. An entry of 0 indicates that this point will readwhenever requested by an algorithm.

Allowable Entries 0 to 60 minutesDefault Value 5

System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by any algorithmsthat reference this point. The range of values is determined by the type of datathat this point represents. This value includes the effect of any applied forces.



Network Input PointNET_IN_MSoftware Point Type 3

68



StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for this network point.It indicates whether the value of this point was successfully read.

Valid Display 0 = Value read successfully1 = CCN Communication Bus failure





69






70

A network output point sends data from a point within the ComfortController to a point in another device on the CCN at a configuredtimed interval. In order for this point to transmit data, it must bereferenced by at least one standard algorithm, alarm, or systemfunction.

You can configure this point in an air handler to transmit the outputof its Permissive Interlock algorithm to control a damper position inanother air handler.


* CCN Element Number* CCN Bus Number* Point Name

Communication Rate


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

CCN Element NumberYou must configure this decision to enter the element number of thesystem element to which the point will be written.


CCN Bus NumberYou must configure this decision to enter the bus number of thesystem element to which the point will be written.


Network OutputPoint

Network Output PointNETOUT_CSoftware Point Type 4

Typical Application




71

Network Output PointNETOUT_MSoftware Point Type 4

Point NameYou must configure this decision to specify the point name used in the systemelement where the data is being transmitted.



Communication RateUse this decision to indicate how often (in minutes) the value will be written tothe selected system element. An entry of 0 indicates that this point will transmitits value over the network whenever requested by an algorithm.


System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by algorithms thatreference this point. The range of values is determined by the type of data thatthis point represents. This value includes the effect of any applied forces.





72

StatusThe value in this decision represents the system status for this network point. Itindicates whether the value of this point was successfully transmitted on theCCN.

Valid Display 0 = Value sent successfully1 = CCN Communication Bus failure








Network Output PointNETOUT_MSoftware Point Type 4

73

Pulsed DiscreteInput

A pulsed discrete input is a hardware point that:

• Converts a pulsed dry-contact input to a configurable range ofengineering units (usage rate). The conversion is done usingconfigurable parameters for the conversion factor and sampletime.

The converted value is expressed as follows:

Converted value = (# of pulses over sample time) * conversion factor

You could convert a pulsed dry-contact to frequency using onesecond as the sample time and Hertz as the conversion factor.

You could determine Kw demand by multiplying the number ofpulses by a wattmeter conversion factor.

• Displays the number of accumulated pulses. If you select theengineering unit to be type 46, which represents pulses and not ausage rate, pulses will be displayed.

You can use this point to convert the input received from a flowmeter to gallons per minute (GPM) or liters per minute (L/min).


* Conversion Factor* Sample Time



Typical Application



Pulsed Discrete InputPULSDI_CHardware Point Type 7

74


Conversion FactorYou must configure this decision to specify the amount that each pulse repre-sents. For example, in a wattmeter application, the value you enter in thisdecision would represent the number of Kilowatt Hours for each pulse.

Allowable Entries 0 to 9999.99Default Value 1.00

Sample TimeYou must configure this decision to specify the time period over which theComfort Controller collects input pulses before multiplying them by the Con-version Factor.


Pulsed Discrete InputPULSDI_CHardware Point Type 7

75










Pulsed Discrete InputPULSDI_MHardware Point Type 7

76

Alarm StatusThe value in this decision indicates whether the point is in alarm. If an alarmhas not been configured for this point, the value in this decision will be Normal.





Hardware ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual sensor reading in pulses. Thisvalue is the measurable output of the physical sensor.

Valid Display Accumulated pulses



Control Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the standard control algorithmconfigured to monitor this point. If more than one algorithm applies, the nameof the last configured algorithm is displayed. This field is blank when the pointis not configured for use by any algorithm.


Alarm Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the alarm configured to use thispoint. This field is blank when the point is not configured for use by any alarm.


Pulsed Discrete InputPULSDI_MHardware Point Type 7

77

Sensed DiscreteInput

A sensed discrete input is a hardware point that converts a dry-contactinput to a logic state based on the selected display units. For a list ofdiscrete engineering units, refer to Appendix D.

Use this type of point for devices that stay in a fixed state for a periodof time, such as a motor status relay.

You can use this point to monitor auxiliary contacts to indicate fanstatus.

The following decision is applicable to this point type. You mustconfigure it.

* Output Logic Type

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable to thispoint type. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this point.


Output Logic TypeYou must configure this decision to indicate the conversion logic youdesire.

Normal = Standard LogicThe operator interface displays on when the sensorcontacts for this DI point are closed. The operator inter-face displays off when the sensor contacts are open.

Invert = Reverse LogicThe operator interface displays on when the sensorcontacts for this DI point are open. The operator inter-face displays off when the sensor contacts are closed.



Typical Application




Sensed Discrete InputSENSDI_CHardware Point Type 6

78


System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by any algorithmsthat reference this point. This value includes any logic type that may have beenconfigured, and also includes the effect of any applied forces.

Valid Display Open (DI = off) / Close (DI = on) for normal logic










Sensed Discrete InputSENSDI_MHardware Point Type 6

79

Sensor ValueThe value in this decision displays the converted value, disregarding anyapplied forces.

Valid Display Open (DI = off) / Close (DI = on) for normal logic

Hardware ValueThis decision displays the actual hardware position of the physical sensor,disregarding any logic type conversion.

Valid Display Open/Close







Sensed Discrete InputSENSDI_MHardware Point Type 6

80

A stepper motor output gives the Comfort Controller the capabilityto interface with a DSIO Module in order to control a stepper motor.

Note: The algorithms do not support Stepper Motor Output.Only custom programs created in BEST++ support Step-per Motor Output.

You can use this point in conjunction with a custom program tocontrol a four-winding stepper motor.


* Stepping Rate* Duty Cycle


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusChannel NumberControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

Stepping RateYou must configure this decision to define the stepping rate for themotor this output is controlling.


Duty CycleYou must configure this decision to specify the minimum pulsewidth required to change the position of the stepper motor. Whenthe pulse width is high, the motor requires greater torque and power.


Stepper MotorOutput

Stepper Motor OutputSTPMOT_CHardware Point Type 14

Typical Application

LIst of ConfigurationDecisions



81









Stepper Motor OutputSTPMOT_MHardware Point Type 14


82








Alarm Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the alarm configured to use thispoint. This field is blank when the point is not configured for use by any alarm.


Stepper Motor OutputSTPMOT_MHardware Point Type 14

83

Temperature InputA temperature input is a hardware point that converts resistive inputfrom a thermistor type transducer for the sensor types listed below.For a list of metric conversions, resolution, and accuracy, refer toAppendix B.

Sensor Type Range

1 = YSI 10K Thermistor -40.0 to 245.0°F

2 = 1000 ohm RTD -40.0 to 220.0°F

3 = 5K Thermistor -40.0 to 245.0°F

4 = Not supported

5 = MCI 10K Thermistor -40.0 to 245.0°FTemperature Sensor

6 = NTC 100K Thermistor 72.0 to 282.0°FTemperature Sensor

Note: If configuring a T-56 Space Temperature Sensor, refer tothe note in this chapter’s description of Voltage Input.

You can use this point to interface with a Carrier-approved tempera-ture sensor to provide duct discharge temperature.

The following decision is applicable to this point type. Configuringit is optional.

Offset


System ValueForceStatusAlarm StatusSensor ValueChannel NumberControl Algorithm NameAlarm Algorithm Name

Typical Application



Temperature InputTEMP_I_CHardware Point Type 1

84

ConfigurationDecision

OffsetUse this decision to indicate the value that is added to or subtracted from theconverted temperature value in order to compensate for sensor inaccuracy.

Allowable Entries -10.0 to 10.0^FDefault Value 0.0









Temperature InputTEMP_I_C and TEMP_I_MHardware Point Type 1


85







Valid Display Actual temperature reading







Temperature InputTEMP_I_MHardware Point Type 1

86

A voltage input is a hardware point that converts a 0-10 Vdc inputsignal to a standard range of engineering units. For a list of con-versions, resolution, and accuracy, refer to Appendix B.

Note: If connecting a T-56 Space Temperature Sensor to thisinput, you must wire the sensor as a Temperature Input.For example, on a Comfort Controller 6400, you must setSwitch 2 to Int and Switch 3 to Other. On a ComfortController 1600, you must wire to Channels 5-8 and setSwitch 1 to Other (Off).

You can use this point to interface with a Carrier-approved tempera-ture sensor to provide duct discharge temperature.

The following decision is applicable to this algorithm. Configuringit is optional.

Offset



Voltage Input

Voltage InputVOLT_I_CHardware Point Type 4



Typical Application

87

ConfigurationDecision

OffsetUse this decision to indicate the value that is added to or subtracted from theconverted value in order to compensate for sensor inaccuracy.










Voltage InputVOLT_I_C and VOLT_I_MHardware Point Type 4

MaintenanceDecision

88







Valid Display Actual voltage reading







Voltage InputVOLT_I_MHardware Point Type 4

89

A voltage output is a hardware point that converts an input signalwith a standard range of engineering units to a pre-configured rangeof 0-10 Vdc. Refer to Appendix B for a list of standard typessupported.



System ValueThe value in this decision represents the actual value used by thealgorithms that reference this point. The range of values is deter-mined by the type of data that this point represents. This valueincludes any conversions that are made based on point type, units,or configured parameters. This value also includes the effect of anyapplied forces.


Voltage Output

Voltage OutputVOLT_O_MHardware Point Type 11


Maintenance Decision

90











91




Valid Display Actual voltage reading



Control Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the standard control algorithmconfigured to use this point. If more than one algorithm applies, the name ofthe last configured algorithm is displayed. This field is blank when the pointis not configured for use by any algorithm.


Alarm Algorithm NameThe value in this decision indicates the name of the alarm configured tomonitor this point. This field is blank when the point is not configured for useby any alarm.



How To ConfigureAlgorithms

93

How ToConfigureAlgorithms

Overview

Definition of anAlgorithm

Function Types

This section provides the following information for each algorithm:


able entries and default values.• List of maintenance decisions• Description of each maintenance decision

An algorithm is a pre-engineered group of processes that providesyou with the capability to control and monitor HVAC devices in asafe, energy efficient manner. An algorithm can consist of one ormore HVAC control routines, schedules, or input and output points.

When configuring the FNCxx-yy Table's (Service-Config Table)Function Unit decision, refer to the Tables 5-1 to 5-3. This sameinformation is also included in Appendix H on the Function Types,Default Names and EEPROM Summary Sheet.

AO Algorithm Name Function Type

AO—Adaptive Control........................... 1AO—Cooling CV ................................... 2AO—Cooling VAV ................................ 3AO—Fan Tracking ................................. 4AO—Heating CV ................................... 5AO—Heating VAV ................................ 6AO—Humidity Control .......................... 7AO—Mixed Air CV w IAQ ................... 8AO—Mixed Air VAV w IAQ ................ 9AO—Permissive Intrlock ....................... 10AO—Reset.............................................. 11AO—Shared Transducer ........................ 12AO—Static Pressure ............................... 13

Table 5-1Algorithm Function Types

94

DO Algorithm Name Function Type

DO—Analog ........................................... 14DO—DX Staging VAV .......................... 015DO—Electric Heat CV ........................... 016DO—Electric Heat VAV ........................ 017DO—Enthalpy Comparison ................... 018DO—Interlock ........................................ 019DO—Lighting Control ........................... 020DO—Permissive Interlock ..................... 021DO—Pump Control ................................ 022DO—Prop Thermo ................................. 023DO—Prop Thermo 2 Pipe ...................... 024DO—Prop Thermo 4 Pipe ...................... 025DO—Staged Thermostat ........................ 026DO—Staging Control ............................. 027DO—Time Clock ................................... 028DO—Time Clock w Check .................... 029

Global Algorithm Name Function Type

AOSS Schedule ...................................... 301Network Broadcast ................................. 302Linkage/AOSS Schedule ........................ 303NTFC w Enthalpy Check ....................... 304Occupancy .............................................. 305*Sensor Group .......................................... 306WSM Air Source .................................... 307WSM Cool Source .................................. 308

*For information on occupancy, refer to Time Schedule in the Howto Configure Schedules chapter of this manual.

For easy reference, the algorithms are presented alphabetically inthis manual, with analog output (AO) algorithms appearing beforediscrete output (DO) algorithms. Global algorithms (AOSS Sched-ule, NTFC w Enthalpy Check, etc.) are presented last.

Table 5-2DO Algorithm FunctionTypes

Table 5-3Global AlgorithmFunction Types

95

AO—AdaptiveControl

The AO Adaptive algorithm provides single loop PID-based analogcontrol based on a setpoint schedule that can be reset between theoccupied or unoccupied high and low setpoint values. A user-configurable reset sensor is used to determine the amount of reset.Both the Y axis and the X axis parameters of the reset schedule areadjustable. By adjusting the setpoint schedule along with the Startand Stop Reset decisions, you can create a positive, negative, orconstant setpoint slope.

Whenever the Stop Reset decision is less than the Start Reset deci-sion, the slope of the setpoint line will be negative (the setpointdecreases as the reset sensor value increases). If the Stop Resetvalue is greater than the Start Reset value, the slope of the setpointline will be positive (the setpoint increases as the reset sensor valueincreases) .

Note that the following two conditions will defeat the reset calcula-tion and produce a setpoint equal to the configured low setpointvalue:

• If the Stop Reset and Start Reset are equal• If the Low Setpoint is greater than the High Setpoint

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the controller is usingthe occupied or unoccupied high and low setpoints. The SetpointSchedule allows you to configure high and low setpoints for bothoccupied and unoccupied states.

The AO Adaptive and AO Reset algorithms are functionally thesame, however they differ in that AO Adaptive allows you to selectany engineering units for the control and reset sensors, but requiresthat the engineering units of the output channel be in percent (%).AO Reset, however, requires that the engineering units of the con-trol and reset sensors be in temperature (degrees F or C), while theoutput device may be in any engineering units.

You can use AO Adaptive with a variable speed pump that is speedthat is controlled to maintain a delta pressure signal on a chilledwater loop. This application would not use the setpoint reset capa-bilities of this algorithm.

AO—Adaptive ControlADAPTxxCFunction Type 1

Typical Application

9695a


Following are two examples of AO reset:

Example 1 - The most common application of setpoint reset is tovary a setpoint with outside air such that the setpoint will increase asthe OAT sensor decreases. When graphed, such an arrangement willproduce a line with a negative slope.

High

Setpoint

Low

Setpoint

Stop

Reset

Start

Reset

Figure 5-0aSetpoint Reset When StartReset > Stop Reset

For example, if you were required to adjust a hot water setpointfrom 90 degrees F (32.2 degrees C) to 140 degrees F (60.0 degreesC), as the OAT decreased for 60 degrees F (15.6 degrees C) to 0degrees F (-17.8 degrees C), use the following configuration deci-sions:

Low Setpoint = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)High Setpoint = 140 deg.F (60.0 deg.C)Start Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)Stop Reset = 0 deg.F (-17.8 deg.C)

Whenever the OAT is less than or equal 0 deg.F (-17.8 deg.C), thesetpoint is clamped at 140 deg.F (60.0 deg.C.) Whenever the OAT isgreater than or equal to 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C), the setpoint isclamped at 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C.) When the reset sensor is between0 degrees F (-17.8 deg.C) and 60 degrees F (15.6 deg.C), the set-point is adjusted in a linear fashion.

This would also work for chilled water reset by substituting thefollowing values:

Low Setpoint = 42 deg.F (5.56 deg.C)High Setpoint = 47 deg.F (8.33 deg.C)Start Reset = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)Stop Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)

9795b


Example 2 - A less common application would be to increase thestatic pressure setpoint of a variable volume fan as the OAT tem-perature increases. This would produce a setpoint line with a posi-tive slope.

Figure 5-0bSetpoint Reset When StopReset > Start Reset

High

Setpoint

Low

Setpoint

Start

Reset

Stop

Reset

The following settings illustrate this application:

Low Setpoint = 1.0" H2O (0.248 kPa)High Setpoint = 2.5" H2O (0.621 kPa)Start Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)Stop Reset = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)

Whenever the OAT is less than or equal to 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C),the setpoint is clamped at 1.0" H20 (0.248 kPa). Whenever the OATis greater than or equal to 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C), the setpoint isclamped at 2.5" H20 (0.621 kPa). When the reset sensor is between60 degrees F (15.6 deg.C) and 90 degrees F (32.2 deg.C), the pres-sure setpoint is adjusted in a linear fashion.

96

The following decisions are applicable to this algorithm. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked decisions areoptional.

* Analog Output Point* Status Point

Time Schedule* Setpoint Schedule

Reset PointReset

Start Reset ValueStop Reset Value

* Control PointPID_Master_Loop

Proportional GainIntegral GainDerivative GainDisabled Output ValueMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output ValueStarting ValueBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this algo-rithm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this algorithm. You can force the asterisked decisions.

* Analog Output Point* Status Point

Occupied ?* Reset Point

Controlling Setpoint* Control Point

PID_Master_LoopReference OutputProportional TermIntegral TermDerivative TermIntegrator Flags

Task Timer




97

Fig

ure

5-1

AO

—A

da

ptiv

e C

on

tro

l


PID

_M

aste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

torO

utp

ut

An

alo

gO

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Tim

eS

ched

ule

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Se t

po

int

Sc h

e du

le

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Bia

s In

pu

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Re s

e tP

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Se t

po

int

Re s

e t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Dis

ab

le

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

AN

D

NO

T

OR

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

98

Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is being con-trolled by this algorithm.


Default Value MAMP_O00

Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status to enable this algorithm.


Default Value SENSDI00

Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules section in thismanual.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = OCCPCxx,LID = xx, where xx = function number

Default Value OCCPC00

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule (temperaturetype) that provides the occupied and unoccupied setpoints.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = SETPTyyLID = yy, where yy = 0 to 16

Default Value SETPT00



99

Reset PointUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the input for determiningthe amount of reset. The setpoint is reset between the configured high and lowsetpoints, based upon the value in this decision.


Default Value TEMP_I00

ResetReset calculates the desired setpoint for the PID master loop based on the ResetPoint.

Start Reset ValueUse this decision to specify the X axis parameters of the reset schedule(the Y axis parameters are set by the setpoint schedule.) If the config-ured Start Reset value is greater than the Stop Reset value, then thesetpoint will decrease as the reset sensor value increases. If the config-ured Start Reset value is less than the configured Stop Reset value, thenthe setpoint will increase as the reset sensor value increases.

Allowable Entries Based on selected display unitsDefault Value -40.0 (-40.0)

Stop Reset ValueUse this decision to specify the X axis parameters of the reset schedule(the Y axis parameters are set by the setpoint schedule.) If the config-ured Stop Reset value is greater than the Start Reset value, then thesetpoint will increase as the reset sensor value increases. If the config-ured Stop Reset value is less than the Start Reset value, then the setpointwill decrease as the reset sensor value increases.

Allowable Entries Based on selected display unitsDefault Value 245.0 (118.3)

Control PointYou must configure this decision to indicate the input point that the PID MasterLoop will compare to the calculated setpoint.




100

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the output required to achieve the calculated setpoint.

Proportional GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the proportional term. The value in this decision is expressedin units-per-unit of error.


Integral GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error plusthe current integral term to produce the new integral term. The value inthis decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.


Derivative GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the currenterror minus the previous error to produce the derivative term. Thevalue in this decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.


Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value to be maintained when theStatus Point is off.

Allowable Entries 0 to 100%Default Value 0.0


101

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output value.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output value.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the output’s starting value when the PIDMaster Loop is enabled by the Status Point.


Block Iteration RateThe value in this decision indicates how often the PID Master Loopcalculates the output value.


Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this algorithm after a power failure occurs.



102

Analog Output PointThis decision displays the output's actual state of the AO point being controlledby this algorithm. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of fullcapacity.

Valid Display 0.00 - 100.00%

Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the status point which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured, then thisalgorithm will not be enabled.

Valid Display On/Off

Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be Occupied.

Valid Display Yes/No

Reset PointThis decision displays the value of the reset point. The configured setpoint isreset based upon the value of this decision.

Valid Display Valid range based upon selected display units.

Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the calculated setpoint for the PID Master Loop based onthe setpoint and reset values.


Control PointThis decision displays the value of the input point that this algorithm is control-ling to.



AO—Adaptive ControlADAPTxxMFunction Type 1

103


PID_Master_LoopPID Master Loop function calculates the desired output based on the config-ured PID gains and the current deviation from setpoint. The calculated outputis re-adjusted periodically to move closer toward the desired setpoint.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to drive theAnalog Output Point.

Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Integral Term + DerivativeTerm + Starting Value)

Valid Display 0 to 100%

Proportional TermThis decision displays the proportional error term as it is calculated bythe PID equation.

Proportional Term = (Setpoint - Control Point) * Proportional Gain


Integral TermThis decision displays the integral error term as it is calculated by thePID equation.

Integral Term = ((Setpoint - Control Point) * Integral Term + PreviousIntegral Term)


Derivative TermThis decision displays the derivative error term as it is calculated by thePID equation.

Derivative Term = (Current Error - Previous Error) * Derivative Gain

Note: Error = (Setpoint - Control Point)


104

Integrator FlagsThis three-digit field displays the status of the PID Master Loop.

Left Digit 0 = PID Active1 = PID Inactive (Disabled or Min/Max Clamp)

Center Digit 0 = Integrator calculating normally1 = Integrator has been reset

Right Digit 0 = No Integrator clamp1 = Integrator clamp active


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every ten seconds.

Valid Display 0 to 300 seconds


105

AO—Cooling CVThe AO—Cooling CV algorithm modulates the output to control achilled water valve in a constant volume air handler to prevent thespace temperature from exceeding the configured setpoint. Thisalgorithm can also be configured to perform dehumidification.

The Cooling algorithm uses both a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop and a P (Proportional) Submaster Loop tocontrol the valve. The PID Master Loop calculates the Supply AirSetpoint (submaster reference) required to achieve the desired spacetemperature setpoint. The PID Master Loop calculates thesubmaster reference by obtaining the highest sensor input from theSensor Group/SPT Sensor and comparing it to the high setpointfrom the Setpoint Schedule. During dehumidification, thesubmaster reference is set to its minimum value. The submasterreference is equal to the Disabled Output Value if the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor status is invalid. The P Submaster Loop computes thechilled water valve’s position by comparing the calculatedsubmaster reference to the Supply Air Temperature. The outputequals the Disabled Output Value whenever the fan is off or theSupply Air Temperature status is invalid.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Control-ler is using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do notconfigure a Time schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm willassume to be in the occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure high and low spacetemperature setpoints for both occupied and unoccupied states.

You can use this algorithm to control a chilled water valve servingan air handler’s cooling coil in a constant volume system.

AO—Cooling CVCCCV_xxCFunction Type 2

Typical Application

106


* Cooling Coil Valve* Fan Status Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor


High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorPID_Master_Loop


* Supply Air TemperatureP_Submaster_Loop

Proportional GainDisabled Output ValueMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output ValueCenter ValueBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay



107

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this algorithm.They provide useful information regarding the status and configura-tion of this algorithm. You can force the asterisked decisions.


Occupied ?Space Setpoint

* High Humidity SwitchHigh Humidity Setpoint

* High Humidity SensorPID_Master_Loop

Reference OutputProportional TermIntegral TermDerivative TermIntegrator Flags

* Cooling Coil Subm Ref* Supply Air Temperature

P_Submaster_LoopReference OutputProportional TermSubmaster Flags

Task Timer



108

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/S

PT

Sen

sor

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Sp

a ce

Se t

po

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

wit

c h

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

cu

pie

d H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hu

mid

ity

Se t

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

d L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

e nso

r

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

PID

_M

aste

r L

oo

p

En

ab

leO

utp

ut

Setp

oin

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

P_

Su

bm

aste

r_L

oo

p

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

En

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Po

int

Forc

ed

?

Re

fere

nc

e F

orc

ed

?

Ou

tpu

t

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Co

oli

ng

Co

ilV

alv

e

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

tus

Su

pp

ly A

irT

emp

erat

ure

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Co

oli

ng

Co

ilS

ub

m R

ef

Ou

tpu

tIn

pu

t

Forc

e S

tatu

s

(So

ftw

are

Po

int)

NO

T

OR

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

NO

T

AN

D

OR

OR

NO

T

SELE

CT

A

IA B

O

SELE

CT

A

A B

+

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Tim

eS

ched

ule

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

>

O-3

Fig

ure

5-2

AO

—C

oo

ling

CV


109


Cooling Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling the airhandler’s chilled water valve.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the air handler’s fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensor thatis providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same sensor group or SPT sensor for all algorithms that control acommon air handler.

Allowable Entries Blgd. Supvr. = SNSGRxxLID = xx, where xx = function number

Default Value SNSGR00

Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules section in this manual.

Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that control a common airhandler.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = OCCPCxxLID = xx, where xx = function number



110

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedule, refer to the How to Configure Scheduleschapter of this manual.

Note: Use the same space temperature Setpoint Schedule for all algorithms thatcontrol a common air handler.



High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theDI point that indicates when dehumidification needs to be performed. The algo-rithm can use a High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to determine ifdehumidification is needed. If reheat is being done, the sensor specified hereshould be the same one that is specified in the associated heating CV algorithm.



Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theSetpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoint for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedulessection in this manual. If reheat is being done, the setpoint specified here shouldbe the same one that is specified in the associated heating CV algorithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theAI point that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being monitored.Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater thanthe high setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule. If reheat is being done,the occupied sensor specified here should be the same one that is specified in theassociated heating CV algorithm.


Default Value MAMP_I00


111

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the Supply Air Setpoint (submaster reference) required to achieve thedesired space temperature.





Derivative GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the current errorminus the previous error to produce the derivative term. The value inthis decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.


Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the Supply Air Temperature to be main-tained when the space temperature input(s) are invalid . When the spacetemperature input(s) are invalid, the value entered in this decision isused as the submaster reference.



112

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable Supply Air Tempera-ture (minimum submaster reference). When dehumidification is beingperformed, the value in this decision is used as the submaster reference.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable Supply Air Tempera-ture (maximum submaster reference).


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the starting value for the Supply Air Tem-perature when the master loop is enabled.


Block Iteration RateUse this decision to indicate how often the master loop calculates thesubmaster reference.


Supply Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the airhandler’s supply air temperature to this algorithm. The submaster loop controlsto the difference between the submaster reference and the value of the pointthat you specify in this decision.




113

P_Submaster_LoopThe submaster loop is a proportional control loop that computes the chilledwater valve’s position by comparing the calculated submaster reference to theSupply Air Temperature.

Proportional GainUse this decision to specify the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the proportional term. The value in this decision is expressedin units-per-unit of error.

Allowable Entries -100.0 to 100.0Default Value -9.0

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output to the chilled water valve whenthe fan is off or when the Supply Air Temperature sensor is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the chilledwater valve.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the chilledwater valve.


Center ValueUse this decision to specify the output value appropriate for the no loadcondition.



114

Block Iteration RateUse this decision to specify how often the submaster loop calculates anew output value.




Cooling Coil ValveThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of full capacity.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured or the value isoff, then this algorithm will not be enabled.


Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor (if chosen) or thehighest sensor in the sensor group (if chosen).

Valid Display -40.00°F to 245.00°F (-40.00 to 118.30°C)

Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be Occupied and Yes will be displayed.


AO—Cooling CVCCCV_xxMFunction Type 2


115

Space SetpointThis decision displays the high setpoint from the configured Setpoint Schedule.The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value is determined.

Valid Display -40.00 to 245.00°F (-40.0 to 118.3°C)

High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the value of the high humidity switch sensor beingmonitored. If the decision was not configured, this value will default to the Offstate.


High Humidity SetpointThis decision specifies the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm obtains the occupied highsetpoint from the humidity Setpoint Schedule.

Valid Display 0.00 to 100.00% RH

High Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the space or return air humidity sensor beingmonitored. Dehumidification is required only if this value exceeds the HighHumidity Setpoint.


PID_Master_LoopPID Master Loop function calculates the desired output based on the configuredPID gains and the current deviation from setpoint. The calculated output is re-adjusted periodically to move closer toward the desired setpoint.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated submaster reference value.




116


Proportional Term = (Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) *Proportional Gain

Valid Display -9999.9 to 9999.9^F (-5555.5 to 5555.5^C)


Integral Term = ((Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)



Proportional Term = (Current Error - Previous Error) * Derivative Gain

Note: Error = (Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor)







Cooling Coil Subm RefThis decision displays the value of the calculated submaster reference from thePID Master Loop. This value is used with the Supply Air Temperature by the PSubmaster Loop. To override the submaster reference, force this decision.



117

Supply Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI point that provides the air handler’ssupply air temperature.


P_Submaster_LoopThe P (proportional) Submaster Loop controls to the difference between thesubmaster reference and the Supply Air Temperature. This loop executes everytwo seconds.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to drive thealgorithm output point.

Reference Output = (Submaster Proportional Term + Submaster CenterValue)


Proportional TermThis decision displays the proportional error term as it is calculated bythe submaster loop.

Proportional Term = (Submaster Reference - Supply Air Temperature)* Submaster Proportional Gain


Submaster FlagsThis two-digit field displays the status of the P Submaster Loop.

Left Digit 0 = Submaster Loop is Active1 = Submaster Loop is Inactive (Disabled or

Clamped)

Right Digit 0 = No PID clamp1 = PID Clamp Active


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every second.



118

The AO—Cooling VAV algorithm modulates the output to control achilled water valve in a variable air volume air handler to maintain aconstant supply air temperature and prevent the space temperaturefrom exceeding the configured setpoint. This algorithm can also beconfigured to perform dehumidification.

The AO—Cooling VAV algorithm uses a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop to calculate the cooling coil valve positionrequired to achieve the configured Supply Air Setpoint. The supplyair setpoint is a configured value that can be reset linearly based onthe space temperature.

If one of the following conditions exists, the output value will be setto the Disabled Output Value:

• the space temperature is below the average value of the high andlow temperature setpoints.

• the fan status indicates that the fan is off.• the Supply Air Temperature sensor is out of range.

During dehumidification, the output value will be set to the Maxi-mum Output Value.


The Setpoint Schedule gives you the capability to configure highand low space temperature setpoints for both occupied and unoccu-pied states.

You can use this algorithm to control a chilled water valve serving acooling coil in a variable air volume air handler.

AO—Cooling VAV

Typical Application

AO—Cooling VAVCCVAVxxCFunction Type 3

119




High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorVAV Setpoint Reset

Supply Air SetpointReset RatioStart ResetMaximum Reset

* Supply Air TemperaturePID_Master_Loop


Power on Delay



120



Occupied ?* High Humidity Switch

High Humidity Setpoint* High Humidity Sensor

VAV Setpoint ResetSetpointSetpoint Offset

* CCV Supply Air Setpoint* Supply Air Temperature


Task Timer



121

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

PID

_M

aste

r L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Ou

tpu

t

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

cu

pie

d H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hu

mid

ity

Se t

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

d L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Su

pp

ly A

irT

emp

e ra t

ure

VA

VS

e tp

oin

tR

e se t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Su

pp

ly A

irS

e tp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

(So

ftw

are

Po

int)

Inp

ut

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

(Lo

w S

etp

oin

t +

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t)/2

AN

D

<

OR

>

OR

Co

oli

ng

Co

ilV

alv

e

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

+

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Sp

ace

Set

po

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

wit

c h

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

e nso

r

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Tim

eS

ched

ule

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/S

PT

Sen

sor

T S O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Fig

ure

5-3

AO

—C

oo

ling

VA

V


122


Cooling Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theair handler’s chilled water valve.






Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensor thatis providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same sensor group or SPT Sensor for all algorithms that controla common air handler.




Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that control a commonair handler.




123

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules chapter of this manual.

Note: Use the same space temperature Setpoint Schedule for all algorithmsthat control a common air handler.



High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe DI point that indicates when dehumidification needs to be performed. Thealgorithm can use a High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to deter-mine if dehumidification is needed. If reheat is being done, the sensor speci-fied here should be the same one that is specified in the associated heatingVAV algorithm.



Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe Setpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoint for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules section in this manual. If reheat is being done, the setpoint specifiedhere should be the same one that is specified in the associated heating VAValgorithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe AI point that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being moni-tored. Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value isgreater than the high setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule. If reheat isbeing done, the sensor specified here should be the same one that is specified inthe associated heating VAV algorithm.




124

VAV Setpoint ResetVAV Setpoint Reset provides the supply air setpoint to the master loop. Theconfigured setpoint can be reset upward based on space temperature.

Supply Air SetpointUse this decision to specify the minimum supply air temperature thatthis algorithm will maintain.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 120.0°F (-17.8 to 48.9°C)Default Value 55.0 (13.0)

Reset RatioIf the supply air setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify theamount of reset for every degree the space temperature is above thevalue in the Start Reset configuration decision. The value in thisdecision is expressed in degrees per degrees error.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 5.0^F (0.0 to 2.8^C)Default Value 0.0 (0.0)

Start ResetIf the Supply Air Setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify thespace temperature that must be exceeded before the Supply AirSetpoint is reset. If you enter zero in this decision, the algorithm usesthe Occupied High Setpoint as the start reset temperature.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 99.9°F (-17.8 to 37.7°C)Default Value 0.0 (-17.8)

Maximum ResetIf the Supply Air Setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify themaximum amount the Supply Air Setpoint can be reset above theconfigured value.



125

Supply Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the airhandler’s supply air temperature to this algorithm.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the valve position required to achieve the desired Supply AirSetpoint.








126

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value to be maintained when thespace temperature is below the average value of the temperaturesetpoints, the fan status indicates the fan is off, or the supply air tem-perature sensor is out of range.




Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output value. Duringdehumidification, the algorithm sets the output to the value entered inthis decision.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the output’s starting value when the PIDMaster Loop is enabled.


Block Iteration RateUse this decision to indicate how often the master loop calculates thevalve position.





127

Cooling Coil ValveThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is off or not configured, thenthis algorithm will not be enabled.




Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be occupied and Yes will be displayed.


High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the value of the high humidity switch being monitored.If this decision is not configured, this value will default to the Off state.


High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointthat is obtained from the humidity Setpoint Schedule.



AO—Cooling VAVCCVAVxxMFunction Type 3

128

High Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the space or return air humidity sensorbeing monitored. Dehumidification is required only if this value exceeds theHigh Humidity Setpoint.


VAV Setpoint ResetVAV Setpoint Reset provides the supply air setpoint value to the master loop.

SetpointThis decision displays the calculated supply air setpoint that is used byto the master loop. This value represents the sum of calculated offsetadded to the configured Supply Air Setpoint.

Valid Display 0.0 to 120.0°F (-17.8 to 48.8°C)

Setpoint OffsetThis calculated value represents the amount of reset that is added to theconfigured Supply Air Setpoint to generate the setpoint value.

Setpoint Offset = (VAV Start Reset - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) * Reset Ratio


CCV Supply Air SetpointThis decision displays the calculated Supply Air Setpoint for the PID MasterLoop. To override the Supply Air Setpoint, force this decision.





129






Proportional Term = (CCV Supply Air Setpoint - Supply AirTemperature) * Proportional Gain



Integral Term = ((CCV Supply Air Setpoint - Supply Air Temperature) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)




Note: Error = (CCV Supply Air Setpoint - Supply Air Temperature)



130









131

The AO—Fan Tracking algorithm modulates the analog output tocontrol the return air fan speed or inlet guide vane position to main-tain a constant delta pressure between the supply and return air fansin a variable air volume system.

The Fan Tracking algorithm uses a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop to control the fan speed or inlet guide vaneposition. The PID Master Loop compares the Return Air Pressure toa calculated setpoint in order to compute the desired output value.The PID Master Loop calculates the output value in order to keepthe Return Air Pressure (CFM) equal to the Supply Air Pressure(CFM) minus the configured Delta CFM Setpoint. If the fan is offor either the supply or return air velocity pressure sensor value isinvalid, the output is set to the Disabled Output Value.

You can use this algorithm to control the inlet guide vanes or speedcontroller of a return air fan in a variable air volume system. Insuch an instance, the return fan would be controlled to maintain adelta pressure in CFM between the supply and return air fans in thesystem.


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Supply Air Pressure* Return Air Pressure

RAV Control (Return Air Velocity)Delta CFM SetpointSupply Air Duct AreaReturn Air Duct Area

PID_Master_LoopProportional GainIntegral GainDerivative GainDisabled Output ValueMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output ValueStarting ValueBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay

AO—Fan Tracking

Typical Application


AO—Fan TrackingFANTRxxCFunction Type 4

132

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this algo-rithm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this algorithm. You can force the asteriskeddecisions.

* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Supply Air Pressure* Return Air Pressure

RAV ControlSetpoint RVPActual Supply Air FlowActual Return Air FlowReturn Air Flow Setpoint


Task Timer



133

Fig

ure

5-4

AO

—Fa

n T

rac

kin

g


AN

D

NO

T

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

PID

_M

a ste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Re t

urn

Air

Pre

ssu

re

OR

An

a lo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Su

pp

ly A

ir P

ress

ure

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(SV

P)

RA

V C

on

tro

l

Setp

oin

t (R

VP

)

OR

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(RV

P)

134



Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thereturn air fan speed or inlet guide vane position.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status of the air handler’s fan. The DI point provides the actual state of thefan.



Supply Air PressureYou must configure this decision to define the AI point that provides theSupply Air Pressure for the air handler.



Return Air PressureYou must configure this decision to define the AI point that provides theReturn Air Pressure for the air handler.



135


RAV ControlRAV (Return Air Velocity) Control computes the desired Return Air Pressurebased on the Supply Air Pressure and the configured Delta CFM Setpoint.

Delta CFM SetpointUse this decision to define the required difference between the Supplyand Return Air Pressure.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 40000.0 CFMDefault Value 500.0

Supply Air Duct AreaUse this decision to define the area of the air handler’s supply air duct.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 100.00 Sq Ft (0.0 to 929.0 m2)Default Value 10.0 (9.3)

Return Air Duct AreaUse this decision to define the area of the air handler’s return air duct.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 100.0 Sq Ft (0.0 to 929.0 m2)Default Value 10.0 (9.3)

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the return air fan speed or guide vane position required to achieve thecalculated setpoint.



136





Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value (i.e., return air fan speed orinlet guide vane position) to be maintained when the fan is off or wheneither the supply or return air velocity pressure sensor is invalid.







137





Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this algorithm after a power failure occurs.


Analog Output PointThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured or the valuedisplayed in this decision is Off, then this algorithm will not be enabled.


Supply Air PressureThis decision displays the value of the Supply Air Pressure for the air handler.

Valid Display 0.00 to 5.00 “H20 (0.00 to 1244.4 Pa)

AO—Fan TrackingFANTRxxMFunction Type 4


138

Return Air PressureThis decision displays the value of the Return Air Pressure for the air handler.


RAV ControlThis function computes the desired Return Air Pressure based on the Supply AirPressure and the configured Delta CFM Setpoint.

Setpoint RVPThis decision displays the calculated Return Air Velocity Setpoint whichis used by the master loop.


Actual Supply Air FlowThis decision displays the calculated supply air flow.

Supply Air Flow = SQRT (Supply Air Pressure) * Supply Air Duct Area* 4005

Valid Display 0.0 to 99999.9 CFM

Actual Return Air FlowThis decision displays the calculated return air flow.

Return Air Flow = SQRT (Return Air Pressure) * Return Air Duct Area* 4005


Return Air Flow SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint value for the return air flow that isnecessary to achieve the desired return air pressure.

Return Air Flow Setpoint = (Actual Supply Air Flow - Delta CFMSetpoint)



139

PID_Master_LoopThe PID_Master_Loop function calculates the desired output based on theconfigured PID gains and the current deviation from setpoint. The calculatedoutput is readjusted periodically to move closer toward the desired setpoint.





Proportional Term = (Setpoint RVP - Return Air Pressure) *Proportional Gain



Integral Term = ((Setpoint RVP - Return Air Pressure) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)




Note: Error = (Setpoint RVP - Return Air Pressure)



140









141

AO—Heating CV

AO—Heating CVHCCV_xxCFunction Type 5

The AO—Heating CV algorithm modulates the analog output tocontrol a hot water or steam valve in a constant volume air handlerto prevent the space temperature from falling below the configuredsetpoint.

The AO—Heating CV algorithm uses both a PID (ProportionalIntegral Derivative) Master Loop and a P (Proportional) SubmasterLoop to control the valve. The PID Master Loop calculates theSupply Air Temperature setpoint (submaster reference) required toachieve the desired space temperature setpoint. The space tempera-ture setpoint is increased by the Heating Setpoint Offset if dehu-midification is being performed by the associated AO—Cooling CValgorithm. The PID Master Loop calculates the submaster referenceby obtaining the lowest sensor input from the Sensor Group/SPTSensor and comparing it to the low setpoint from the SetpointSchedule. The PID Master Loop output equals the Disable OutputValue whenever the fan is off or the Sensor Group/SPT Sensorstatus is invalid. The P Submaster Loop is a proportional loop thatcomputes the hot water or steam valve’s position by comparing thecalculated submaster reference to the Supply Air Temperature.



You can use this algorithm to control a hot water or steam valveserving an air handler’s cooling coil in a constant volume system.

Typical Application

142


* Heating Coil Valve* Fan Status Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor


Heating Setpoint OffsetHigh Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorPID_Master_Loop




Power on Delay



143





* High Humidity SensorPID_Master_Loop


* Heating Coil Subm Ref* Supply Air Temperature


Task Timer



144

OR

Sele

ct

A

A B

+

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Oc

cu

pie

d H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hu

mid

ity

Se t

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

d L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Inp

ut

Forc

e

Sta

tus

(So

ftw

are

Po

int)

AN

D

PID

_M

aste

r L

oo

p

En

ab

leSu

pp

ly A

irT

emp

erat

ure

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hea

tin

g C

oil

Val

ve

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

tSt

atu

s

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/SP

T

Sen

sor

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

NO

T

He

atin

gSe

tpo

int

Off

set 0

>

OR

ORNO

T

P_

Su

bm

aste

r_L

oo

p

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Fan

Sta

tus

Setp

oin

t

Po

int

Forc

ed

?

Re

fere

nc

e F

orc

ed

?

Ou

tpu

t

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Hea

tin

g C

oil

Su

bm

Ref

SELE

CT

A

IA B

O

+

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Sp

a ce

Se t

po

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

wit

c h

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

e nso

r

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Tim

eS

ched

ule

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

Fig

ure

5-5

AO

—H

ea

ting


145


Heating Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theair handler’s hot water or steam valve.






Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same sensor group or SPT sensor for all algorithms that controla common air handler.

Allowable Entries Blgd. Supvr. = SNSGRxxLID = xx, when xx = function number


Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules chapter in thismanual.





146

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules chapter of this manual.

Note: Use the same space temperature Setpoint Schedule for all algorithmsthat control a common air handler.



Heating Setpoint OffsetIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe offset that will be added to the low heating setpoint during dehumidifica-tion.

Allowable Entries -10.0 to 10.0^F (-5.5 to 5.5^C)Default Value 3.0 (1.6)

High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe DI point that indicates if dehumidification needs to be performed. Thealgorithm can use a High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to deter-mine if dehumidification is needed. If dehumidification is being done, thesame sensor that is used here should be used in the associated cooling CValgorithm.




147

Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe Setpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoint for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules chapter in this manual. If dehumidification is being done, the samesetpoint that is used here should be used in the associated cooling CV algo-rithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe AI point that provides the space humidity to this algorithm. Dehumidifica-tion is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater than the occupiedhigh setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule. If dehumidification isbeing done, the same sensor that is used here should be used in the associatedcooling CV algorithm.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the Supply Air Setpoint (submaster reference) required to achievethe desired space temperature.




148





Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the Supply Air Temperature to be main-tained when all the space temperature input(s) are invalid or when thefan status indicates the fan is off. When either of these events occurs,the value entered in this decision is used as the submaster reference.

Allowable Entries -40.0 to 245.0°F (-40.0 to 118.3°C)Default Value 45.0

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable Supply Air Tempera-ture (minimum submaster reference).





149

Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the starting value for the Supply Air Tem-perature when the PID Master Loop is enabled.


Block Iteration RateUse this decision to indicate how often the PID Master Loop calculatesthe submaster reference.





P_Submaster_LoopThe submaster loop is a proportional control loop that computes the hot wateror steam valve’s position by comparing the calculated submaster reference tothe Supply Air Temperature.




150

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output to the hot water or steam valvewhen the Supply Air Temperature sensor is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the hot wateror steam valve.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the hotwater or steam valve.









151

Heating Coil ValveThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured or the valuedisplayed in this decision is Off, then this algorithm will not be enabled.


Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor (if chosen) or thelowest sensor in the sensor group (if chosen).




Space SetpointThis decision displays the low setpoint of the configured Setpoint Schedule.The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value is determined.



AO—Heating CVHCCV_xxMFunction Type 5

152

High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the value of the high humidity switch sensor beingmonitored. If the decision was not configured, this value will default to the Offstate.


High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. Thealgorithm uses the occupied high setpoint from the humidity Setpoint Schedule.If the decision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, whichwill prevent any dehumidification.









Proportional Term = (Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) *Proportional Gain



153


Integral Term = ((Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) *Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)











Heating Coil Subm RefThis decision displays the calculated submaster reference from the PID MasterLoop. This value is used with the Supply Air Temperature by the submasterloop. To override the submaster reference, force this decision.


Supply Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI point that provides the air handler’ssupply air temperature. This must be configured to enable the submaster loopto execute properly.



154

P_Submaster_LoopThe P (proportional) Submaster Loop controls to the difference between thesubmaster reference and the supply air temperature. This loop executes everytwo seconds.









Clamped)






155

The AO—Heating VAV algorithm modulates the analog output tocontrol a hot water or steam valve in a variable air volume airhandler for morning warm-up or to prevent the space temperaturefrom falling below the configured setpoint.

The AO—Heating VAV algorithm uses both a PID (ProportionalIntegral Derivative) Master Loop and a P (Proportional) Submasterloop to control the value. The PID Master Loop calculates theSupply Air Temperature setpoint (submaster reference) required toachieve the desired space temperature setpoint. The space tempera-ture setpoint is increased by the Heating Setpoint Offset if dehu-midification is being performed by the associated AO—CoolingVAV algorithm. The PID Master Loop calculates the submasterreference by obtaining the lowest sensor input from the SensorGroup/SPT Sensor and comparing it to the low setpoint from theSetpoint Schedule. The PID Master Loop output equals the Dis-abled Output Value whenever the fan is off or the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor status is invalid. The P Submaster Loop computes thehot water or steam valve’s position by comparing the calculatedsubmaster reference to the Supply Air Temperature.



For applications that have alternate heat sources, you can use Morn-ing Warmup to preheat the space prior to occupancy.

You can use this algorithm to control a hot water or steam valveserving an air handler’s heating coil in a variable air volume system.

AO—Heating VAV

AO—Heating VAVHCVAVxxCFunction Type 6

Typical Application

156




Heating Setpoint OffsetHigh Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorOccupied HeatingPID_Master_Loop




Power on Delay



157





* High Humidity SensorMorning Warm Up

Reference OutputMorning Warmup ?


* HCV Supply Air Setpoint* Supply Air Temperature


Task Timer



158


Fig

ure

5-6

AO

—H

ea

ting

VA

V

05

Hea

tin

gC

oil

Val

ve

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

PID

_M

aste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

leSu

pp

ly A

irT

emp

erat

ure

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/S

PT

Sen

sor

Oc

cu

pa

nc

ySt

ate

?

Mo

rnin

gW

arm

Up

Dis

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Spa

ce

Tem

p.

Sta

tus

P_

Su

bm

aste

r_L

oo

p

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Fan

Sta

tus

Setp

oin

t

Po

int

Forc

ed

?

Re

fere

nc

e

Forc

ed

?

Ou

tpu

t

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hu

mid

ity

Se t

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Fo

rce

Sta

tus

Sele

ct

A A B

Hea

ting

Coi

l Sub

mR

ef

Ou

tpu

t

Inp

ut Fo

rce

Sta

tus

(So

ftw

are

Po

int)

NO

T +

OR

>O

R

OR

NO

T

AN

D

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

+

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Sp

a ce

Se t

po

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

hH

umid

ity S

witc

h

Hig

hH

umid

ity S

enso

r

Tim

e S

ched

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

I

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Ou

tpu

t

0

He

atin

gSe

tpo

int

Off

set

159


Heating Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theair handler’s hot water or steam valve.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characterLID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)





Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the Sensor Group or a single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group or SPT Sensor for all algorithms thatcontrol a common air handler.








160

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedule, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules chapter of this manual.

Note: Use the same Space Temperature Setpoint for all algorithms thatcontrol a common air handler.



Heating Setpoint OffsetIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe offset that will be added to the low heating setpoint during dehumidifica-tion.


High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe DI point that indicates if dehumidification needs to be performed. Thealgorithm can use a High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to deter-mine if dehumidification is needed. If dehumidification is being performed,the same sensor that is used here should be used in the associated cooling VAValgorithm.




161

Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe Setpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoint for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules section in this manual. If dehumidification is being performed, thesame setpoint that is used here should be used in the associated cooling VAValgorithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe AI point that provides the space humidity to this algorithm. Dehumidifica-tion is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater than the occupiedhigh setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule. If dehumidification isbeing performed, the same sensor that is used here should be used in the associ-ated cooling VAV algorithm.



Occupied HeatingUse this decision to enable heating during Occupied periods.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No or YesLID = 0 (No) or 1 (Yes)

Default Value No

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the Supply Air Setpoint (submaster reference) required to achieve thedesired space temperature.




162





Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the Supply Air Temperature to be main-tained when all the space temperature input(s) are invalid or when thefan status indicates the fan is off. When either of these events occurs,the value entered in this decision is used as the submaster reference.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable Supply Air Tempera-ture (minimum submaster reference).





163

Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the starting value for the Supply Air Tem-perature when the PID Master Loop is enabled.

Allowable Entries -40.0 to 245.0°F (-40.0 to 118.3°C)Default Value 80.0 (27.0)

Block Iteration RateUse this decision to indicate how often the PID Master Loop calculatesthe submaster reference.


Supply Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the airhandler’s supply air temperature to this algorithm. The submaster loop con-trols to the difference between the submaster reference and the value of thepoint that you specify in this decision.



P_Submaster_LoopThe submaster loop is a proportional control loop that computes the hot wateror steam valve’s position by comparing the calculated submaster reference tothe Supply Air Temperature.




164

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output to the hot water or steam valvewhen the Supply Air Temperature sensor is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the hot wateror steam valve.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the hotwater or steam valve.









165

Heating Coil ValveThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by this algo-rithm.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured or the value isOff, then this algorithm will not be enabled.


Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor (if chosen) or the lowestsensor in the sensor group (if chosen).


Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If no Time Schedule has been selected, then thedefault mode will be Yes.


Space SetpointThis decision displays the low setpoint of the configured setpoint schedule.The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value is determined.


High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the value of the high humidity switch sensor beingmonitored. If this decision was not configured, the value will default to the Offstate.



AO—Heating VAVHCVAVxxMFunction Type 6

166

High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointfrom the Humidity Setpoint schedule.




Morning WarmupMorning Warmup function is used to bring the space temperature up to occu-pied setting after a setback period. Once the setpoint is reached, Heating willbe disabled for the remainder of that occupied period, unless Occupied Heatingconfiguration decision is set to Yes.

Reference OutputThis decision along with the Fan Status determines whether the PIDloop becomes enabled. If Occupied Heating is Yes, the output is Onwhenever Fan Status is On. Otherwise, the output is On only when FanStatus is On and Morning Warmup is True.


Morning Warmup?This decision tells if the algorithm is executing the morning warmupfunction.

Valid Display True/False


167




Valid Display -40.0 to 245.0°F


Proportional Term = (Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) * Proportional Gain



Integral Term = (Space Setpoint - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)







168






HCV Supply Air SetpointThis decision displays the calculated submaster reference from the PID MasterLoop. This value is used with the Supply Air Temperature by the P SubmasterLoop. To override the submaster reference, force this point.


Supply Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI point that provides the air handler’ssupply air temperature. This must be configured to enable the submaster loopto execute properly.


P_Submaster_LoopThe P (proportional) Submaster Loop controls to the difference between thesubmaster reference and the supply air temperature. This loop executes everytwo seconds.


Reference Output = (Submaster Proportional Term + Submaster Center Value)



169






Clamped)






170

AO—HumidityControl

The AO—Humidity Control algorithm provides an output to a humidi-fier that requires modulating control. The humidifier is controlled tomaintain the space or return air humidity to the configured setpoint.

The Humidity Control algorithm uses a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop to control the humidifier. The PID MasterLoop uses the Space Humidity Sensor input and compares it to theconfigured occupied low setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint scheduleto compute the desired amount of humidification. If the Space Humid-ity Sensor input is greater than the configured occupied high setpointor if the High Humidity Switch is closed, the output is set to theMinimum Output Value. If the air handler supply fan is off, the outputis set to the configured Disabled Output Value.

The Humidity Setpoint schedule provides the occupied high and lowhumidity setpoints. The algorithm uses the high setpoint to determineif dehumidification is required. It uses the low setpoint as the refer-ence for the PID Master Loop to control the humidifier.

You can use this algorithm to control a steam grid type of humidifier.


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Space Humidity Sensor

High Humidity Switch* Humidity Setpoint

High Humidity SensorPID_Master_Loop


Power on Delay

AO—Humidity ControlHUMIDxxCFunction Type 7


Typical Application

171


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Space Humidity Sensor* High Humidity Switch

Humidity Setpoint* High Humidity Sensor

High Humidity LimitPID_Master_Loop


Task Timer



172

Fig

ure

5-7

AO

—H

um

idity

Co

ntr

ol


Hig

h H

umid

ity S

enso

rO

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

PID

_M

aste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Ou

tpu

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hu

mid

ity

Set

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

An

alo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Hig

h H

um

idit

y S

wit

chO

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

>

OR

OR

Spac

eH

umid

ity S

enso

r Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

+

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

I

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

NO

T

AN

D

173


Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theair handler’s humidifier.






Space Humidity SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that is providing thespace or return duct humidity input.



High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing humidification, use this decision to specify theDI point that indicates when supply duct humidity is unacceptably high. Thealgorithm can use a High Humidity Switch or Space Humidity Sensor to deter-mine if the humidity is unacceptably high.

Note: Use the same High Humidity Switch to determine dehumidification inall algorithms that control a common air handler.




174

Humidity SetpointYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that willprovide the Humidity Setpoint and High Humidity Limit for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Sched-ules section in this manual.

Note: Use the same Humidity Setpoint schedule for all algorithms that control acommon air handler.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing humidification, use this decision to specify the AIpoint that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being monitored.Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater thanthe high setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint Schedule.

Note: Use the same High Humidity Sensor to determine dehumidification in allalgorithms that control a common air handler.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the amount of humidification that is required to achieve the desiredspace or return air humidity.

Proportional GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the proportional term. The value in this decision is expressed inunits-per-unit of error.


Integral GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error plus thecurrent integral term to produce the new integral term. The value in thisdecision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.



175



Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value to the humidifier when thefan is off.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output value to thehumidifier. During dehumidification, the value in this decision is usedas the output value.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output value to thehumidifier.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the output’s starting value when the PIDMaster Loop is enabled by the Fan Status Point.



176

Block Iteration RateThe value in this decision indicates how often the master loop calculatesthe submaster reference.








Space Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the humidity sensor providing the duct orspace humidity input.



AO—Humidity ControlHUMIDxxMFunction Type 7

177

High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the High Humidity Switch sensor being monitored. Ifthis decision is not configured, the value will default to the Off state.


Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the humidity setpoint for this algorithm. This algorithmuses the occupied low setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule.


High Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the supply duct humidity sensor beingmonitored. If this value exceeds the High Humidity Limit, humidification willbe needed.


High Humidity LimitThis decision specifies the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If asetpoint schedule is not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, whichwill prevent dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointfrom the Humidity Setpoint schedule.







178


Proportional Term = (Humidity Setpoint - Space Humidity Sensor) *Proportional Gain



Integral Term = ((Humidity Setpoint - Space Humidity Sensor) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)




Note: Error = (Humidity Setpoint - Space Humidity Sensor)










179

The AO—Mixed Air CV w IAQ algorithm controls the outside air,return air, and exhaust dampers in a constant volume air handler.

When outside air conditions are unsuitable for cooling, the algo-rithm holds the dampers at an adjustable, minimum position. Ifoutside air conditions are suitable for cooling, the algorithm modu-lates the mixed air dampers as required to maintain a space tempera-ture that is between the low and high occupied setpoints.

This algorithm uses both a PID (Proportional Integral Derivative)Master Loop and a P (Proportional) Submaster Loop to control thedamper position. The PID Master Loop calculates the mixed airtemperature setpoint (submaster reference) required to achieve thedesired space temperature setpoint. The PID Master Loop calculatesthe submaster reference by obtaining the highest or lowest spacetemperature sensor input from the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor andcomparing it to the space temperature setpoint. The high spacetemperature input is used during Night Time Free Cooling or whensummer conditions exist. The low space temperature input is al-ways used when winter conditions exist. If the outside air condi-tions are unacceptable for cooling, the submaster reference is set toits configured maximum value. The P Submaster Loop computesthe damper’s position by comparing the calculated submaster refer-ence to the Mixed Air Temperature. If the air handler’s supply fanis off or if the Mixed Air Temperature sensor is out of range, theoutput is set to the configured Disabled Output Value.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) allows the algorithm to override thedamper position, thus allowing additional outside air into the build-ing when the indoor air quality is below the configured limit. Thedamper position is computed every two minutes.

IAQ controls the level of carbon dioxide (CO2), volatile organic

compounds (VOCs), or other indoor air pollutants by modulating themixed air damper. Varying quantities of outdoor air are admittedduring the occupied period to maintain pollutants at or below theconfigured setpoints of the IAQ sensors.

AO—Mixed Air CV w IAQMADCVxxCFunction Type 8

AO—Mixed Air CVw IAQ

PID Master Loop andP Submaster Loop

Indoor Air Quality

180

VOC, or other types of sensors, can be field-supplied and installed,and configured in two ways:

• One sensor can be installed in either the space or return airstream to continuously monitor a single gas.

• Two sensors (typically VOC sensors monitoring the same gas)can be installed inside and outside the occupied space for com-parative measurements. The control is configured to modify thedamper position based on the value of the sensor in the occupiedspace, but before admitting outside air, the control performs adifferential check to determine if the value of the sensor measur-ing the outside air is higher. If the outside sensor has a higherpollutant value, the damper does not change position.



NTFC w Enthalpy Check is required if the air handler is equipped touse outside air as a suitable source for cooling the space during nighttime unoccupied hours or if the air handler needs to modulate thedampers in either a drybulb or enthalpy type economizer operation.

You can use this algorithm to store excess internal heat within thestructure during winter months, or to use cool outside air duringsummer months to the greatest possible extent. This minimizes theneed for heating or mechanical cooling.

Schedules


Night Time FreeCooling

Typical Application

181


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor


High Humidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorNTFC AlgorithmPID_Master_Loop


* Mixed Air TemperatureP_Submaster_Loop


IAQ SensorComparison IAQ SnsorIndoor Air Quality

IAQ SetpointProportional GainIntegral GainTemp & Humidity TestDifferential GasMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output Value

Power on Delay



182



Occupied ?* High Humidity Sensor

NTFC Active?NTFC SetpointOutside Enthalpy Good?



* Mixed Air CV Subm Ref* Mixed Air Temperature


* IAQ Sensor* Comparison IAQ Snsor

IAQ SetpointIndoor Air Quality

Reference OutputProportional TermIntegral TermClamp

Task Timer



183

Fig

ure

5-8

AO

—M

ixe

d A

ir C

V w

IAQ


Indo

or A

ir Q

ualit

y

En

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(IA

Q1

)

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(IA

Q2

)

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

P_Su

bmas

ter_

Loo

p

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m

Ou

tpu

tO

ve

rrid

e

Po

int

Forc

ed

?

Setp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

tFo

rce

Sta

tus

En

ab

le

Mix

ed A

ir S

ubm

Ref

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

tFo

rce

Sta

tus

Re

fere

nc

e F

orc

ed

?

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

En

ab

le

Ana

log

Out

put

Poin

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

OR

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(SP

T)

Sele

ct

A A B

OR

AN

DN

OT

NO

T

>

AN

DA

ND

NO

T

Mix

ed A

irTe

mpe

ratu

re

Fan

Stat

usO

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Com

pari

son

AQ

Sens

or P

PM Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hig

h H

umid

itySe

tpoi

nt

Hu

mid

ity

Ch

ec

k?>

Ou

tpu

tSt

atu

sFo

rce

Sta

tus

Hig

h H

umid

itySe

nsor

Sens

or S

elec

t

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

NTF

C?

Low

Se

nso

r

Hig

h S

en

sor

NT

FC A

LG

OR

ITH

M

NTF

C

Setp

oin

t

En

tha

lpy

Te

stN

OT

NO

T

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

hLo

wA

vera

ge

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

leA

ND

NO

TM

ain

ten

an

ce

IAQ

Sen

sor

PPM

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

184

ConfigurationsDecisions

Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controllingthe air handler’s outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers.






Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information onSensor Group, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same sensor group or SPT sensor for all algorithms thatcontrol a common air handler.



Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this deci-sion, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state.





185

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm.



High Humidity SetpointIf the indoor air quality is being monitored and Temp & Humidity Test is set toYes, use this decision to specify the maximum allowable return air humiditybefore the IAQ control routine is disabled.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 100.0%Default Value 99.0

High Humidity SensorIf the indoor air quality is being monitored and Temp & Humidity Test is set toYes, use this decision to specify the AI point that provides the return air humid-ity. When the High Humidity Sensor value is greater than the High HumiditySetpoint, the IAQ control routine will be disabled.



NTFC AlgorithmIf Night Time Free Cooling will be performed or the dampers will modulate ineither a drybulb or enthalpy type economizer operation, use this decision tospecify the algorithm that will determine if the outside air is suitable for cool-ing the space. If the outside air is not suitable for cooling during unoccupiedhours, the submaster reference is held to the configured Maximum OutputValue.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = NTFC_xx,LID = xx, where xx = function number

Default Value NTFC_00


186

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the mixed air temperature setpoint (submaster reference) required toachieve the desired space temperature.







Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the Mixed Air Temperature to be main-tained when the space temperature sensor has failed.



187

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable Mixed Air Tempera-ture. The value entered in this decision is known as the minimumsubmaster reference. The submaster reference is equal to this valueduring unoccupied hours when Night Time Free Cooling is not beingperformed.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable Mixed Air Tempera-ture. The value entered in this decision is known as the maximumsubmaster reference.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the starting value for the Mixed AirTemperature when the PID Master Loop is enabled.


Block Iteration RateThe value in this decision indicates how often the master loop calcu-lates the submaster reference.


Mixed Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides themixed air temperature to this algorithm. The submaster loop controls to thepoint that you specify in this decision.




188

P_Submaster_LoopThe submaster loop is a proportional control loop that computes the outsideair, return air, and exhaust damper positions by comparing the calculatedsubmaster reference (mixed air temperature setpoint) to the Mixed Air Tem-perature. The damper positions will be controlled by the Indoor Air Qualityor the P Submaster Loop, depending on whose calculated output value isgreater.



Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output to the dampers when the fan isoff or when the Mixed Air Temperature sensor is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the outsideair, return air, and exhaust dampers. During the unoccupied state, theMinimum Output Value is overriden to 0, thus allowing the dampersto fully close.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the outsideair, return air, and exhaust dampers.



189

Center ValueUse this decision to specify the output value appropriate for the noload condition.




IAQ SensorIf the indoor air quality is being monitored, use this decision to specify theindoor air quality sensor.


Default Value CMAMPI00

Comparison IAQ SnsorIf Differential Gas is configured to Yes, use this decision to specify the out-door air quality sensor.




190

Indoor Air QualityIndoor Air Quality is a proportional and integral control loop that comparesthe IAQ setpoint to the IAQ sensors in order to compute the return air, out-side air, and exhaust air damper positions. The damper positions will becontrolled by the Indoor Air Quality or the P Submaster Loop, depending onwhose calculated output value is greater.

IAQ SetpointUse this decision to specify the Indoor Air Quality setpoint.

Allowable Entries 0 to 2000 PPMDefault Value 650

Proportional GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the proportional term. The value in this decision is ex-pressed in units-per-unit of error.


Integral GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error plusthe current integral term to produce the new integral term. The valuein this decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.


Temp & Humidity TestUse this decision to disable the IAQ control routine if either the spacetemperature setpoint or High Humidity Setpoint is exceeded.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No/YesLID = 0 (No)/1(Yes)

Default Value No


191

Differential GasUse this decision to indicate if the outside air is being tested to deter-mine its suitability for use. If the Comparison IAQ Snsor value (out-side air quality sensor value) is greater than the IAQ Sensor value(indoor air quality value), the IAQ control routine will be disabled.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No/YesLID = 0 (No)/1 (Yes)

Default Value No

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the mixedair damper for the IAQ control routine.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the mixedair damper for the IAQ control routine.





192

Analog Output PointThis decision displays the output value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm.




Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor (if chosen) or theaverage of the Sensor Group (if chosen).




High Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the return air humidity sensor being moni-tored. If this value exceeds the High Humidity Setpoint, the IAQ controlroutine will be disabled.


NTFC Active?This decision indicates when Night Time Free Cooling is active. If the NTFCw Enthalpy Check algorithm was not selected as part of the configuration,Night Time Free Cooling will be inactive and No will be displayed.


AO—Mixed Air CV w IAQMADCVxxMFunction Type 8


193

NTFC SetpointThis decision displays the space temperature setpoint when Night Time FreeCooling is active. The space temperature setpoint will be the occupied highsetpoint from the configured Setpoint Schedule.


Outside Enthalpy Good?This decision indicates when the outside air is suitable for cooling. If the valuedisplayed in this decision is No, the submaster reference is maintained at itsconfigured maximum value.


Control PointThis decision displays the space temperature sensor value from the sensor groupbeing used as the control point when Night Time Free Cooling is active.







Proportional Term = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Proportional Term



194


Integral Term = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Integral Gain + Previous Integral Term


Derivative TermThis decision displays the derivative error term as it is calculated bythe PID equation.


Note: Error = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor)


Integrator FlagsThis three digit field displays three reference flags which indicatecertain statues for the PID_Master_Loop.

Left Flag 0 = PID Active1 = PID Inactive (Disabled or Min/Max Clamp)

Center Flag 0 = Integrator calculating normally1 = Integrator has been reset

Right Flag 0 = No Integrator Clamp1 = Integrator Clamp Active


Mixed Air CV Subm RefThis decision displays the calculated submaster reference from the PID Mas-ter Loop. This value is used with the Mixed Air Temperature by the PSubmaster Loop. To override the submaster reference, force this decision tothe desired value.


Mixed Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI point that provides the mixed airtemperature.



195

P_Submaster_LoopThe P (proportional) Submaster Loop controls to the difference between the submasterreference and the supply air temperature. This loop executes every two seconds.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determine thealgorithm's output point value. The algorithm's output point value will beeither that of the IAQ Reference Output or the value displayed in thisdecision, depending on which is greater.








Clamped)



IAQ SensorThis decision displays the value of the indoor air quality in parts per million(ppm).


Comparison IAQ SnsorThis decision displays the value of the outdoor air quality in parts per million(ppm).



196

IAQ SetpointThis decision displays the value of the configured indoor air quality setpoint inparts per million (ppm).


Indoor Air QualityThis function monitors the indoor air quality, and if desired, the outdoor air quality.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determine thealgorithm's output point value. The algorithm's output point value willbe either that of the P Submaster Loop's Reference Output or the valuedisplayed in this decision, depending on which is greater.

Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Integral Term)


Proportional TermThis decision displays the proportional error term as it is calculated bythe IAQ Submaster Loop.

Proportional Term = (IAQ Setpoint - IAQ Sensor) * Proportional Gain


Integral TermThis decision displays the integral error term as it is calculated by theIAQ Submaster Loop.

Integral Term = (IAQ Setpoint - IAQ Sensor) + Integral Gain + Previous Integral Term


ClampThis decision displays whether the IAQ control routine is being clamped.The clamp is set whenever the output is less than the minimum outputvalue or greater than the maximum output value.





197

AO—Mixed AirVAV w IAQ

The AO—Mixed Air VAV w IAQ controls the outside air, returnair, and exhaust dampers in a variable air volume air handler.

The Mixed Air VAV w IAQ algorithm uses a PID (ProportionalIntegral Derivative) Master Loop to control the damper position.The PID Master Loop calculates the damper position required toachieve the desired mixed air temperature setpoint. The PID MasterLoop calculates the damper position by comparing the mixed airtemperature to the associated cooling coil supply air setpoint minusthree degrees. If the outside air conditions are unacceptable forcooling, the output is set to its configured Minimum Output Value.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) allows the algorithm to override thedamper position, thus allowing additional outside air into the build-ing when the indoor air quality is below the configured limit. Thedamper position is computed every two minutes.

IAQ controls the level of carbon dioxide (CO2), volatile organiccompounds (VOCs), or other indoor air pollutants by modulating themixed air damper. Varying quantities of outdoor air are admittedduring the occupied period to maintain pollutants at or below theconfigured setpoints of the IAQ sensors.

VOC, or other types of sensors, can be field-supplied and installed,and configured in two ways:

• One sensor can be installed in either the space or return airstream to continuously monitor a single gas.

• Two sensors (typically VOC sensors monitoring the same gas)can be installed inside and outside the occupied space for com-parative measurements. The control is configured to modify thedamper position based on the value of the sensor in the occupiedspace, but before admitting outside air, the control performs adifferential check to determine if the value of the sensor measur-ing the outside air is higher. If the outside sensor has a higherpollutant value, the damper does not change position.

PID Master Loop

Indoor Air Quality

AO—Mixed Air VAV w IAQMADVVxxCFunction Type 9

198



NTFC w Enthalpy Check is required if the air handler is equipped touse outside air as a suitable source for cooling the space during nighttime unoccupied hours or if the air handler needs to modulate thedampers in either a drybulb or enthalpy type economizer operation.

You can use this algorithm to store excess internal heat within thestructure during winter months, or use cool outside air during sum-mer months to minimize the need for heating or mechanical cooling.




High Humidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorNTFC Algorithm

* CCV Supply Air Setpoint* Mixed Air Temperature


Schedules


Night Time FreeCooling

Typical Application


199

IAQ SensorComparison IAQ SensorIndoor Air Quality

IAQ SetpointProportional GainIntegral GainTemp & Humidity TestDifferential GasMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output Value

Power on Delay



Occupied ?* High Humidity Sensor

NTFC Active?Outside Enthalpy Good?CCV Supply Air Setpoint

* Mixed Air Subm Ref* Mixed Air Temperature


* IAQ Sensor* Comparison IAQ Snsor

IAQ SetpointIndoor Air Quality

Reference OutputProportional TermIntegral TermClamp

Task Timer



200

Fig

ure

5-9

AO

—M

ixe

d A

ir V

AV

w IA

Q


IAQ

Sen

sor

PPM

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Indo

or A

ir Q

ualit

y

En

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(IA

Q1

)

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(IA

Q2

)

Com

pari

son

AQ

Sens

or P

PM Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hu

mid

ity

Ch

ec

k?

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(SP

T)

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

rTS

Ov

err

ide

Hig

h

Low

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

tSe

tpo

int

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

En

ab

le

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

NT

FC A

LG

OR

ITH

M NTF

C

Setp

oin

t

En

tha

lpy

Te

s t

Supp

ly A

irSe

tpoi

nt

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

tFo

rce

Sta

tus

-

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Hig

h H

umid

itySe

tpoi

nt

Mix

ed A

irTe

mpe

ratu

reSt

atu

sO

utp

ut

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Stat

usO

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

OR

AN

D

3

>

NO

T

NO

T

Ana

log

Out

put P

oint

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

OR

AN

DA

ND

NO

T

NA

ND

Hig

h H

umid

itySe

nsor O

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sta

tus

Ave

rag

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Sele

ct

A A B

>

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

OR

201


Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theair handler’s outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers.






Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensor thatis providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on sensorgroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same sensor group or SPT sensor for all algorithms that control acommon air handler.



Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state.





202




High Humidity SetpointIf the indoor air quality is being monitored and Temp & Humidity Test is set toYes, use this decision to specify the maximum allowable return air humiditybefore the IAQ control routine is disabled.

Allowable Entries 0.00 to 100.00% RHDefault Value 80.00

High Humidity SensorIf the indoor air quality is being monitored and Temp & Humidity Test is set toYes, use this decision to specify the AI point that provides the return air humidity.When the High Humidity Sensor value is greater than the High Humidity Set-point, the IAQ control routine will be disabled.



NTFC AlgorithmIf Night Time Free Cooling will be performed or the dampers will be modulatedin either a drybulb or enthalpy type economizer operation, use this decision tospecify the algorithm that will determine if the outside air is suitable for coolingthe space. If the outside air is not suitable for cooling during unoccupied hours,the submaster reference is held to the configured Minimum Output Value.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = NTFC_xxLID = xx, where xx = function number



203

CCV Supply Air SetpointYou must configure this decision to specify the name of the supply air setpoint(software point) in the associated AO—Cooling VAV algorithm whose valueminus three degrees will be used as the PID Master Loop setpoint. Enter thesame point name that is displayed in the associated AO—Cooling VAValgorithm's maintenance table CCV Supply Air Setpoint decision.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = CCVVRFxxLID = xx, where xx = function number of the

AO—Cooling VAV (CCVAVxx) algorithm aslisted in the FNCxx-yy Table

Default Value CCVVRF00

Mixed Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides themixed air temperature to this algorithm. The master loop controls to the pointthat you specify in this decision.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the output required to achieve the desired mixed air temperature.The damper positions will be controlled by the Indoor Air Quality controlroutine or the PID Master Loop, depending on whose calculatedoutput value is greater.




204





Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output damper position to be main-tained when any of the following three situations occurs: The fan is off,the mixed air temperature sensor is out of range, or the CCV Supply AirSetpoint in the associated AO—Cooling CV algorithm is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output damper posi-tion. If the outside air is not suitable for cooling, the output is set to thevalue in this decision.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output damper posi-tion. During Night Time Free Cooling, the output is set to the value inthis decision.



205





IAQ SensorIf the indoor air quality is being monitored, use this decision to specify the AIpoint that provides the air quality of the space being conditioned.



Comparison IAQ SensorIf Differential Gas is set to Yes, use this decision to specify the outdoor airquality sensor.




206

Indoor Air QualityIndoor Air Quality is a proportional and integral control loop that compares theIAQ setpoint to the IAQ sensors in order to compute the return air, outside air,and exhaust air damper positions. The damper positions will be controlled bythe Indoor Air Quality control routine or the P Submaster Loop, depending onwhose calculated output value is greater.

IAQ SetpointUse this decision to specify the Indoor Air Quality setpoint.

Allowable Entries 0 to 2000 PPMDefault Value 650





Temp & Humidity TestUse this decision to disable the IAQ control routine if either the spacetemperature setpoint or High Humidity setpoint is exceeded.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Yes/NoLID = 0(Yes) / 1(No)

Default Value No


207

Differential GasUse this decision to indicate if the outside air is being tested to deter-mine its suitability for use. If the Comparison IAQ Snsor value (out-side air quality sensor value) is greater than the IAQ Sensor value(indoor air quality sensor value), the IAQ control routine will be dis-abled.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Yes/NoLID = 0(Yes) / 1(No)

Default Value No

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output to the mixedair damper for the IAQ control routine.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output to the mixedair damper for the IAQ control routine.


Power on Delay Use this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this algorithm after a power failure occurs.



208


Analog Output PointThis decision displays the output value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of full capacity.




Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor (if chosen) or theaverage of the sensor group (if chosen).




High Humidity SensorThis decision displays the value of the return air humidity sensor being moni-tored. If this value exceeds the High Humidity Setpoint, the IAQ controlroutine is disabled.


AO—Mixed Air VAV w IAQMADVVxxMFunction Type 9

209

NTFC Active?This decision indicates whether Night Time Free Cooling is active. No will bedisplayed in this decision if the NTFC w Enthalpy Check algorithm was notconfigured.


Outside Enthalpy Good?This decision indicates whether the outside air is suitable for cooling. If the valuedisplayed in this decision is No, the damper is maintained at its configured mini-mum position.


CCV Supply Air SetpointThis decision represents the supply air setpoint value from the associated AO—Cooling VAV algorithm.


Mixed Air Subm RefThis decision displays the value of the CCV Supply Air Setpoint minus 3 degrees.


Mixed Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI Point that provides the mixed air tem-perature.




210

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determine theAnalog Output Point. The Analog Output Point will be the greater ofthis value or the IAQ Reference Output value.




Proportional Term = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Proportional Term



Integral Term = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Integral Gain + PreviousIntegral Term







211

Integrator FlagsThis three digit field displays three reference flags which indicate certainstatues for the PID_Master_Loop.

Left Flag 0 = PID Active1 = PID Inactive (Disabled or Min/Max Clamp)

Center Flag 0 = Integrator calculating normally1 = Integrator has been reset

Right Flag 0 = No Integrator Clamp1 = Integrator Clamp Active


IAQ SensorThis decision displays the value of the indoor air quality in parts per million(PPM).

Valid Display -9999.99 to 9999.99 PPM

Comparison IAQ SnsorThis decision displays the value of the outdoor air quality in parts per million(PPM).


IAQ SetpointThis decision displays the value of the configured indoor air quality setpoint inparts per million (PPM).


Indoor Air QualityThis function monitors the indoor air quality, and if desired, the outdoor air quality.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determine thealgorithm output point value. The algorithm output point will be thisvalue or the PID Master Loop Reference Output value, whichever is greater.

Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Integral Term)



212

Proportional TermThis decision displays the proportional error term as it is calculated bythe IAQ Submaster Loop.

Proportional Term = (IAQ Setpoint - IAQ Sensor) * Proportional Gain


Integral TermThis decision displays the integral error term as it is calculated by theIAQ Submaster Loop.

Integral Term = (IAQ Setpoint - IAQ Sensor) + Integral Gain + Previous Integral Term


ClampThis decision displays if the IAQ control routine is being clamped. Theclamp is set whenever the output is less than the minimum output valueor greater than the maximum output value.





213

AO—PermissiveIntrlock

The AO—Permissive Intrlock algorithm overrides the value of ananalog point. The algorithm bases its decision on the current stateof the Discrete Control Point or the current value of the AnalogControl Point compared to a setpoint.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be discrete andthe Discrete Control Point is equal to the configured occupied orunoccupied discrete state for the Persistence Time, the algorithmforces the Analog Output Point to the Override Value. If the controlpoint is not equal to the configured occupied or unoccupied discretestate for the Persistence Time, the algorithm sets the Analog OutputPoint to automatic control.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be analog andthe Analog Control Point is higher or lower (based on the occupiedor unoccupied analog test decision) than the configured low setpointfor the Persistence Time, the algorithm forces the Analog OutputPoint to the Override Value. If this condition is not true for thePersistence Time, the algorithm sets the Analog Output Point toautomatic control.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be analog anddo not configure a Setpoint Schedule, the algorithm sets the AnalogOutput Point to automatic control.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Control-ler is using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints and indicates thetest conditions used to override the point. If you do not configure aTime schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm will assume to be inthe occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure the low setpoint forboth occupied and unoccupied states.

You could use this algorithm to control a preheat coil’s two-waysteam valve. For example, when the outside air temperature isabove 38°F, the valve would be forced closed. When the outside airtemperature is below 38°F, the valve would be modulated to main-tain a 45°F setpoint.

Typical Application

AO—Permissive InterlockAOPI_xxCFunction Type 10

214


* Analog Output PointTime ScheduleSetpoint SchedulePermissive Interlock

* Control Point TypeOcc Discrete StateUnocc Discrete StateOcc Analog TestUnocc Analog TestOverride ValueHysteresisPersistence Time

Analog Control PointDiscrete Control PointPower on Delay


* Analog Output PointOccupied ?Permissive Interlock

Reference OutputPerm Interlock FlagConditionalModified SetpointPersistence Timer

Setpoint Limit* Analog Control Point* Discrete Control Point

Task Timer




215

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Co

ntr

oll

ing

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Pe r

mis

siv

e In

terl

oc k

Dis

ab

le

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

An

a lo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pie

d L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Se t

po

int

Sc h

e du

le

Oc

cu

pie

d H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Bia

s In

pu

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Fig

ure

5-1

0A

O—

Pe

rmiss

ive

Intr

loc

k


216


Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that will be overrid-den when the test conditions have been met for the configured PersistenceTime.






Setpoint ScheduleIf the Control Point Type decision is set to Analog, use this decision to specifythe Setpoint Schedule (temperature type) that provides the occupied and unoc-cupied low setpoint to which the controlling point will be compared.




217

Permissive InterlockPermissive Interlock determines if the Analog Output Point should be forced tothe configured override value when the input conditions are met.

Control Point TypeYou must configure this decision to define whether the Control Point isan analog or discrete type point.

Allowable Entries Analog/DiscrDefault Value Analog

Occ Discrete StateIf the Control Point Type is discrete, use this decision to define theinput state when the Time Schedule is occupied that will cause theAnalog Output Point to be overridden.

Allowable Entries On/OffDefault Value On

Unocc Discrete StateIf the Control Point Type is discrete, use this decision to define theinput state when the Time Schedule is unoccupied that will cause theAnalog Output Point to be overridden.

Allowable Entries On/OffDefault Value Off

Occ Analog TestIf the Control Point Type is analog, use this decision to indicate if theAnalog Control Point must be higher or lower than the occupied lowsetpoint in order to override the Analog Output Point.

Allowable Entries High/LowDefault Value High


218

Unocc Analog TestIf the Control Point Type is analog, use this decision to indicate if theAnalog Control Point must be higher or lower than the unoccupied lowsetpoint in order to override the Analog Output Point.

Allowable Entries High/LowDefault Value Low

Override ValueUse this decision to specify the value to which the Analog Output Pointis forced when the proper input condition for the configured PersistenceTime exists.


HysteresisIf the Control Point Type is analog, use this decision to specify thenumber of degrees above or below the setpoint (based upon the analogtest) the Analog Control Point must be before the override is released.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 9999.9Default Value 1.0

Persistence TimeUse this decision to indicate how long the input condition must existbefore the Analog Output Point is overridden or how long the inputcondition must not exist before the Analog Output Point is returned toautomatic control.


Analog Control PointUse this decision to configure the analog point that the algorithm tests todetermine if the Analog Output Point should be overridden. If this decision isconfigured, the Control Point Type should be set to Analog.


Default Value PNT_NAME


219

Discrete Control PointUse this decision to configure the discrete point that the algorithm tests todetermine if the Analog Output Point should be overridden. If this decision isconfigured, the Control Point Type should be set to Discr.







Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configured datain the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then the defaultmode will be Yes.


Permissive InterlockThis function determines if a configured condition has occurred, and if so, theOutput point is overridden and set equal to the Reference Output, until the causalcondition no longer exists.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the configured Override Value that the output willbe driven to.


Perm Interlock FlagThis decision indicates whether Permissive Interlock is in effect.


AO—Permissive InterlockAOPI_xxMFunction Type 10


220

ConditionalThis decision displays the current analog conditional value (High orLow) based on the Occupancy state.

Valid Display High/Low

Modified SetpointThis decision displays the modified Setpoint Value that is currentlybeing used to compare with the Analog Control point. It includes aconfigured hysteresis, and allows for the conditional check beingperformed (High or Low). This value will be “0” if the Control PointType is discrete.


Persistence TimerThis decision displays how much time is left before the PermissiveInterlock condition will take effect.


Setpoint LimitThis decision displays the Low Setpoint from the Setpoint Schedule that is beingcompared to determine if the Permissive Interlock condition will take effect.


Analog Control PointThis decision displays the value of the configured Analog Point which is beingused to determine when the Permissive Interlock will occur when the ControlPoint Type is analog.


Discrete Control PointThis decision displays the value of the configured Discrete Point which isbeing used to determine when the Permissive Interlock will occur when theControl Point Type is discrete.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every five seconds.


AO—Permissive InterlockAOPI_xxMFunction Type 10

221

AO—ResetThe AO Reset algorithm provides single loop PID-based analogcontrol based on a setpoint schedule that can be reset between theoccupied or unoccupied high and low setpoint values. A user-configurable reset sensor is used to determine the amount of reset.Both the Y axis and the X axis parameters of the reset schedule areadjustable. By adjusting the setpoint schedule along with the Startand Stop Reset decisions, you can create a positive, negative, orconstant setpoint slope.

Whenever the Stop Reset decision is less than the Start Reset deci-sion, the slope of the setpoint line will be negative (the setpointdecreases as the reset sensor value increases). If the Stop Resetvalue is greater than the Start Reset value, the slope of the setpointline will be positive (the setpoint increases as the reset sensor valueincreases) .

Note that the following two conditions will defeat the reset calcula-tion and produce a setpoint equal to the configured low setpointvalue:

• If the Stop Reset and Start Reset are equal• If the Low Setpoint is greater than the High Setpoint

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the controller is usingthe occupied or unoccupied high and low setpoints. The SetpointSchedule allows you to configure high and low setpoints for bothoccupied and unoccupied states.

The AO Reset and AO Adaptive algorithms are functionally thesame, however they differ in that AO Adaptive allows you to selectany engineering units for the control and reset sensors, but requiresthat the engineering units of the output channel be in percent (%).AO Reset, however, requires that the engineering units of the con-trol and reset sensors be in temperature (degrees F or C), while theoutput device may be in any engineering units.

You can use AO Reset to control a three-way valve serving a hotwater loop, such that the loop supply temperature increases with adecrease in outside air temperature.

AO—ResetRESETxxCFunction Type 11

Typical Application

222

Following are two examples of AO reset:

Example 1 - The most common application of setpoint reset is tovary a setpoint with outside air such that the setpoint will increase asthe OAT sensor decreases. When graphed, such an arrangement willproduce a line with a negative slope.

High

Setpoint

Low

Setpoint

Stop

Reset

Start

Reset

221a

AO—ResetRESET xxCFunction Type 11

For example, if you were required to adjust a hot water setpointfrom 90 degrees F (32.2 degrees C) to 140 degrees F (60.0 degreesC), as the OAT decreased for 60 degrees F (15.6 degrees C) to 0degrees F (-17.8 degrees C), use the following configuration deci-sions:

Low Setpoint = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)High Setpoint = 140 deg.F (60.0 deg.C)Start Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)Stop Reset = 0 deg.F (-17.8 deg.C)

Whenever the OAT is less than or equal 0 deg.F (-17.8 deg.C), thesetpoint is clamped at 140 deg.F (60.0 deg.C.) Whenever the OAT isgreater than or equal to 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C), the setpoint isclamped at 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C.) When the reset sensor is between0 degrees F (-17.8 deg.C) and 60 degrees F (15.6 deg.C), the set-point is adjusted in a linear fashion.

This would also work for chilled water reset by substituting thefollowing values:

Low Setpoint = 42 deg.F (5.56 deg.C)High Setpoint = 47 deg.F (8.33 deg.C)Start Reset = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)Stop Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)

Figure 5-10aSetpoint Reset When StartReset > Stop Reset

223221b

Example 2 - A less common application would be to increase thestatic pressure setpoint of a variable volume fan as the OAT tem-perature increases. This would produce a setpoint line with a posi-tive slope.

Figure 5-10bSetpoint Reset When StopReset > Start Reset

High

Setpoint

Low

Setpoint

Start

Reset

Stop

Reset

The following settings illustrate this application:

Low Setpoint = 1.0" H2O (0.248 kPa)High Setpoint = 2.5" H2O (0.621 kPa)Start Reset = 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C)Stop Reset = 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C)

Whenever the OAT is less than or equal to 60 deg.F (15.6 deg.C),the setpoint is clamped at 1.0" H20 (0.248 kPa). Whenever the OATis greater than or equal to 90 deg.F (32.2 deg.C), the setpoint isclamped at 2.5" H20 (0.621 kPa). When the reset sensor is between60 degrees F (15.6 deg.C) and 90 degrees F (32.2 deg.C), the pres-sure setpoint is adjusted in a linear fashion.


222


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point

Time Schedule* Temperature Setpoint

Reset PointReset

Start Reset ValueStop Reset Value



Power on Delay


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point

Occupied ?* Reset Point

Controlling Setpoint* Control Point


Task Timer




223

Fig

ure

5-1

1A

O—

Re

set


Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

PID

_M

a ste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Dis

c ha r

ge T

emp

e ra t

ure Lo

wSe

tpo

int

Tem

pe r

a tu

re S

e tp

oin

tSe

tpoi

ntR

eset O

utp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Re s

e t P

oin

t

Hig

hSe

tpo

int

Oc

cu

pa

nc

ySt

ate

?

Bia

s In

pu

t

Low

Setp

oin

t

Hig

hSe

tpo

int

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

An

a lo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

OR

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

NO

T

AN

D

224

Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thevalve or damper.




Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters,LID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)





Temperature SetpointYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied temperature setpoints for this algorithm.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. =SETPTyyLID = yy, where yy = 0 to 16




225

Reset PointUse this decision to specify the AI point that will reset the setpoint to the PIDMaster Loop. This setpoint is reset between the configured low and highsetpoints from the Setpoint Schedule based on the value from the sensor speci-fied in this decision. If you do not configure the sensor, the low setpoint will beused.



ResetReset calculates the desired setpoint to the PID Master Loop based on the resettemperature input and the configured temperature setpoints.

Start Reset ValueUse this decision to specify the X axis parameters of the reset schedule(the Y axis parameters are set by the setpoint schedule.) If the config-ured Start Reset value is greater than the Stop Reset value, then thesetpoint will decrease as the reset sensor value increases. If the config-ured Start Reset value is less than the configured Stop Reset value, thenthe setpoint will increase as the reset sensor value increases.

Allowable Entries Based on selected display unitsDefault Value -40.0 (-40.0)

Stop Reset ValueUse this decision to specify the X axis parameters of the reset schedule(the Y axis parameters are set by the setpoint schedule.) If the config-ured Stop Reset value is greater than the Start Reset value, then thesetpoint will increase as the reset sensor value increases. If the config-ured Stop Reset value is less than the Start Reset value, then the setpointwill decrease as the reset sensor value increases.

Allowable Entries Based on selected display unitsDefault Value 245.0 (118.3)

Control PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides thedischarge air or water temperature that will be compared to the calculatedsetpoint by the PID Master Loop.




226

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the valve or damper position to maintain the desired calculatedsetpoint.







Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the damper or valve position to be main-tained when the fan status is off or the Control Point status is invalid.



227

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output value to thevalve or damper.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output value to thevalve or damper.









228


Analog Output PointThis decision displays the value of the AO point being controlled by this algo-rithm.




Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configured datain the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then the de-fault mode will be Yes.


Reset PointThis decision displays the value of the point used to reset the TemperatureSetpoint.


Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the calculated Temperature Setpoint used by the PIDMaster Loop.


Control PointThis decision displays the value of the discharge air or water temperature that iscompared to the Controlling Setpoint.


AO—ResetRESETxxMFunction Type 11

229






Proportional Term = (Controlling Setpoint - Control Point) *Proportional Gain



Integral Term = ((Controlling Setpoint - Control Point) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)




Note: Error = (Controlling Setpoint - Control Point)



230









231

AO—SharedTransducer

The AO—Shared Transducer algorithm controls sequenced heatingand cooling coil valves in a constant volume air handler.

The AO—Shared Transducer algorithm uses both a PID (Propor-tional Integral Derivative) Master Loop and a P (Proportional)Submaster Loop to control the chilled water and hot water or steamvalve positions.

The PID Master Loop calculates the supply air temperature setpoint(submaster reference) required to achieve the desired space tempera-ture setpoint. The PID Master Loop calculates the submaster refer-ence by obtaining the highest or lowest sensor inputs from theSensor Group/SPT Sensor and comparing it to the high or low spacetemperature setpoint. The high space temperature input and highsetpoint are used when the highest space temperature is greater thanthe high setpoint minus 1.5°F. The low space temperature input andlow setpoint are used when the lowest space temperature is less thanthe low setpoint plus 1.5°F. If the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor statusis invalid the Submaster Loop is set to the disabled output value. Ifthe highest space temperature is less than the high setpoint minus1.5°F and the lowest space temperature is greater than the lowsetpoint plus 1.5°F, then the No Heat/No Cool flag is set and thesubmaster reference is set to the Minimum Output Value. The PSubmaster Loop computes the valve position by comparing thecalculated submaster reference to the Supply Air Temperature. ThePID Master Loop starting value and the P Submaster Loop’s Pro-portional Gain and Center Value are set based on whether thealgorithm is heating or cooling.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Control-ler is using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do notconfigure a Time Schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm willassume to be in the occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure high and low tem-perature setpoints for both occupied and unoccupied states.

You can use this algorithm to control sequenced heating and coolingcoil valves in an air handler.

AO—Shared TransducerSHXDRxxCFunction Type 12

Typical Application

232




Heat Cool SelectHeat Proportional GainCool Proportional GainHeat Center ValueCool Center ValueHeat Starting ValueCool Starting Value

PID_Master_LoopProportional GainIntegral GainDerivative GainDisabled Output ValueMinimum Output ValueMaximum Output Value

** Starting ValueBlock Iteration Rate

* Supply Air TemperatureSubmaster Loop - Shared

** Proportional GainDisabled Output ValueHeating Minimum OutputHeating Maximum OutputCooling Minimum OutputCooling Maximum Output

** Center ValueBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay

** NOTE: Do not configure these decisions. The appropriate valuefrom the Heat Cool Select configuration will be used.



233

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this algo-rithm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this algorithm. You can force the asterisked deci-sions.


Occupied ?Low SPT SetpointHigh SPT SetpointHeat Cool Select

Controlling SetpointCoolNo Heat No CoolSetpoint


* Shared Xducer Subm Ref* Supply Air Temperature

Submaster Loop - SharedReference OutputProportional TermSubmaster Flags

Task Timer



234


Fig

ure

5-1

2A

O—

Sha

red

Tra

nsd

uc

er

Co

ol

Hea

t /

Co

ol

Sel

ect K

p

Ce

nte

r V

alu

e

Co

ol

Setp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

rtin

g V

alu

e

No

He

at

/ N

o C

oo

l

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

nso

r

Hig

h S

en

sor

Fan

Sta

tus

Su

bm

aste

r L

oo

p-S

har

ed

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Setp

oin

t

Po

int

Forc

ed

?

Re

fere

nc

e

Forc

ed

?

Ou

tpu

t

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Kp

Ce

nte

r V

alu

e

Sen

sor

Inp

ut O

utp

ut

Setp

oin

t

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

En

ab

le

Sta

rtin

g V

alu

e

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

An

alo

gO

utp

ut

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Supp

lyA

irTe

mp

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Supp

lyA

irSe

tpoi

nt

Ou

tpu

t

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

sN

OT

OR

OR

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Sp

ace

Set

po

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

Sta

tus

Sta

tus

OR

NO

TE

na

ble

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/S

PT

Sen

sor

T S O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

235


Analog Output PointUse this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling the air handler’ssequenced chilled water valve and hot water or steam valve.



Fan Status PointUse this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status of the airhandler’s fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the Sensor Group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group or SPT Sensor for all algorithms that controla common air handler.




Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that control a common airhandler.




236

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that pro-vides the occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algo-rithm. For more information on Setpoint Schedule, refer to the How to Config-ure Schedules chapter of this manual.




Heat Cool SelectHeat Cool Select determines if the space requires heating, cooling, or neither.If heating is required, it provides the lowest space temperature, low setpoint,Heat Starting Value, Heat Center Value, and Heat Proportional Gain. Whencooling is required, it provides the highest space temperature, high setpoint,Cool Starting Value, Cool Center Value, and Cool Proportional Gain.

Heat Proportional GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the P Submaster Loop proportional term during heating. Thevalue in this decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.

Allowable Entries -100.0 to 100.0Default Value -6

Cool Proportional GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error toproduce the P Submaster Loop proportional term during cooling. Thevalue in this decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.

Allowable Entries -100.0 to 100.0Default Value -10


237

Heat Center ValueUse this decision to specify the output value appropriate for the nosubmaster error condition for heating. This value will override the PSubmaster Loop’s Center Value configuration decision during heating.


Cool Center ValueUse this decision to specify the output value appropriate for the nosubmaster error condition for cooling. This value will override the PSubmaster Loop’s Center Value configuration decision during cooling.


Heat Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the PID Master Loop Starting Value when inheating mode.


Cool Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the PID Master Loop Starting Value when incooling mode.



238

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the supply air temperature setpoint (submaster reference) required toachieve the desired space temperature.



Integral GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the error plusthe current integral term to produce the new integral term. The value inthis decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error per iteration.




Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the Supply Air Temperature to be main-tained when the space temperature input(s) are invalid or if the fanstatus is off.



239

Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable Supply Air Tempera-ture (minimum submaster reference). When no heating or cooling isrequired the submaster reference is set to this value.




Starting ValueThis decision is not used. The value is overridden by the appropriateStarting Value from the Heat/Cool select function.

Block Iteration RateUse this decision to indicate how often the master loop calculates thesubmaster reference.






240

Submaster Loop - SharedThe submaster loop is a proportional control loop that computes a sequencedheating coil and cooling coil valve position by comparing the calculatedsubmaster reference to the Supply Air Temperature.

Proportional GainThis decision is not used. The value is overridden by the appropriategain from the Heat/Cool Select function.

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value when the Supply AirTemperature sensor is invalid.


Heating Minimum OutputUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output for the hot wateror steam valve.


Heating Maximum OutputUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output for the hotwater or steam valve.



241

Cooling Minimum OutputUse this decision to specify the lowest allowable output for the chilledwater valve.


Cooling Maximum OutputUse this decision to specify the highest allowable output for the chilledwater valve.


Center ValueThis decision is not used. The value will be overridden by the value inthe Heat Center Value or Cool Center Value decision.






242





Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the Single AI sensor (if chosen) or theaverage of the sensor group (if chosen).


Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be Yes.


Low SPT SetpointThis decision displays the low space temperature setpoint value. The occu-pancy state is used to decide if the occupied or unoccupied setpoint is used.



AO—Shared TransducerSHXDRxxMFunction Type 12

243

High SPT SetpointThis decision displays the high space temperature setpoint value. The occu-pancy state is used to decide if the occupied or unoccupied setpoint is used.


Heat Cool SelectThe Heat Cool Select function determines if the space requires heating, cool-ing, or neither.

Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the selected high or low setpoint based on theinput conditions. This value will be 0°F (-17.8°C) when No Heat NoCool is True.


CoolThis decision displays whether or not cooling is required for the space.If Cool is True, then the high space temperature, high setpoint, and theCool Starting Value, Cool Center Value, and Cool Proportional Gainare used.


No Heat No CoolThis decision indicates if the space does not require heating or cooling.



244

SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint value that is currently selected basedon the input conditions.


PID_Master_LoopThe PID Master Loop function calculates the submaster reference based on theconfigured PID gains and the current deviation from setpoint. The calculatedoutput is re-adjusted periodically to move closer toward the desired setpoint.


Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Integral Term + DerivativeTerm + Heat or Cool Starting Value)



Proportional Term = (Setpoint - Sensor) * Proportional Gain

Valid Display -9999.9 to 9999.9^F


Integral Term = (Setpoint - Sensor) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)

Valid Display Valid range based upon display units.



Note: Error = (Setpoint - Sensor)



245






Shared Xducer Subm RefThis decision displays the calculated value of the PID Master Loop. Thisvalue is used with the Supply Air Temperature by the submaster loop. Tooverride the submaster reference, force this point.


Supply Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the AI point that provides the air handler’ssupply air temperature. This point must be configured to enable the submasterloop to execute properly.


Submaster Loop - SharedThe submaster loop for the shared transducer algorithm controls to the differ-ence between the submaster reference and the supply air temperature. Thisloop executes every two seconds.


Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Heat or Cool Center Value)



246

Proportional TermThis decision displays the proportional error term as it is calculated bythe shared transducer submaster loop.

Proportional Term = (Shared Xducer Subm Ref - Supply Air Tempera-ture) * Heat or Cool Proportional Gain




Clamped)

Right Digit 0 = No PID clamp1 = PID clamp is in effect.





247

AO—StaticPressure

The AO—Static Pressure algorithm provides an output to an inletguide vane, fan discharge damper, or variable speed fan to maintainconstant static pressure in the duct.

The AO—Static Pressure algorithm uses a PID (Proportional Inte-gral Derivative) Master Loop to calculate the desired output value.The PID Master Loop compares the duct static pressure to theconfigured low setpoint to compute the output value. If the airhandler supply fan status is off or the duct static pressure sensor isinvalid, the PID Master Loop sets the output to the configuredMinimum Output Value.

You can use this algorithm to control the inlet guide vane to main-tain a constant duct static pressure in a constant volume system.

You can also use this algorithm to control a variable speed fan tomaintain a constant duct static pressure in a variable air volumesystem.


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Duct Static Pressure* Static Pressure Setpoint


Power on Delay

Typical Application

AO—Static PressureSTPR_xxCFunction Type 13


248


* Analog Output Point* Fan Status Point* Duct Static Pressure

Static Pressure SetpointPID_Master_Loop


Task Timer



249

Fig

ure

5-1

3A

O—

Sta

tic P

ress

ure

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Du

c t S

tati

c P

ress

ure

Sta

tic

Pre

ssu

re S

e tp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

PID

_M

a ste

r_L

oo

p

En

ab

le

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

An

a lo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

OR

AN

D

NO

T


250


Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling theinlet guide vane or damper position or variable fan speed.






Duct Static PressureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the ductstatic pressure for the air handler.



Static Pressure SetpointYou must configure this decision to specify the duct static pressure setpointthat you desire the system to maintain.

Allowable Entries 0.00 to 5.00 “H20Default Value 2.50


251

PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the desired output to maintain the configured static pressure setpoint.







Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the output value to be maintained when thefan is off or the duct static pressure sensor is invalid.



252












253

AO—Static PressureSTPR_xxMFunction Type 13




Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which deter-mines whether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured or thevalue is off, then this algorithm will not be enabled.


Duct Static PressureThis decision displays the duct static pressure in inches of water.

Valid Display 0.00 to 5.00 “H20 (0 to 1244.2 Pa)

Static Pressure SetpointThis decision displays the configured duct static pressure setpoint.

Valid Display 0.00 to 5.00 “H20 (0 to 1244.2 Pa)





254


Proportional Term = (Static Pressure Setpoint - Duct Static Pressure) *Proportional Gain



Integral Term = (Static Pressure Setpoint - Duct Static Pressure) *Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)




Note: Error = (Static Pressure Setpoint - Duct Static Pressure)









AO—Static PressureSTPR_xxMFunction Type 13

255

The DO—Analog Comparison algorithm compares the lowest andhighest temperature sensors to the configured low and high setpoints.The algorithm can work with a single Temperature Sensor or aSensor Group with multiple sensors. If either sensor is outside of thesetpoint range, the output point is commanded on. When bothsensors are within the region bordered by low setpoint plus hysteresisand high setpoint minus hysteresis, the output point is commandedoff. If the output point is forced or the input sensor is out of range,the algorithm will be disabled.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Controlleris using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do not config-ure a Time Schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm will assume tobe in the occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure high and lowsetpoints for both occupied and unoccupied states.

You can use this algorithm to start a hot water pump when the out-side air temperature is below 50°F and stop the pump when theoutside air temperature is above 51°F.

You could also use this algorithm to start a supply fan if spacetemperature drifts out of limits and stop the fan when the spacetemperature is within limits.

DO—AnalogComparison

DO—Analog ComparisonANCTLxxCFunction Type 14

Typical Applications

256


* Discrete Output Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Time Schedule* Setpoint Schedule

AnalogHysteresisBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay


* Discrete Output Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor

Occupied ?Analog

Low SetpointLo Setpoint + HystHi Setpoint - HystHigh SetpointReference Output

Task Timer




257

Fig

ure

5-1

4D

O—

An

alo

g C

om

pa

riso

n


Ou

tpu

tD

isa

ble

Low

Se

nso

r

An

alo

g

Hig

h S

en

sor

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Dis

cret

e O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

T S O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

Ou

tpu

t

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

OR

258


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is being con-trolled by this algorithm.

Allowable Entries Blgd. Supvr. = up to 8 charactersLID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)

Default Value DISCRO00

Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single spacetemperature sensor that is providing the space temperature inputs.



Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedulein this decision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. Formore information on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Scheduleschapter in this manual.




259


Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule (temperaturetype) that provides the occupied and unoccupied setpoints for this algorithm.



AnalogAnalog provides a discrete output by comparing the highest and lowest spacesensor values to the configured setpoint values. If either sensor is outside thesetpoint range, the DO is commanded on and remains on until both sensors arewithin the region bordered by low setpoint plus hysteresis and high setpointminus hysteresis.

HysteresisUse this decision to specify the amount that is added to the low setpointand subtracted from the high setpoint.


Block Iteration RateUse this decision to specify how often the input conditions are checked todetermine if the output state must change.


Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this algorithm after a power restart occurs.


260

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the DO point being controlled by thisalgorithm.


Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the value of the single AI sensor or the average of thesensor group, depending on which is selected.


Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configured datain the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, the defaultmode will be Yes.


AnalogAnalog displays the current controlling setpoint data, with hysteresis, based onthe occupancy state.

Low SetpointThis decision displays the low setpoint value, excluding hysteresis. If thespace temperature falls below this value, the Discrete Output Point will becommanded on.


Lo Setpoint + HystThis decision displays the Low Setpoint value, including hysteresis. Ifthe space temperature is within the range of this value and the Hi Setpoint- Hyst value, the Discrete Output Point will be commanded off.



DO—Analog ComparisonANCTLxxMFunction Type 14

261

Hi Setpoint - HystThis decision displays the High Setpoint value, including hysteresis. Ifthe space temperature is within the range of this value and the LoSetpoint + Hyst value, the Discrete Output Point will be commanded off.


High SetpointThis decision displays the High Setpoint value, excluding hysteresis. Ifthe space temperature exceeds this value, the Discrete Output Point willbe commanded on.


Reference OutputThis decision displays the value that the algorithm output will be drivento, unless a force condition overrides this output.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of seconds remaining before the algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every 60 seconds.


DO—Analog ComparisonANCTLxxMFunction Type 14

262

DO—DX StagingVAV

The DO—DX Staging VAV algorithm controls up to six stages ofDX (direct expansion) cooling in a variable air volume air handler.

The DO—DX Staging VAV algorithm uses a PID (ProportionalIntegral Derivative) Master Loop to control the cooling stages. ThePID Master Loop calculates the number of output stages required tomaintain the Supply Air Setpoint. The DX Supply Air Setpoint is acalculated value that can be reset linearly based on the space tem-perature.

The PID Master Loop computes the required number of coolingstages by comparing the calculated Supply Air Setpoint to theSupply Air Temperature. The stages are activated sequentially,allowing for a configured delay time between each stage. Once astage is activated, it will not be de-activated until the calculatednumber of stages has decreased by a full stage. This hysteresisprevents short cycling of stages. When all available stages areactivated, the algorithm clamps the PID Master Loop integrator atits current value. During dehumidification, the percentage of stagesactivated will equal the configured Maximum Output Value. If thespace temperature is below the average value of the high and lowtemperature setpoints or the supply air temperature sensor status isinvalid, the percentage of stages activated will equal the configuredDisabled Output Value. If the supply fan is off all the cooling stagesare turned off.



You can use this algorithm to control up to six stages of DX coolingin a VAV air handler unit.

DO—DX Staging VAVDXVAVxxCFunction Type 15

Typical Application

263


* Discrete OutputDiscrete OutputDiscrete OutputDiscrete OutputDiscrete OutputDiscrete Output

* Fan Status Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor


High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorVAV Setpoint Sensor

Supply Air SetpointReset RatioStart ResetMaximum Reset

* Supply Air TemperaturePID_Master_Loop


Staging Control* Total Number of Stages

On Time DelayOff Time Delay

Power on Delay



264

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this algo-rithm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this algorithm. You can force the asterisked deci-sions.

* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Fan Status Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor



VAV Setpoint ResetSetpointSetpoint Offset

* DX Supply Air Setpoint* Supply Air Temperature


Staging ControlNumber of StagesRequested StagesDelta StagesDelay TimerPID Integrator Clamp

Task Timer



265

Fig

ure

5-1

5D

O—

DX

Sta

gin

g V

AV

Forc

e S

tatu

sSe

nso

r In

pu

t

Setp

oin

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

En

ab

le

Stag

ing

Con

trol

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

Inp

ut

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

VA

V S

etpo

int

Res

et

Sen

sor I

np

ut

Sen

sor S

tatu

s

Supp

ly A

irSe

tpoi

nt(S

oftw

are

Poin

t)

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hig

h -

0.5

(H

igh

- L

ow

)<

Ou

tpu

t

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Su

pp

ly A

irT

emp

erat

ure

Inp

ut

Sta

ge

1

Sta

ge

2

Sta

ge

3

Sta

ge

4

Sta

ge

5

Sta

ge

6

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fan

Stat

us P

oint

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

NO

T

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

rT S

Ov

err

ide

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Spac

e Se

tpoi

nt

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

witc

h

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

For

ce S

tatu

s

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

enso

r

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Hum

idity

Set

poin

t

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

+

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

tO

R

>

AN

D

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1


266


Discrete OutputYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefirst stage of DX (direct expansion) cooling.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the second stage ofDX (direct expansion) cooling.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the third stage ofDX (direct expansion) cooling.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fourth stage ofDX (direct expansion) cooling.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fifth stage ofDX (direct expansion) cooling.




267

Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the sixth stage ofDX (direct expansion) cooling.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status of the air handler’s fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on sensorgroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group or SPT sensor or space temperature sensorfor all algorithms that control a common air handler.



Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules chapter in this manual.





268




High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theDI point that indicates when dehumidification is needed. The algorithm can usea High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to determine if dehumidifica-tion is needed. If reheat is being done, the same sensor that is used here shouldbe used in the associated heating VAV algorithm.



Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theSetpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoints for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Sched-ules chapter in this manual. If reheat is being done, the same setpoint that isused here should be used in the associated heating VAV algorithm.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = SETPTxxLID = xx, where xx = 0 to 16


High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theAI point that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being monitored.Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater thanthe high setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint schedule. If reheat is being done,the same sensor that is used here should be used in the associated heating VAValgorithm.




269

VAV Setpoint ResetVAV Setpoint Reset provides the supply air setpoint to the master loop. Theconfigured setpoint can be reset upward based on space temperature.

Supply Air SetpointUse this decision to specify the minimum supply air temperature that thisalgorithm will maintain.


Reset RatioIf the supply air setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify theamount of reset of every degree the space temperature is above Start Resetconfiguration decision. The value in this decision is expressed in degreesper degrees error.


Start ResetIf the Supply Air Setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify thespace temperature that must be exceeded before the Supply Air Setpointis reset.

Allowable Entries 0.0 to 99.9°F (-18.0 to 37.7°C)Default Value 0.0 (-18.0)

Maximum ResetIf the Supply Air Setpoint is being reset, use this decision to specify themaximum amount the Supply Air Setpoint can be reset above the config-ured value.



270

Supply Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the airhandler’s supply air temperature to this algorithm.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the valve position required to achieve the desired setpoint.








271

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the percent of stages to be activated whenthe fan is off.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the minimum percent of stages that willalways be activated.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the maximum percent of stages that can beactivated.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the percent of stages that will be activatedwhen the PID Master Loop is enabled by the Fan Status Point.


Block Iteration RateThe value in this decision indicates how often the PID Master Loopcalculates the percent of stages required to maintain the Supply AirSetpoint.



272

Staging ControlStaging Control starts and stops up to six discrete stages of DX cooling basedon the requesting input, whose value can range from 0 to 100%. You canconfigure the minimum time between starting and stopping stages.

Total Number of StagesYou must configure this decision to specify the number of discretestages of DX cooling the algorithm will control.


On Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestarting of stages. This value should represent the time required by anewly activated stage to have its effect on the supply temperature.


Off Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestopping of stages. This value should represent the time from when thealgorithm stops the stage to the time there is an effect on the controlledsupply temperature.


Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this algorithm after a power restart occurs.



273

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the first stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the second stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the third stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fourth stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fifth stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the sixth stage of DX(direct expansion) cooling.


DO—DX Staging VAVDXVAVxxMFunction Type 15


274







High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the value of the high humidity switch sensor beingmonitored. If this decision is not configured, this value will default to the Offstate.


High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointfrom the Humidity Setpoint Schedule.





275

VAV Setpoint ResetVAV Setpoint Reset provides the supply air setpoint value to the master loop.

SetpointThis decision displays the calculated supply air setpoint which is used bythe master loop. This value represents the sum of calculated offset addedto the configured Supply Air Setpoint.


Setpoint OffsetThis calculated value represents the amount of reset that is added to theconfigured Supply Air Setpoint to generate the setpoint value.

Setpoint Offset = (VAV Start Reset - Sensor Group/SPT Sensor)* Reset Ratio


DX Supply Air SetpointThis decision displays the calculated Supply Air Setpoint for the PID MasterLoop. To override the DX Supply Air Setpoint, force the point.






276

Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to drive theDiscrete Output Points.

Reference Output = (Proportional Term + Integral Term + DerivativeTerm + Center Value)



Proportional Term = (DX Supply Air Setpoint - Supply Air Temperature) * Proportional Gain



Integral Term = (Setpoint - Supply Air Temperature) * IntegralTerm + Previous Integral Term)


Derivative TermThis decision displays the derivative error term as it is calculated by thePID equation. Note: Error = (Setpoint - Supply Air Temperature)









277

Staging ControlThis function starts and stops up to six stages of DX cooling. The control isbased on the reference output from the PID Master Loop.

Number of StagesThis decision displays the number of stages that are currently on.


Requested StagesThis decision displays the number of stages that the algorithm requestson. The number is determined by percent of stages requested from thePID Master Loop in relation to the configured Total Number of Stages.


Delta StagesThis decision displays the difference determined by the Number ofStages subtracted from the Requested Stages.


Delay TimerThis decision displays the number of minutes that must elapse beforeanother stage can be started or stopped.

Valid Display 0 to 30 minutes

PID Integrator ClampThis decision displays whether or not the PID Clamp is currently ineffect for the staging control function.





278

The DO—Electric Heat CV algorithm controls up to six stages ofelectric heat in a constant volume air handler.

The Electric Heat CV algorithm uses a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop to control the output stages. The PIDMaster Loop calculates the number of output stages required toachieve the desired space temperature setpoint. The PID MasterLoop calculates the required number of output stages by obtainingthe lowest sensor input from the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor andcomparing it to the low temperature setpoint configured in theSetpoint Schedule. The setpoint is increased by the heating setpointoffset when dehumidification is being performed. The stages areactivated sequentially, allowing for a configured delay time betweeneach stage. Once a stage is activated, it will not be de-activateduntil the calculated number of stages has decreased by a full stage.This hysteresis prevents short cycling of stages. When all availablestages of electric heat are activated, the algorithm clamps the PIDMaster Loop integrator at its current value.

If the fan status is off, all stages of electric heat are turned off. If thesensor group status in invalid, the PID Master Loop sets the outputto the Disabled Output Value. If the Duct Temperature input ex-ceeds the configured Duct High Limit, the PID Master Loop sets theoutput to the Minimum Output Value.



You can use this algorithm to control up to six stages of electric heatin a constant volume air handler.

DO—Electric Heat CVEHCV_xxCFunction Type 16

DO—ElectricHeat CV

Typical Application

279


* Discrete Output PointDiscrete Output PointDiscrete Output PointDiscrete Output PointDiscrete Output PointDiscrete Output Point



High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorDuct TemperatureDuct High LimitPID_Master_Loop


Heating Setpoint OffsetStaging Control

* Total Number of StagesOn Time DelayOff Time Delay

Power on Delay



280




High Humidity Setpoint* High Humidity Sensor* Duct Temperature

Duct High LimitPID_Master_Loop


Space SetpointStaging Control

Number of StagesRequested StagesDelta StagesDelay TimerPID Integrator Clamp

Task Timer



281

Fig

ure

5-1

6D

O—

Ele

ctr

ic H

ea

t C

V

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Setp

oin

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

En

ab

le

Sele

ct

A

0

Sta

gin

g C

on

tro

l

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

PID

_M

aste

r_L

oo

p

Inp

ut

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

t

A B

He

atin

g S

etp

oin

tO

ffse

t

Sta

ge

6In

pu

tDis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

5In

pu

tDis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

4In

pu

tDis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

3In

pu

tDis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

2In

pu

tDis

cret

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

1In

pu

tDis

cret

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Fan

Stat

us P

oint

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Spac

e Se

tpoi

nt

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

witc

h

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

For

ce S

tatu

s

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

enso

r

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Hum

idity

Set

poin

t

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

+

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-5

+

AN

DN

OT

OR

>

Duc

t Tem

pera

ture

Ou

tpu

tSt

atu

sF

orce

Sta

tus

Duc

t Hig

h L

imit

+

>

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3


282

Discrete OutputYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefirst stage of electric heating.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the second stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the third stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fourth stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fifth stage ofelectric heating.





283

Discrete OutputUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the sixth stage ofelectric heating.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status of the air handler’s fan. A DI point provides the actual state of thefan.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters,LID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)


Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on sensorgroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group or SPT Sensor or space temperature sensorfor all algorithms that control a common air handler.



Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules chapter in thismanual.

Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that controla common air handler.




284

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule (temperaturetype) that provides the occupied and unoccupied low setpoints for this algorithm.



High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theDI point that indicates when dehumidification is needed. The algorithm can use aHigh Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to determine if dehumidificationis needed. If dehumidification is being performed, the same sensor that is usedhere should be used in the associated Cooling CV algorithm.



Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theSetpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoint for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Sched-ules chapter in this manual. If dehumidification is being performed, the samesetpoint that is used here should be used in the associated Cooling CV algorithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify the AIpoint that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being monitored. Dehu-midification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value is greater than the highsetpoint from Humidity Setpoint schedule. If dehumidification is being performed,the same sensor that is used here should be used in the associated Cooling CV algorithm.




285

Duct TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that is used as a safety to prevent theduct temperature from exceeding the high temperature limit.



Duct High LimitUse this decision to specify a maximum duct temperature before the PIDMaster Loop output is clamped to the Minimum Output Value.

Allowable Entries 80.00 to 245.00°F (26.7 to 188.3°C)Default Value 150.00 (66)







286



Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the percent of stage to be activated whenthe fan is off.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the minium percent of stages that willalways be activated. The output will equal this value if the DuctTemperature exceeds the High Duct Limit.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the maximin percent of stages that can beactivated.





287



Heating Setpoint OffsetIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifyhow much the space temperature setpoint is offset during dehumidification.


Staging ControlStaging Control starts and stops up to six discrete stages of electric heatingbased on the requesting input, whose value can range from 0 to 100%. Youcan configure the minimum time between starting and stopping stages.

Total Number of StagesYou must configure this decision to specify the number of discretestages of electric heating the algorithm will control.


On Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestarting of stages. This value should represent the time required by anewly activated stage to have its effect on the space temperature.



288

Off Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestopping of stages. This value should represent the time from when thealgorithm stops the stage to the time there is an effect on the controlledspace temperature.




Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the first stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the second stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the third stage ofelectric heating.



DO—Electric Heat CVEHCV_xxMFunction Type 16

289

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fourth stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fifth stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the sixth stage ofelectric heating.









290



High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointfrom the High Humidity schedule.




Duct TemperatureThis decision displays the duct temperature sensor value used as a safety valueto prevent excessive duct temperatures.


Duct High LimitThis decision displays the maximum duct temperature, that, if exceeded, willcause the PID Master Loop output to clamp to the minimum output value.

Valid Display -80.00 to 245.00°F (26.6 to 118.3°C)


291


Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determinethe percentage of Discrete Output Points required.




Proportional Term = (Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Proportional Gain



Integral Term = ((Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Integral Term + Previous Integral Term)







292






Space SetpointThis decision displays the low space temperature setpoint from the configuredSetpoint Schedule. The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value isdetermined.


Staging ControlThis function starts and stops up to six stages of electric heating. The control isbased on the reference output from the PID Master Loop.



Requested StagesThis decision displays the number of stages that the algorithm requestson. The number is determined by percent of stages requested from thePID Master Loop in relation to the configured Total Number of Stages.



293





PID Integrator ClampThis decision displays whether or not the PID Clamp is currently in effectfor the staging control function.





294

The DO—Electric Heat VAV algorithm controls up to six stages ofelectric heat in a variable air volume air handler.

The Electric Heat CV algorithm uses a PID (Proportional IntegralDerivative) Master Loop to control the output stages. The PIDMaster Loop calculates the number of output stages required toachieve the desired space temperature setpoint. The PID MasterLoop calculates the required number of output stages by obtainingthe lowest sensor input from the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor andcomparing it to the low temperature setpoint configured in theSetpoint Schedule. The setpoint is increased by the Heating Set-point Offset when dehumidification is being performed. The stagesare activated sequentially, allowing for a configured delay timebetween each stage. Once a stage is activated, it will not be de-activated until the calculated number of stages has decreased by afull stage. This hysteresis prevents short cycling of stages. Whenall available stages of electric heat are activated, the algorithmclamps the PID Master Loop integrator at its current value.

If the fan status is off all stages of electric heat are turned off. If thesensor group status in invalid, the PID Master Loop sets the outputto the Disabled Output Value. If the Duct Temperature input ex-ceeds the configured Duct High Limit, the PID Master Loop sets theoutput to the Minimum Output Value.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Control-ler is using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do notconfigure a Time Schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm willassume to be in the occupied state.


For applications that have alternate heat sources, you can use Morn-ing Warmup to preheat the space.

You can use this algorithm to control up to six stages of electric heatin a variable air volume air handler.

DO—ElectricHeat VAV

DO—Electric Heat VAVEHVAVxxCFunction Type 17

Typical Application

295





High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity SensorDuct TemperatureDuct High LimitOccupied HeatingPID_Master_Loop


Heating Setpoint OffsetStaging Control

* Total Number of StagesOn Time DelayOff Time Delay

Power on Delay



296




High Humidity Setpoint* High Humidity Sensor* Duct Temperature

Duct High LimitMorning Warm Up

Reference OutputMorning Warmup ?


Space SetpointStaging Control

Number of StagesRequested StagesDelta StagesDelay TimerPID Integrator Clamp

Task Timer



297

Fig

ure

5-1

7D

O—

Ele

ctr

ic H

ea

t V

AV


Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Setp

oin

t

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

En

ab

le

Fan

Stat

us P

oint

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

ySt

ate

?

Mor

ning

War

m U

p

Dis

ab

le

Setp

oin

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Spa

ce

Tem

p.

Sta

tus

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Hu

mid

ity

Se t

po

int

Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h H

umid

itySe

nsor O

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hig

h H

umid

itySw

itch O

utp

ut

Sta

tus

Fo

rce

Sta

tus

Sele

ct

A A

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

He

atin

gSe

tpo

int

Off

set

>

Stag

ing

Con

trol

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

Inp

ut

PID

Inte

gra

tor

Cla

mp

NO

T

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Spac

e Se

tpoi

nt

OR

+

B0

+

AN

D

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

tD

uct T

emp.

Ou

tpu

t

Fo

rce

Sta

tus

Duc

t Hig

h L

imit

>

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Sta

ge

1

Sta

ge

2

Sta

ge

3

Sta

ge

4

s ta

ge

5

Sta

ge

6

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

tPo

int

1

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

-3

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

NO

T

+

-5

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

298


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefirst stage of electric heating.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the second stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the third stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fourth stage ofelectric heating.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fifth stage ofelectric heating.




299

Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the sixth stage ofelectric heating.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the discrete point that provides theon/off status of the air handler’s fan. A DI point provides the actual state of thefan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or single sensor thatis providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on sensorgroup, refer to that section in this chapter of the manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group or SPT sensor or space temperature sensorfor all algorithms that control a common air handler.



Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision,the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For more information onTime Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules chapter in this manual





300


Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = SETPTyy,LID = yy, where yy = 0 to 16


High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe DI point that indicates when dehumidification is needed. The algorithmcan use a High Humidity Switch or High Humidity Sensor to determine ifdehumidification is needed. If dehumidification is being performed, the samesensor that is used here should be used in the associated Cooling VAV algo-rithm.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters LID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)


Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specify theSetpoint Schedule that provides the humidity setpoints for this algorithm. Formore information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Sched-ules chapter in this manual. If dehumidification is being performed, the samesensor that is used here should be used in the associated Cooling VAV algorithm.



High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe AI point that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being moni-tored. Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value isgreater than the high setpoint from Humidity Setpoint schedule. If dehumidifi-cation is being performed, the same sensor that is used here should be used inthe associated Cooling VAV algorithm.




301

Duct TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that is used as a safety value to preventthe duct temperature from exceeding the high temperature limit.



Duct High LimitUse this decision to specify the maximum duct temperatures reached before thePID Master Loop output is clamped to the Minimum Output Value.

Allowable Entries 80.00 to 245.00°F (27.0 to 118.3°C)Default Value 150.00 (66.0)

Occupied HeatingUse this decision to disable heating during Occupied periods. If this decisionis set to No, the algorithm will be enabled only to preheat the space.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No or YesLID = 0(No) or 1(Yes)

Default Value No





302





Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the percent of stages to be activated whenthe fan is off.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the minimum percent of stages that willalways be activated. The output also will be set to this value when theDuct Temperature exceeds the Duct High Limit.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the maximum percent of stages that can beactivated.



303





Heating Setpoint OffsetIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifyhow much space temperature setpoint is offset during dehumidification.


Staging ControlStaging Control starts and stops up to six discrete stages of electric heatingbased on the requesting input, whose value can range from 0 to 100%. Youcan configure the minimum time between starting and stopping stages.

Total Number of StagesYou must configure this decision to specify the number of discretestages of electric heating the algorithm will control.



304

On Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestarting of stages. This value should represent the time required by anewly activated stage to have its effect on the space temperature.


Off Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestopping of stages. This value should represent the time from when thealgorithm stops the stage to the time there is an effect on the controlledspace temperature.




Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the first stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the second stage ofelectric heating.


DO—Electric Heat VAVEHVAVxxMFunction Type 17


305

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the third stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fourth stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the fifth stage ofelectric heating.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the value of the point controlling the sixth stage ofelectric heating.







306





High Humidity SetpointThis decision displays the high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. If thedecision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification. The algorithm uses the occupied high setpointfrom the High Humidity schedule.




Duct TemperatureThis decision displays the duct temperature sensor value used as a safety toprevent excessive duct temperatures.



307

Duct High LimitThis decision displays the maximum duct temperature that, if exceeded, willcause the PID Master Loop output to clamp to the minimum output value.

Valid Display 80.00 to 245.00°F (26.6 to 118.3°C)

Morning Warm UpMorning Warmup is used to bring the space temperature up to occupied heat-ing setpoint after an unoccupied period. Once the setpoint is reached, heatingwill be disabled for the remainder of that occupied period, unless OccupiedHeating is enabled.

Reference OutputThis decision determines whether the PID loop will be enabled. IfOccupied Heating is Yes, the output is On whenever Fan Status is On.Otherwise, the output is On only when Fan Status is On and MorningWarmup is True.


Morning Warmup ?This decision displays whether the algorithm is executing morningwarm-up.



Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated percentage of stages that will beactivated.




308





Integral Term = ((Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Integral Term + PreviousIntegral Term)












309

Space SetpointThis decision displays the low space temperature setpoint from the configuredSetpoint Schedule. The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value isdetermined.


Staging ControlThis function starts and stops up to six stages of electric heating. The control isbased on the reference output from the PID Master Loop.



Requested StagesThis decision displays the number of stages that the algorithm requestson. The number is determined by percent of stages requested from thePID Master Loop value in relation to the configured Total Number ofStages.







310

PID Integrator ClampThis decision displays whether or not the PID Clamp is currently ineffect for the staging control function.





311

DO—EnthalpyComparison

The DO—Enthalpy Comparison algorithm compares values fromtwo air streams and indicates if the outside air is suitable for condi-tioning the space.

This algorithm normally controls a discrete output point based on ananalog (heat content) comparison of two airstreams: i.e., outsideand return air. The discrete output point may be used to drive arelay or solenoid air valve as required to accomplish enthalpyswitch-over of dampers.


* Discrete Output PointOutside Air Temperature

* Return Air TemperatureOutside Air Humidity

* Return Air HumidityOutside Air DewpointEnthalpy Comparison

Default OA EnthalpyDefault RA EnthalpyMaximum OA Enthalpy

Power on Delay


* Discrete Output Point* Outside Air Temperature* Return Air Temperature* Outside Air Humidity* Return Air Humidity* Outside Air Dewpoint

Enthalpy ComparisonReference OutputOA EnthalpyRA EnthalpyOAT > RAT ?

Task Timer

Typical Application



DO—Enthalpy ComparisonENTH_xxCFunction Type 18

312

En

thal

py

Co

mp

aris

on

Ou

tpu

t

Ou

tsid

e A

ir T

emp

erat

ure

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Re t

urn

Air

Tem

pe r

a tur

e

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Ou

tsid

e A

ir H

um

idit

y

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Ou

tsid

e A

ir D

e wp

oin

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Re t

urn

Air

Hu

mid

ity

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

OA

T St

atu

s

RA

T St

atu

s

OA

RH

OA

RH

Sta

tus

De

wp

oin

t

De

wp

oin

t St

atu

s

RA

RH

RA

RH

Sta

tus

En

tha

lpy

Ch

ec

k

OA

T >

RA

T

RA

T

OA

T

Dis

c re t

e O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Fig

ure

5-1

8D

O—

Enth

alp

yC

om

pa

riso

n


313

Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is being con-trolled based on an enthalpy (heat content) comparison of two airstreams:outside air and return air.



Outside Air TemperatureThis decision defines the AI point that provides the outside air temperature tothe algorithm. If the AI point and the Outside Air Dewpoint are not available,the algorithm uses the value in the Default OA Enthalpy decision.



Return Air TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides thereturn air temperature to this algorithm. If the AI point is not available, thealgorithm uses the value in the Default RA Enthalpy decision.



Outside Air HumidityThis decision defines the AI point that provides the outside air humidity to thealgorithm. If this AI point and the Outside Air Dewpoint sensor are notavailable, the algorithm uses the value in the Default OA Enthalpy decision.





314

Return Air HumidityYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides therelative humidity of the return air to this algorithm. If the AI point is notavailable, the algorithm uses the value in the Default RA Enthalpy decision.



Outside Air DewpointIf an outside air humidity sensor is not used, this decision defines the AI pointthat provides the outside air dewpoint to the algorithm.



Enthalpy ComparisonEnthalpy Comparison calculates the heat content of outside air and return air.It determines if the outside air is suitable for conditioning the space.

Default OA EnthalpyIf an Outside Air Humidity or Dewcell sensor is not available, use thisdecision to specify the outside air enthalpy that Return Air Humiditymust exceed for the output to be activated.

Allowable Entries 0 to 51 BTU/lbDefault Value 10

Default RA EnthalpyIf a Return Air Humidity sensor is not available, use this decision tospecify the return air enthalpy that the Outside Air Humidity cannotexceed.



315

Maximum OA EnthalpyUse this decision to specify the maximum outside air enthalpy that thealgorithm can use to condition the space.






Outside Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the outside air temperature sensor beingused by this algorithm.


Return Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the return air temperature sensor being usedby this algorithm.


Outside Air HumidityThis decision displays the value of the outside air humidity sensor being usedby this algorithm.



DO—Enthalpy ComparisonENTH_xxMFunction Type 18

316

Return Air HumidityThis decision displays the value of the return air humidity sensor being used bythis algorithm.


Outside Air DewpointThis decision displays the value of the outside air dewpoint sensor being usedby this algorithm.


Enthalpy ComparisonEnthalpy Comparison determines if outside air can be used for conditioning thespace, based on a drybulb or enthalpy comparison of the outside and return air.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the result of the enthalpy comparison, whichindicates when true that the outside air is suitable for cooling.


OA EnthalpyThis decision displays the value of the enthalpy of the outside airexpressed in units of BTU/lb.

Valid Display -9999.9 to 9999.9 Btu/lb

RA EnthalpyThis decision displays the value of the enthalpy of the return air ex-pressed in units of BTU/lb.


OAT > RAT ?This decision indicates if the outside air temperature is greater than thereturn air temperature. If the outside air temperature is greater, than theOAT will be deemed not suitable for cooling.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every 300 seconds.


DO—Enthalpy ComparisonENTH_xxMFunction Type 18

317

The DO—Interlock algorithm provides a DO point that is controlledby the state of either a single or a pair of discrete points. The algo-rithm commands the output on whenever the state of the single orpair of inputs equals its respective comparison states for the OnPersistence Time. The output remains on until the state of the singleor pair of inputs does not equal the respective comparison state forthe Off Persistence Time.

You could use this algorithm to control the state of a return fanbased on the state of its associated supply fan. Therefore, if thesupply fan status was off, the return fan would also be off.


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point 1

Discrete Input Point 2Discrete Interlock

Input 1 ComparisonInput 2 ComparisonOff Persistence TimeOn Persistence TimeOutput Logic Type

Power on Delay


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point 1* Discrete Input Point 2

Reference OutputTask Timer

DO—Interlock

Typical Application



DO—InterlockINTLKxxCFunction Type 19

318

Fig

ure

5-1

9D

O—

Inte

rloc

k


Ou

tpu

tSe

nso

r In

pu

t (1

)

Dis

c In

terl

ock

Dis

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Dis

cret

e In

pu

t P

oin

t 1

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Dis

c re t

e In

pu

t P

oin

t 2

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(2)

Dis

cret

e O

utp

ut

Po

int

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

319

Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that the algorithmcontrols.



Discrete Input Point 1You must configure this decision to specify the DO or DI point that is com-pared to Input 1 Comparison state. If a DO or DI is not configured, the algo-rithm assumes that the input is off.



Discrete Input Point 2Use this decision to specify the DO or DI point that is compared to Input 2Comparison state. If a DO or DI is not configured, the algorithm assumes thatthe input is off.



Discrete InterlockDiscrete Interlock determines the output state by comparing the inputs to theirconfigured comparison states. These states must exist for the duration of thepersistence time to activate or deactivate the output.

Input 1 ComparisonUse this decision to specify the active comparison state for DiscreteInput 1.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = On or Off, LID = 0 or 1Default Value Off



320

Input 2 ComparisonUse this decision to specify the active comparison state for DiscreteInput 2.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = On or OffLID = 0 or 1

Default Value Off

Off Persistence TimeUse this decision to specify the amount of time the input conditionsmust remain not equal to their comparison states before the algorithmturns off the output point.


On Persistence TimeUse this decision to specify the amount of time the input conditionsmust remain equal to their comparison states before the algorithm turnson the output point.


Output Logic TypeUse this decision to specify if normal or inverted logic is desired.Normal logic will drive the output on when the conditions are met.Invert logic will do the opposite.

Allowable Entries Normal/InvertDefault Value Normal




321

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the Discrete Output Point beingcontrolled by this algorithm.


Discrete Input Point 1This decision displays the state of Discrete Input 1. This value is comparedwith the configured Input 1 Comparison state to help determine the outputstate.


Discrete Input Point 2This decision displays the state of Discrete Input 2. This value is comparedwith the configured Input 2 Comparison state to help determine the outputstate.


Reference OutputThis decision displays the output state of the Discrete Interlock function,without regard to the Output Logic Type. The Discrete Output Point is drivento this value during Normal logic, and driven to the opposite value whenOutput Logic Type is Invert.





DO—InterlockINTLKxxMFunction Type 19

322

DO—LightingControl

The DO—Lighting Control algorithm controls the state of twodiscrete points. These points are pulsed on based upon the currentstate of the Discrete Input Point. One point is the Pulsed On Outputand the other is the Pulsed Off Output.

If the input transitions from off to on, the algorithm turns the PulsedOn Output on for one second. If the input transitions from on to off,the algorithm turns the Pulsed Off Output on for one second. Addi-tionally, the Pulsed Off Output can be continually re-pulsed on atconfigured intervals.

This algorithm can be used to control lighting.


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point

OFF Re-Pulse IntervalPower on Delay


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point

Task Timer

DO—Lighting ControlLIGHTxxCFunction Type 20



Typical Application

323

Fig

ure

5-2

0D

O—

Lig

htin

g C

on

tro

l


Pu

lsed

On

Co

ntr

ol

Off

Inte

rva

l

Lig

htin

g C

ontr

ol

Off

Rep

ulse

Int

erva

l

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Dis

cret

e In

put P

oint

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

e O

utpu

t Poi

nt

Inp

ut

Pu

lsed

Off

Co

ntr

ol

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Dis

cret

e O

utpu

t Poi

nt

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

324

Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that acts as the PulsedOn Output whenever the input transitions to the ON state.



Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that acts as the PulsedOff Output whenever the input transitions to the OFF state.



Discrete Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that will be monitoredto determine which output point to pulse on and when to do so.



OFF Re-Pulse IntervalUse this decision to configure the interval, in minutes, that the OFF interval willre-pulse automatically when the Discrete Input Point remains in the off state.






325


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the status of the Pulsed On Output point.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the status of the Pulsed Off Output point.


Discrete Input PointThis decision displays the value of the DI point that controls the pulsing of theDO points.




DO—Lighting ControlLIGHTxxMFunction Type 20

326

DO—PermissiveIntrlock

The DO—Permissive Interlock algorithm overrides the state of adiscrete point. The algorithm bases its decision on the current stateof the Discrete Control Point or the current value of the AnalogControl Point compared to a setpoint.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be discrete andthe Discrete Control Point is equal to the configured occupied orunoccupied discrete state for the Persistence Time, the algorithmforces the Discrete Output Point to the Override Value. An Over-ride Value of 0 will force the point off. A value greater than zerowill force the point on. If the control point is not equal to the con-figured occupied or unoccupied discrete state for the PersistenceTime, the algorithm sets the Discrete Output Point to automaticcontrol.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be analog andthe Analog Control Point is higher or lower (based on the occupiedor unoccupied analog test decision) than the configured setpoint forthe Persistence Time, the algorithm forces the Discrete Output Pointto the Override Value. If this is not true for the Persistence Time,the algorithm sets the Discrete Output Point to automatic control.

If you configure the Control Point Type decision to be analog anddo not configure a Setpoint Schedule, the algorithm sets the DiscreteOutput Point to automatic control.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Control-ler is using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints and indicates thetest conditions used to override the point. If you do not configure aTime schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm will assume to be inthe occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure the low setpoints forboth occupied and unoccupied states.

If a DO Time Clock normally controls a reheat coil hot water pump,you can use this algorithm to prevent the pump from starting whenthe supply fan is off.

DO—Permissive IntrlockDOPI_xxCFunction Type 21

Typical Application

327


* Discrete Output PointTime ScheduleSetpoint SchedulePermissive Interlock

* Control Point TypeOcc Discrete StateUnocc Discrete StateOcc Analog TestUnocc Analog TestOverride ValueHysteresisPersistence Time

Analog Control PointDiscrete Control PointPower on Delay


* Discrete Output PointOccupied ?Permissive Interlock

Reference OutputPerm Interlock FlagConditionalModified SetpointPersistence Timer

Setpoint Limit* Analog Control Point* Discrete Control Point

Task Timer




328

Fig

ure

5-2

1D

O—

Pe

rmiss

ive

Intr

loc

k

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Co

ntr

oll

ing

Po

int

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oin

t

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Per

mis

siv

e In

terl

ock

Dis

ab

le

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

Dis

cret

e O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pie

d L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Se t

po

int

Sc h

e du

le

Oc

cu

pie

d H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Bia

s In

pu

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set


329


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that will be overriddenwhen the test conditions have been met for the configured Persistence Time.






Setpoint ScheduleIf the Control Point Type decision is set to Analog, you must configure thisdecision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that provides the occupied and unoccu-pied low setpoints to which the controlling point will be compared.



Permissive InterlockPermissive Interlock determines if the Discrete Output Point should be forced tothe configured override value when the input conditions are met.

Control Point TypeYou must configure this decision to define whether the Control Point isanalog or discrete.

Allowable Entries Analog/DiscrDefault Value Analog


330

Occ Discrete StateIf the Control Point Type is Discr, use this decision to define the inputstate when the Time Schedule is occupied that will cause the DiscreteOutput Point to be overridden.


Unocc Discrete StateIf the Control Point Type is Discr, use this decision to define the inputstate when the Time Schedule is unoccupied that will cause the DiscreteOutput Point to be overridden.


Occ Analog TestIf the Control Point Type is Analog, use this decision to indicate if theAnalog Control Point must be higher or lower than the occupied lowsetpoint in order to override the Discrete Output Point.


Unocc Analog TestIf the Control Point Type is Analog, use this decision to indicate if theAnalog Control Point must be higher or lower than the unoccupiedlow setpoint in order to override the Discrete Output Point.



331

Override ValueUse this decision to specify the state to which the Discrete Output Pointis forced when the proper input condition for the configured PersistenceTime exists.

Note: You should only enter either 0.0 (off) or 1.0 (on). Any non-zerovalue indicates an on state.


HysteresisIf the Control Point Type is Analog, use this decision to specify how farabove or below the setpoint (based upon the analog test) the AnalogControl Point must be before the override is released.


Persistence TimeUse this decision to indicate how long the input condition must existbefore the Discrete Output Point is overridden or released to automaticcontrol.


Analog Control PointUse this decision to configure the analog point that the algorithm tests todetermine if the Discrete Output Point should be overridden. If this decision isconfigured, the Control Point Type should be set to Analog.




332

Discrete Control PointUse this decision to configure the discrete point that the algorithm tests todetermine if the Discrete Output Point should be overridden. If this decision isconfigured, the Control Point Type should be set to Discr.









Permissive InterlockThis function determines if a configured condition has occurred, and if so, theOutput point is overridden and set equal to the Reference Output, until thecausal condition no longer exists.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the configured Override Value that the outputwill be driven to.


DO—Permissive IntrlockDOPI_xxMFunction Type 21


333

Perm Interlock FlagThis decision indicates whether the Permissive Interlock condition is ineffect.


ConditionalThis decision displays the current conditional value (High or Low)based on the Occupancy state.

Valid Display High/Low

Modified SetpointThis decision displays the modified Setpoint Value that is currentlybeing used to compare with the Analog Control point. It includes aconfigured hysteresis, and allows for the conditional check beingperformed (High or Low). This value will be 0 if a Discrete Controlpoint is being used.


Persistence TimerThis decision displays how much time is left before the PermissiveInterlock condition will take effect.


Setpoint LimitThis decision displays the Setpoint Limit that is being compared to determine ifthe Permissive Interlock condition will take effect.


Analog Control PointThis decision displays the value of the configured Analog Point which is beingused to determine when the Permissive Interlock will occur.



334

Discrete Control PointThis decision displays the value of the configured Discrete Point which is beingused to determine when the Permissive Interlock will occur.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this algorithmexecutes again. This algorithm will execute every five seconds.



335

The DO—Proportional Thermostat algorithm provides two discretestages of electric heat and modulating control for a chilled watervalve. Additionally, this algorithm can control the air terminal fanin two different operating modes. You can configure this algorithmto lock out heating or cooling if the outside air temperature exceedsa user configurable limit.

The two types of control modes for the fan are:

• automatic• manual

In the automatic mode, the algorithm starts the fan when the spacebeing controlled requires heating or cooling. When the spacetemperature is outside the configured high and low setpoints, thealgorithm starts the fan; otherwise, the fan is off.

In the manual mode, the algorithm only starts the fan during occu-pied times, thereby disabling the fan, heating, and cooling duringunoccupied times.

The three types of operating modes for the thermostat are:

• automatic heating and cooling• manual heating• manual cooling

In the automatic operating mode, the algorithm decides whether toactivate either one or two stages of heating or to modulate thechilled water valve, depending on the space temperature error fromthe high or low setpoint. If the fan is on and the space temperatureis less than the low setpoint, the algorithm activates stages of heat-ing. If the fan is on and the space temperature is higher than thehigh setpoint, the algorithm modulates the chilled water valve.

In the manual heating mode, you configure the algorithm to activateonly stages of heating when the fan is on and the space temperatureis less than the low setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablesmanual heating. No cooling is done in this mode.

In the manual cooling mode, you configure the algorithm to modu-late the chilled water valve when the fan is on and the space tem-perature is greater than the high setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithmcloses the chilled water valve. No heating is done in this mode.

DO—Prop ThermoElec

DO—Prop Thermo ElecPT2E_xxCFunction Type 23

Fan Control Modes

Thermostat OperatingModes

336

Whenever Fan Status Point indicates that the supply fan is off, thealgorithm turns off heating stages and closes the chilled water valve.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the controller is usingthe occupied or unoccupied setpoints.


You can use this algorithm to control a rooftop with two stages ofheating and a cooling coil valve.


* Cooling Coil Valve* Stage 1 Heat

Stage 2 Heat* Fan Control Point* Space Temperature* Fan Status Point

Outside Air TemperatureTime Schedule

* Setpoint ScheduleSetpoint Bias

Offset Low ValueOffset High Value

ThermostatFan ModeFan Off DelayOperating ModeFor Manual ModeStage On DelayCooling Lockout TempHeating Lockout TempCooling Prop GainHeating Prop GainHysteresis

Power on Delay


Schedules

Typical Application


337


* Cooling Coil Valve* Stage 1 Heat* Stage 2 Heat* Fan Control Point* Space Temperature* Fan Status Point* Outside Air Temperature

Occupied ?* Setpoint Bias

Low SetpointHigh SetpointThermostat

Controlling SetpointOutput CoolOutput Heat

Task Timer



338

Fig

ure

5-2

3D

O—

Pro

p T

he

rmo

Ele

c


Low

Se

tpo

int

Th

erm

ost

at

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e S

ched

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Set

po

int

Bia

s

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Sp

a ce

Tem

pe r

a tu

re

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t (C

oo

l)

Ou

tpu

t (H

ea

t)Se

nso

r In

pu

t

Fan

Sta

ge

2 (

He

at)

Sta

ge

1 (

He

at)

Sta

ge

1 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

2 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

1 H

eat

Inp

ut S

tag

e 2

Hea

tIn

pu

t

Fan

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Inp

ut

Coo

ling

Coi

l V

alve

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Tem

pera

ture St

atu

sFo

rce

SELE

CT

A

A B

70

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ueSe

nso

r In

pu

t (O

AT )

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

NO

T

AN

D

339


Cooling Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thechilled water valve.



Stage 1 HeatYou must configure this decision to configure the DO point that is controllingthe first stage of electric heating.



Stage 2 HeatUse this decision to configure the DO point that is controlling the second stageof electric heating.



Fan Control PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefan.



Space TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides thetemperature input of the space being monitored.




340

Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Outside Air TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the temperature input forthe outside air.










341

Setpoint BiasIf you are adjusting the configured space temperature setpoints with the T-56Space Temperature Sensor, use this decision to specify the input point thatprovides the bias input.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters, LID = 1 to 96 (6400),1 to 32 (1600)

Default Value VOLT_I00

Offset Low ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify minimum setpoint bias.


Offset High ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify maximum setpoint bias.


ThermostatThermostat provides two discrete stages of electric heat and modulates a chilledwater valve. Additionally, this algorithm can control the fan in two differentoperating modes—automatic and manual.

Fan ModeUse this decision to indicate whether the fan will be started automati-cally or manually. If you select auto, the fan will start automaticallywhen the space temperature is outside the high and low setpoints. Ifyou select manual, the fan will only start when the Time Schedule isoccupied.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Auto/ManualLID = 0(Auto) / 1(Manual)

Default Value Auto


342

Fan Off DelayUse this decision to configure how long the fan should remain on after theheating stages have been turned off.


Operating ModeUse this decision to indicate whether the algorithm can activate stages ofheating or modulate the chilled water valve automatically or manually. Ifyou select auto, stages of heating will start or the chilled water valve willbe modulated automatically when the space temperature is outside the highand low setpoints.


Default Value Auto

For Manual ModeIf Operating Mode is set to manual, use this decision to indicate whetherthe controller will perform only heating or cooling.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Heat/CoolLID = 0(Heat) / 1(Cool)

Default Value Cool

Stage On DelayUse this decision to configure how long the system should wait after onestage of heating has begun before the next stage can be activated.


Cooling Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature below whichcooling will be disabled.



343

Heating Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature above which heating will be disabled.


Cooling Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the chilled water valve position for everydegree the space temperature is above the high setpoint. The value in thisdecision is expressed in percent per degrees error.


Heating Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the number of heating stages for every degreethe space temperature is below the low setpoint. The value in this decisionis expressed in stages per degrees error.


HysteresisUse this decision to specify how many degrees the error must be reduced toturn off an activated stage. This method prevents the short cycling ofheating stages.

Allowable Entries -10 to 10^F (-5.5 to 5.5^C)Default Value 0.2^F (0.1^C)




344

Cooling Coil ValveThis decision displays the output value of the AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm for cooling. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of fullcapacity.


State 1 HeatThis decision displays the status of the point controlling the first stage ofelectric heating.


Stage 2 HeatThis decision displays the status of the point controlling the second stage ofelectric heating.


Fan Control PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the DO point controlling thefan.


Space TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the space being monitored.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the fan, which determines whether thisalgorithm is enabled. If the Fan Status Point is not configured, this algorithmwill not be enabled.


DO—Prop Thermo ElecPT2E_xxMFunction Type 23


345


Outside Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the outside air temperature being used by thisalgorithm.


Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configured datain the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then the defaultmode will be Yes.


Setpoint BiasThis decision displays the percentage value (0-100) used in determining theSetpoint Bias value. The determination of the bias value is done by linearconversion 50% - 0% to 0 - Offset Low Value and 50% - 100% to 0 - OffsetHigh value. For example, 90% would add 4/5 of the Offset High Value to boththe Low and High Setpoints.

Valid Display 0.0 to 100.0%

Low SetpointThis decision displays the low setpoint value, including any adjustments forOccupancy and Setpoint Bias.


High SetpointThis decision displays the high setpoint value, including any adjustments forOccupancy and Setpoint Bias.


ThermostatThis function calculates the output heating and cooling values for this algorithm.

Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint that is currently being used to deter-mine the desired heating or cooling output for this algorithm.


346

Output CoolThis decision displays the cooling proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm.

Output cool = (controlling space temperature setpoint)* cooling prop. gain.


Output HeatThis decision displays the heating proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm.

Output heat = (controlling space temperature setpoint)* heating prop. gain.





347

The DO—Proportional Thermostat 2 Pipe algorithm provides asingle modulated output to control the air terminal’s fan coil valve.The algorithm uses the Control Point to determine if the system isperforming heating or cooling, then modulates the output accord-ingly. The algorithm can control the air terminal fan in two differ-ent operating modes. You can configure this algorithm to lock outheating or cooling if the outside air temperature exceeds a userconfigurable limit.







In the automatic operating mode, the algorithm decides whether tomodulate a heating output or a cooling output, depending on thestate of the control point. If in the heat mode and the space tempera-ture is less than the low setpoint, the algorithm modulates a heatingoutput. If in the cool mode, the fan is on, and the space temperatureis higher than the high setpoint, the algorithm modulates a coolingoutput.

In the manual heating mode, you configure the algorithm to modu-late the heating output when the fan is on and the space temperatureis less than the low setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablesheating. No cooling is done in this mode.

In the manual cooling mode, you configure the algorithm to modu-late the cooling output when the fan is on and the space temperatureis greater than the high setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablescooling. No heating is done in this mode.

DO—Prop Thermo2 Pipe

DO—Prop Thermo 2 PipePT2P_xxCFunction Type 24

Fan Control Modes


348

Whenever Fan Status Point indicates that the supply fan is off, thealgorithm does not modulate any outputs.

The Control Point decides if the Analog Output Point is heating orcooling. When the control point is active, the system is cooling.



You can use this algorithm to control a two-pipe fan coil (with asingle output) that performs both heating and cooling.


* Analog Output Point* Fan Control Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Fan Status Point




* Control Pt Heat = 0 Cool = 1Thermostat

Fan ModeFan Off DelayOperating ModeFor Manual ModeStage on DelayCooling Lockout TempHeating Lockout TempCooling Prop GainHeating Prop GainHysteresis

Power on Delay


Schedules

Typical Application


349


* Analog Output Point* Fan Control Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Fan Status Point* Outside Air Temperature


Low SetpointHigh Setpoint

* Control Pt Heat = 0 Cool = 1Thermostat


Task Timer



350


Fig

ure

5-2

4D

O—

Pro

p T

he

rmo

2 P

ipe

Low

Se

tpo

int

Th

erm

ost

at

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e S

ched

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Set

po

int

Bia

s

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Sen

sor

Gro

up

/S

PT

Sen

sor

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(OA

T)

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Ou

tpu

t

Co

ntr

ol

PT

Hea

t=0

Co

ol=

1

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Sta

ge

1 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

2 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

1 (

He

at)

Sta

ge

2 (

He

at)

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t (C

oo

l)

Ou

tpu

t (H

ea

t)

An

alo

g O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Sele

ct

A

A B

Ou

tpu

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ue

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Tem

pera

ture St

atu

sFo

rce

SELE

CT

A

A B

70

TS O

ve

rrid

eSt

atu

s

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Fan

Fan

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Inp

ut

NO

T

AN

D

>A

ND

NO

T

AN

D

>

OR

Sele

ct

A

A B

0 AB

AB

351



Analog Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thefan coil valve.



Fan Control PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the sensor group or space tempera-ture sensor that is providing the space temperature inputs.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



352

Outside Air TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the temperature input forthe outside air temperature.













353

Offset Low ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify the minimum setpoint bias.


Offset High ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify the maximum setpoint bias.


Control Pt Heat=0 Cool=1You must configure this decision to specify the DI point that decides if theAnalog Output Point is performing heating or cooling. When the control pointis active, the Analog Output Point will be equal to the cooling output.



ThermostatThermostat provides control of the air terminal’s fan coil valve. Additionally,this algorithm can control the air terminal fan in two different operatingmodes—automatic and manual.



Default Value Auto


354

Fan Off DelayThis decision is not currently used.


Operating ModeUse this decision to indicate whether the algorithm can modulate the fancoil valve automatically or manually. If you select auto, the fan coilvalve will be modulated automatically when the space temperature isoutside the high and low setpoints.


Default Value Auto



Default Value Cool

Stage On DelayThe algorithm does not use this decision.





355

Heating Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature above which heating will be disabled.


Cooling Prop GainUse this decision to determine the output cool valve for every degree thespace temperature is above the high setpoint. The value in this decisionis expressed in percent per degrees error.


Heating Prop GainUse this decision to determine the output heat valve for every degree thespace temperature is below the low setpoint. The value in this decision isexpressed in stages per degrees error.


HysteresisThis decision is not currently used.





356



Fan Control PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the DO point controlling the airterminal fan.




Fan Status PointThis decision displays the on/off status of the air terminal’s fan.


Outside Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the outside air temperature being used bythis algorithm.




Setpoint BiasThis decision displays the percentage value (0-100) used in determining theSetpoint Bias value. The determination of the bias value is done by converting50% - 0% to 0 - Offset Low Value and 50% - 100% to 0 - Offset High value.For example, 90% would add 4/5 of the Offset High Value to both the Low andHigh Setpoints.


DO—Prop Thermo 2 PipePT2P_xxMFunction Type 24


357





Control Pt Heat=0 Cool=1This decision indicates whether the Analog Output Point is being driven by theheating or cooling output.

Valid Display 0/1


Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint that is currently being used to determinethe desired heating or cooling output for this algorithm.


Output CoolThis decision displays the cooling proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm. Output cool = (space temperature -controlling setpoint)*cool prop. gain.


Output HeatThis decision displays the heating proportional term, if any, currently beingcalculated by this algorithm. Output heat = (controlling setpoint - spacetemperature)*heat prop. gain.





358

DO—Prop Thermo4 Pipe

The DO—Proportional Thermostat 4 Pipe algorithm providesmodulated outputs to control a chilled water valve and hot water orsteam valve in a fan coil. This algorithm can also control the fancoil’s fan in two different operating modes. You can configure thisalgorithm to lock out heating or cooling if the outside air tempera-ture exceeds a user configurable limit.







In the automatic operating mode, the algorithm decides whether tomodulate a heating output or a cooling output, depending on thespace temperature error from the high or low setpoint. If the fan ison and the space temperature is less than the low setpoint, thealgorithm modulates a heating output. If the fan is on and the spacetemperature is higher than the high setpoint, the algorithm modu-lates a cooling output.

In the manual heating mode, you configure the algorithm to modu-late the heating output when the fan is on and the space temperatureis less than the low setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablesheating. No cooling is done in this mode.

In the manual cooling mode, you configure the algorithm to modu-late the cooling output when the fan is on and the space temperatureis greater than the high setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablescooling. No heating is done in this mode.

Whenever Fan Status Point indicates that the supply fan is off, thealgorithm does not modulate any outputs.


Fan Control Modes


359



You can use this algorithm to control a four-pipe fan coil withoutputs for both heating and cooling.


* Cooling Coil Value* Heating Coil Value* Fan Control Point* Space Temperature* Fan Status Point





Power on Delay

Schedules

Typical Application



360


* Cooling Coil Valve* Heating Coil Valve* Fan Control Point* Space Temperature* Fan Status Point* Outside Air Temperature


Low SetpointHigh SetpointThermostat


Task Timer



361

Fig

ure

5-2

5D

O—

Pro

p T

he

rmo

4 P

ipe

Low

Se

tpo

int

Th

erm

ost

at

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e S

ched

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Set

po

int

Bia

s

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Sp

a ce

Tem

pe r

a tu

re

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Fan

Sta

tus

Po

int

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Fan

Sta

tus

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(OA

T )

Co

oli

ng

Co

il V

a lv

e

He a

tin

g C

oil

Va l

ve

Inp

ut

Inp

ut

Fan

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t (C

oo

l)

Ou

tpu

t (H

ea

t)

Fan

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tSt

ag

e 1

(C

oo

l)

Sta

ge

2 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

1 (

He

at)

Sta

ge

2 (

He

at)

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ue

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Tem

pera

ture St

atu

sFo

rce

SELE

CT

A

A B

70

NO

T

AN

D


362

Cooling Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thefan coil’s chilled water valve.



Heating Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point that is controlling thefan coil’s hot water or steam valve.



Fan Control PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefan coil’s fan.



Space TemperatureYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides thetemperature input of the space being monitored.





363

Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the fan. A DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Outside Air TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the temperature input forthe outside air.










364








ThermostatThermostat provides control to modulate a chilled water valve, hot water valveor steam valve. Additionally, this algorithm can control the fan coil’s fan intwo different operating modes—automatic and manual.



Default Value Auto


365

Fan Off DelayThis decision is not currently used.


Operating ModeUse this decision to indicate whether the algorithm can modulate thechilled water, hot water or steam valve automatically or manually. If youselect auto, the chilled water valve, hot water or steam valve will bemodulated automatically when the space temperature is outside the highand low setpoints.


Default Value Auto



Default Value Cool

Stage On DelayThe algorithm does not use this decision.


Cooling Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature below which cooling will be disabled.



366

Heating Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature above whichheating will be disabled.


Cooling Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the chilled water valve position for everydegree the space temperature is above the high setpoint. The value in thisdecision is expressed in percent per degrees error.


Heating Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the hot water valve position for every degreethe space temperature is below the low setpoint. The value in this deci-sion is expressed in stages per degrees error.


HysteresisThis decision is not currently used.





367

Cooling Coil ValveThis decision displays the output value of AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm for cooling. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of fullcapacity.


Heating Coil ValveThis decision displays the output value of AO point being controlled by thisalgorithm for heating. The value is normally expressed as a percentage of fullcapacity.


Fan Control PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the DO point controlling the fancoil’s fan.


Space TemperatureThis decision displays the temperature of the space being monitored.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the fan coil’s fan, which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If the Fan Status Point is not configured,this algorithm will not be enabled.








368

Setpoint BiasThis decision displays the percentage value (0-100) used in determining the Set-point Bias value. The determination of the bias value is done by converting 50% -0% to 0 - Offset Low Value and 50% - 100% to 0 - Offset High value. For ex-ample, 90% would add 4/5 of the Offset High Value to both the Low and HighSetpoints.







Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint that is currently being used to deter-mine the desired heating or cooling output for this algorithm.


Output CoolThis decision displays the cooling proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm. Output cool = (space temperature -controlling setpoint)*cool prop. gain.


Output HeatThis decision displays the heating proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm. Output heat = (controlling setpoint -space temperature)*heat prop. gain.





369

DO—PumpControl

The DO—Pump Control algorithm controls two pumps in either afixed or a rotating sequence. The first pump is known as the pri-mary or the lead pump. The second pump is known as the second-ary or the lag pump.

When using a fixed sequence, you can manually cause a rotation ofthe pumps by changing the value in the Rotate Now configurationdecision.

For a rotating sequence, configure the algorithm to switch theprimary and secondary pumps according to the day of week, day ofmonth, or accumulated runtime.

The algorithm can activate the primary pump according to one ofthree things:

• a Time Schedule• a discrete input• the analog comparison of a temperature to a Setpoint Schedule

If you use a Time Schedule as a basis for activating the primarypump, the algorithm will activate the pump when the Time Scheduleis in the occupied state. Otherwise, the pump remains deactivated.

If you use a discrete input as a basis for activating the primarypump, the algorithm will activate the pump when the input is on.Otherwise, the pump remains off.

If you use an analog comparison as a basis for activating the primarypump, the algorithm activates the pump when the Control Pointsensor is outside the high and low setpoints. When the sensor iswithin the region bordered by low setpoint plus hysteresis and highsetpoint minus hysteresis, the algorithm deactivates the primarypump.

Whenever the algorithm activates the primary pump, the pumpstatus is confirmed. The controller waits the configured time delayand, if the status remains off, deactivates the primary pump andactivates the secondary pump. Whenever the algorithm activates the

DO—Pump ControlPUMP_xxCFunction Type 22

370

secondary pump, the pump status is confirmed. The controller waitsthe configured time delay and, if the status remains off, the algo-rithm deactivates the secondary pump. If the algorithm successfullyactivates the primary pump, and the primary pump status laterindicates off, the algorithm activates the secondary pump. If thealgorithm cannot confirm the status of either pump, it disables bothpumps until you manually cause a rotation of the pumps.

Note: You must configure a separate status point for each pumpin order for the algorithm to operate correctly.

You can use this algorithm to automatically start a secondary pumpwhenever the primary pump fails.


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point* Discrete Input Point

Time ScheduleSetpoint ScheduleStatus PointPump Control

Sequence TypeRotate NowDay of WeekDay of MonthHours of RuntimePump Start Delay

Control PointAnalog

HysteresisBlock Iteration Rate

Power on Delay



Typical Application

371


* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Output Point* Discrete Input Point* Discrete Input Point

Occupied ?* Status Point

Pump ControlLead PumpPump 1 RuntimePump 2 RuntimeFailed FlagLead Status

* Control PointAnalog

Low SetpointLo Setpoint + HystHi Setpoint - HystHigh SetpointReference Output

Task Timer



372

Fig

ure

5-2

2D

O—

Pu

mp

Co

ntr

ol


Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tOu

tpu

t

An

a lo

g

Pu

mp

Co

ntr

ol

Ou

tpu

t

Dis

c re t

eIn

pu

tP

oin

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Inp

ut

Dis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int Fo

rce

Sta

tus

Dis

c re t

eO

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Dis

c re t

eIn

pu

tP

oin

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Pu

mp

1St

atu

s

Pu

mp

2St

atu

sP

um

p 2

Pu

mp

1

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

setSE

LEC

T A

A B

0

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Po

int

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Sta

tus

Low

Se

nso

r In

pu

t

Dis

ab

le

Hig

h S

en

sor

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Sta

tus

Forc

e

SELE

CT

A

A B

OR

373


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that controls the firstof two pumps.



Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that controls thesecond of two pumps.



Discrete Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status for the first pump. This point provides the actual state of the pump.

Note: You must configure a separate status point for each pump in order forthe algorithm to operate correctly.



Discrete Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/off status for the second pump. This point provides the actual state of thepump.

Note: You must configure a separate status point for each pump in order forthe algorithm to operate correctly.




374

Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm. If you want the Time Schedule to control pump activa-tion, do not configure a Control Point or Status Point.



Setpoint ScheduleIf using an analog comparison as to a basis for activating a pump, use thisdecision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that provides the occupied and unoc-cupied setpoints.



Status PointUse this decision to configure a discrete point to control pump activation. Ifthis point is configured, a pump will start when this point is on. If this point isnot configured, it will have no effect on the pump activation.



Pump ControlPump Control controls two pumps in either a fixed or a rotating sequence.


375

Sequence TypeUse this decision to indicate whether the pumps have a fixed or rotatingsequence. A fixed sequence consists of a lead pump with a backuppump. You can configure the lead pump as the first or second pump. Arotating sequence consists of pumps that alternate at a configured timebetween being a lead pump and a lag pump.

Allowable Entries 0 = Rotating1 = Fixed Rotation with Pump1 as Lead2 = Fixed Rotation with Pump2 as Lead

Default Value 0

Rotate NowUse this decision to indicate whether to switch the designation of thelead and lag pumps.

Note: When both pumps fail, use this decision to restart the algorithm.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = No/Yes, LID = 0(No) / 1(Yes)Default Value No

Day of WeekThis decision only applies to pumps with a rotating sequence. If youwant to rotate the pumps on a weekly basis, use this decision to indicatethe day of the week on which you want to rotate the pumps.

0 = Disabled 4 = Thursday1 = Monday 5 = Friday2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday3 = Wednesday 7 = Sunday



376

Day of MonthThis decision only applies to pumps with a rotating sequence. If youwant to rotate the pumps on a monthly basis, use this decision to indi-cate the day of the month on which you want to rotate the pumps.

0 = Disabled1 = first day of month, etc.,31 = 31st day of month


Hours of RuntimeThis decision only applies to pumps with a rotating sequence. If youwant to rotate the pumps according to accumulated runtime, use thisdecision to indicate the amount of time the pump must run before therotation occurs.

Allowable Entries 0 to 8760 hoursDefault Value 0

Pump Start DelayUse this decision to indicate the amount of time to wait after starting apump before verifying that the pump is running.


Control PointUse this decision to specify the temperature type input that will be compared tothe Setpoint Schedule to determine if a pump should be activated.




377

AnalogAnalog provides a discrete output by comparing a sensor value to the config-ured setpoint values. If the Control Point sensor is outside the setpoints, thepump is commanded on and remains on until the Control Point sensor is withinthe region bordered by low setpoint plus hysteresis and high setpoint minushysteresis. This prevents short cycling of the controlled device.

HysteresisUse this decision to specify the amount that is added to the low setpointand subtracted from the high setpoint.


Block Iteration RateUse this decision to specify how often the input conditions are checkedto determine if the output state must change.





378

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the first pump.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the second pump.


Discrete Input PointThis decision displays the status of the first pump.


Discrete Input PointThis decision displays the status of the second pump.




Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete control point. On willcause a pump to start.


DO—Pump ControlPUMP_xxMFunction Type 22


379

Pump ControlPump Control function displays the current pump sequence, runtime, andstatus for this algorithm.

Lead PumpThis decision displays the value of the current lead pump.

Valid Display 1 (First Discrete Output Point)2 (Second Discrete Output Point)

Pump 1 RuntimeThis decision displays how long, in hours, that Pump1 has been on.

Valid Display 0 to 65535 hours

Pump 2 RuntimeThis decision displays how long, in hours, that Pump2 has been on.

Valid Display 0 to 65535 hours

Failed FlagThis decision indicates when both pumps fail. If neither the lead norlag pump can be started, the Failed Flag will be activated.

Valid Display Normal (Status OK)Alarm (Pump Failure)

Lead StatusThis decision displays the current state of the lead pump


Control PointThis decision displays the current value of the analog Control Point. Thisvalue is used by the Analog function to compare against the configuredSetpoint Schedule. The result determines whether a pump should be started.



380

AnalogAnalog function is one of three methods that can be used to control pumpoperation. The setpoint values are compared with the Control Point to deter-mine whether a pump should be started.

Low SetpointThis decision displays the configured Low Setpoint value based on theoccupancy state. If the Control Point falls below this value, the pumpwill be commanded on.


Lo Setpoint + HystThis decision displays the Low Setpoint value, adjusted upward by theconfigured hysteresis.


Hi Setpoint - HystThis decision displays the High Setpoint value, adjusted downward bythe configured hysteresis value.


High SetpointThis decision displays the configured High Setpoint value, based on thecurrent occupancy state. If the Control Point exceeds this value, thepump will be commanded on.


Reference OutputThis decision displays the output value from the analog function. If theControl Point is outside the setpoint limits, the reference output will beTrue and a pump will be commanded on. If the Control Point is withinthe setpoints and hysteresis, the reference output will be False.





381

DO—StagedThermostat

The DO—Staged Thermostat algorithm mimics the operation of aprogrammable wall thermostat in two ways—by providing threetypes of operating modes for the thermostat and two types of controlmodes for the fan. You can configure this algorithm to lock out heator cooling if the outside air temperature exceeds a user configuredlimit.







In the automatic operating mode, the algorithm decides whether toactivate either one or two stages of heating, or one or two stages ofcooling , depending on the space temperature error from the high orlow setpoint. If the fan is on and the space temperature is less thanthe low setpoint, the algorithm activates stages of heating. If the fanis on and the space temperature is higher than the high setpoint, thealgorithm activates stages of cooling.

In the manual heating mode, you configure the algorithm to activateonly stages of heating when the fan is on and the space temperatureis less than the low setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablesmanual heating.

In the manual cooling mode, you configure the algorithm to activatestages of cooling when the fan is on and the space temperature isgreater than the high setpoint. Otherwise, the algorithm disablescooling.

Whenever Fan Status Point indicates that the supply fan is off, thealgorithm turns off all stages.

DO—Staged ThermostatSTHRMxxCFunction Type 26

Fan Control Modes


382



You can use this algorithm to control a rooftop with two stages ofheating and two stages of cooling.


* Stage 1 Cool* Stage 2 Cool* Stage 1 Heat* Stage 2 Heat* Fan Control Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Fan Status Point





Power on Delay

Typical Application


Schedules


383

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis algorithm. They provide useful information regarding the statusand configuration of this algorithm.

* Stage 1 Cool* Stage 2 Cool* Stage 1 Heat* Stage 2 Heat* Fan Control Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Fan Status Point* Outside Air Temperature


ThermostatControlling SetpointOutput CoolOutput Heat

Task Timer



384

Fig

ure

5-2

6D

O—

Sta

ge

d T

he

rmo

sta

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Th

erm

ost

atT

ime

Sch

edu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Ou

tpu

t

Set

po

int

Bia

s

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Fan

Co

ntr

ol

Po

int

Inp

utSta

ge

1 C

oo

lIn

pu

t Sta

ge

2 C

oo

lIn

pu

t Sta

ge

1 H

eat

Inp

ut S

tag

e 2

Hea

tIn

pu

t

Sta

ge

2 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

1 (

Co

ol)

Sta

ge

1 (

He

at)

Sta

ge

2 (

He

at)

Fan

Ou

tpu

t (C

oo

l)

Ou

tpu

t (H

ea

t)

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ue

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Sens

or G

roup

/SPT

Sen

sor

Ou

tpu

t

Fan

Stat

us P

oint St

atu

sFo

rce

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(OA

T )

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Tem

pera

ture

Sta

tus

Forc

eSE

LEC

T A

A B

70

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

AN

D

NO

T


385

Stage 1 CoolYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefirst stage of cooling.



Stage 2 CoolYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thesecond stage of cooling.



Stage 1 HeatYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefirst stage of heating.



Stage 2 HeatYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thesecond stage of heating.



Fan Control PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling theair terminal’s fan.





386

Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the Sensor Group or single sensor thatis providing the space temperature inputs. For more information on SensorGroup, refer to the How to Configure Algorithms chapter of this manual.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group/SPT Sensor for all algorithms that control acommon air handler.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the air handler’s fan. A DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Outside Air TemperatureIf you want to lock out cooling or heating based on the Outside Air Temperature,you must configure this decision. This decision specifies the AI point that pro-vides the outside air temperature to the algorithm.







387




Setpoint BiasIf you are providing a setpoint bias with the T-56 Space Temperature Sensorwith Setpoint Adjustment, use this decision to specify the input point thatprovides the bias input.



Offset Low ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify the change at minimum setpoint bias.


Offset High ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, usethis decision to specify the change at maximum setpoint bias.



388

ThermostatThermostat provides thermostat heating and cooling control. Additionally, thisalgorithm can control the air terminal fan in two different operating modes—automatic and manual.



Default Value Manual

Fan Off DelayUse this decision to configure how long the fan should remain on afterthe heating stages have been turned off.


Operating ModeUse this decision to indicate whether the algorithm can activate stagesof heating or stages of cooling automatically or manually. If you selectauto, stages of heating or cooling will start automatically when thespace temperature is outside the high and low setpoints.


Default Value Manual


389



Default Value Cool

Stage On DelayUse this decision to configure how long the system should wait after onestage of heating or cooling has been activated before the next stage canbe activated.




Heating Lockout TempUse this decision to indicate the outside air temperature above whichheating will be disabled.


Cooling Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the number of cooling stages for everydegree the space temperature is above the high setpoint. The value in thisdecision is expressed in stages per degrees error.



390

Heating Prop GainUse this decision to indicate the number of heating stages for everydegree the space temperature is below the low setpoint. The value inthis decision is expressed in stages per degrees error.


HysteresisUse this decision to specify how many degrees the error must be re-duced to turn off an activated stage. This method prevents the shortcycling of heating and cooling stages.





391

Stage 1 CoolThis decision displays the actual state of the first stage of cooling.


Stage 2 CoolThis decision displays the actual state of the second stage of cooling.


Stage 1 HeatThis decision displays the actual state of the first stage of heating.


Stage 2 HeatThis decision displays the actual state of the second stage of heating.


Fan Control PointThis decision displays the commanded state of the DO point controlling the fan.




Fan Status PointThis decision displays the on/off status of the fan.


Outside Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the outside air temperature being used by thisalgorithm to decide if heating or cooling should be locked out.


DO—Staged ThermostatSTHRMxxMFunction Type 26


392

Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configured datain the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then the defaultmode will be Occupied.


Setpoint BiasThis decision displays the percentage value (0.0 - 100.0%) used to determine thesetpoint bias value. Bias is determined by converting 50-0% to 0-offset low and50-100% to 0-offset high value.



Controlling SetpointThis decision displays the setpoint that is currently being used to deter-mine the heating or cooling required for this algorithm.


Output CoolThis decision displays the cooling proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm. Output cool = (sensor group/SPTsensor - controlling setpoint)*cool prop. gain.

Valid Display Valid range based upon display unts.

Output HeatThis decision displays the heating proportional term, if any, currentlybeing calculated by this algorithm. Output heat = (controlling setpoint -sensor group/SPT sensor)*heat prop. gain.

Valid Display Valid range based upon display unts.



DO—Staged ThermostatSTHRMxxMFunction Type 26

393

The DO—Staging algorithm controls up to six stages of DX (DirectExpansion) cooling in a constant volume air handler or up to six stages offans in a cooling tower.

The DO—Staging algorithm uses a PID (Proportional Integral Derivative)Master Loop to control the output stages. The PID Master Loop calcu-lates the percentage of output stages required to achieve the desired spacetemperature setpoint. The PID Master Loop calculates the requiredpercentage of output stages by obtaining the highest sensor input from thesensor group and comparing it to the space temperature setpoint.

The Comfort Controller activates each stage sequentially, allowing theconfigured delay time between each stage. Once a stage is activated, itwill not be de-activated until the calculated number of stages has de-creased by a full stage. This hysteresis prevents short cycling of stages.When all available stages are activated, the algorithm clamps the PIDMaster Loop integrator at its current value. If the fan status is off or if theSensor Group/SPT Sensor status is invalid, the PID Master Loop sets theoutput to the Disabled Output Value.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for this algo-rithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Controller is usingthe occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do not configure a Timeschedule for this algorithm, the algorithm will assume to be in the occu-pied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure high and low setpoints forboth occupied and unoccupied states.

You can use this algorithm to control up to six DX cooling stages in aconstant volume air handler.

The following decisions are applicable to this algorithm. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked decisions are optional.




High Humidity SwitchHumidity SetpointHigh Humidity Sensor

DO—Staging

DO—StagingSTAG_xxCFunction Type 27

Typical Application


394


Staging ControlTotal Number of StagesOn Time DelayOff Time Delay

Power on Delay



Space Setpoint* High Humidity Switch



Staging ControlNumber of StagesRequested StagesDelta StagesDelay TimerPID Integrator Clamp

Task Timer



395

Fig

ure

5-2

7D

O—

Sta

gin

g

Cla

mp

In

teg

rato

r

Re

set

Inte

gra

tor

Sta

gin

g C

ontr

ol

Fan

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

PID

_Mas

ter_

Loo

p

Inp

ut

PID

In

teg

rato

r C

lam

p

Min

imu

m O

utp

ut

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

En

ab

le

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

Setp

oin

t

Sta

ge

1

Sta

ge

2

Sta

ge

3

Sta

ge

4

s ta

ge

5

Sta

ge

6

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Inp

ut

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

eSp

ace

Setp

oint

Fan

Stat

us P

oint

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e

NO

T

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Ma

xim

um

Ou

tpu

tO

R

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

witc

h

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

For

ce S

tatu

s

Hig

h H

umid

ity S

enso

r

Ou

tpu

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Hum

idity

Set

poin

t

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

+

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

3

SELE

CT

A

O

A B

1

>


396


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point that iscontrolling the first stage.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thesecond stage.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the thirdstage.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling thefourth stage.



Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the fifthstage.




397

Discrete Output PointUse this decision to specify the DO point that is controlling the sixth stage.



Fan Status PointYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the air handler’s fan. A DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the Sensor Group or single sensorthat is providing the space temperature inputs.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group/SPT Sensor for all algorithms that control acommon air handler.




Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that contain a commonair handler.




398

Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied space temperature setpoints for this algorithm.For more information on Setpoint Schedule, refer to the How to ConfigureSchedules chapter of this manual.




High Humidity SwitchIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe DI point that indicates when dehumidification is needed. The algorithm canuse a Humidity Switch or Humidity Sensor to determine if dehumidification isneeded.



Humidity SetpointIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe humidity Setpoint Schedule that provides the high humidity setpoint for thisalgorithm. For more information on Setpoint Schedules, refer to the How toConfigure Schedules chapter in this manual.




399

High Humidity SensorIf the air handler is performing dehumidification, use this decision to specifythe AI point that provides the space or return air humidity sensor being moni-tored. Dehumidification is required if the High Humidity Sensor value isgreater than the occupied high setpoint from the Humidity Setpoint.



PID_Master_LoopThe master loop is a Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control loop thatcalculates the percentage of output stages required to achieve the desired spacetemperature setpoint. The percent of output stages will be activated in wholestage increments.





Derivative GainUse this decision to enter the value that is multiplied by the current errorminus the previous error to produce the derivative term. The value inthis decision is expressed in units-per-unit of error.



400

Disabled Output ValueUse this decision to specify the percentage of available outputs that willbe activated if the sensor group status is invalid.


Minimum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the minimum percentage of available outputstages that will always be activated. For example, if five stages areavailable, each stage is worth 20%. Therefore, if this decision is set to20%, one output will always be activated.


Maximum Output ValueUse this decision to specify the maximum percentage of availableoutput stages that can be activated. For example, if five stages areavailable, each stage is worth 20%. Therefore, if this decision is set to80%, one output can not be activated.


Starting ValueUse this decision to specify the percentage of the available output stagesthat are activated when the algorithm is started.





401

Staging ControlStaging Control starts and stops up to six discrete stages based on the output(percentage) from the PID Master Loop. You can configure the minimum timebetween starting and stopping stages.

Total Number of StagesUse this decision to specify the number of discrete stages the algorithmwill control.


On Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestarting of stages. This value should represent the time from startingthe stage to its effect on the controlled temperature.


Off Time DelayUse this decision to specify the minimum time delay between thestopping of stages. This value should represent the time from stoppingthe stage to its effect on the controlled temperature.





402

Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling firststage.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling secondstage.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling thirdstage.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling fourthstage.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling fifthstage.


Discrete Output PointThis decision displays the actual state of the discrete point controlling sixthstage.


Fan Status PointThis decision displays the actual state of the air handler’s fan which determineswhether this algorithm is enabled. If this point is not configured, then thisalgorithm will not be enabled.



DO—StagingSTAG_xxMFunction Type 27

403



Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be occupied and Yes will be displayed.


Space SetpointThis decision displays the high setpoint of the configured Setpoint Schedule.The occupancy state is taken into effect when this value is determined.


High Humidity SwitchThis decision displays the state of the high humidity switch sensor beingmonitored. If the decision was not configured, this value will default to Off.


High Humidity SetpointThis decision specifies the current high humidity setpoint for this algorithm. Ifthe decision was not configured, this value will default to 99% RH, which willprevent any dehumidification.





404


Reference OutputThis decision displays the calculated output that is used to determine thenumber of Discrete Output Points required.







Integral Term = ((Setpoint - SPT Sensor) * Integral Term + PreviousIntegral Term)












405

Staging ControlThis function starts and stops up to six stages of cooling or cooling tower fans.The control is based on the reference output from the PID Master Loop.



Requested StagesThis decision displays the number of stages that the algorithm requestson. The number is determined by Reference Output value in relation tothe configured Total Number of Stages.


Delta StagesThis decision displays the difference determined by the Number of Stagessubtracted from the Requested Stages.


Delay TimerThis decision displays the number of minutes remaining in the configuredOn Time Delay or Off Time Delay decision (whichever is applicable) thatmust elapse before another stage can be added or taken away. WhenDelta Stages equals 0, the value in this decision will equal 0.


PID Integrator ClampThis decision displays whether or not the PID Clamp is currently in effectfor the staging control function.





406

DO—Time ClockThe DO—Time Clock algorithm controls a discrete output pointbased on the occupancy state of a Time Schedule with an optionalcapability to duty cycle the output. The Time Schedule indicates thecurrent occupancy state for this algorithm. When Duty Cycle isdisabled, the algorithm turns on the output whenever the TimeSchedule is occupied and turns it off whenever the Time Schedule isunoccupied. When Duty Cycle is enabled, the algorithm turns theoutput on and off according to the configured off times. The offtimes can be different during occupied and unoccupied periods.You can configure two cycle off periods for the output during eachhour.

If a Redline alert exists during occupied periods, the algorithmincreases the cycle off time by the configured Redline Bias Time.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. If you do not configure a Time schedule for this algo-rithm, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state.

You can use this algorithm to control a fan motor to start duringoccupied hours or stop during unoccupied hours.

DO—Time ClockTCxxCFunction Type 28

Typical Application

407


* Discrete Output Point* Time Schedule

LoadshedDuty Cycle

Duty Cycle EnableFirst Minute of HourSecond Minute of HourOccupied Off DurationUnoccupied Off DurationMinimum Off TimeRedline Bias Time

Power on Delay


* Discrete Output PointOccupied ?Redline ?Duty Cycle

Reference OutputOff Time DurationRegion of Hour

Task Timer




408

Fig

ure

5-2

8D

O—

Tim

e C

loc

k

Du

ty C

yc l

e

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(BIA

S)

Ou

tpu

t

Loa

dsh

ed

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y S

tate

?

Dis

c re t

e O

utp

ut

Po

int

Inp

ut

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e S

c he d

ule

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Lo

adsh

ed E

qu

ipm

ent

Ou

tpu

t


409


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to define the DO point that this algorithm iscontrolling.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters LID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)


Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule inthis decision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For moreinformation on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedules chapterin this manual.



LoadshedUse this decision to specify the Loadshed equipment part that will indicate theRedline Alert data from the Loadshed POC.


Default Value LDSHD00

Duty CycleDuty Cycle gives you the capability to cycle off the output once or twice everyhour. You can configure the starting time and the duration of the cycle off time.

Duty Cycle EnableUse this decision to enable the output to duty cycle. If you do not enableduty cycling, the output will be on during occupied periods and off duringunoccupied periods.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Disable/EnableLID = 0(Disable) / 1(Enable)

Default Value Disable


410

First Minute of HourIf you want to cycle off the output at least once an hour, use this deci-sion to enter the minute of the hour that the algorithm will first cycleoff the device. If you enter 0 or 60, the device will cycle off on thehour.


Second Minute of HourIf you want to cycle off the output twice an hour, use this decision toenter the minute of the hour that the algorithm will cycle off the devicefor the second time in the same hour.

Caution: If you do not want to cycle off the output for a second time,enter the same value here that you entered in First Minute ofHour, or enter a zero


Occupied Off DurationUse this decision to enter the amount of time the algorithm cycles offthe output during each occupied hour. If you enter 0, the algorithm willnot cycle off the output.


Unoccupied Off DurationUse this decision to enter the amount of time the algorithm cycles offthe output during each unoccupied hour. If you enter 0, the algorithmwill not cycle off the output. If you enter 60, the algorithm will cycleoff the output continuously during unoccupied hours.



411

Minimum Off TimeTo prevent short cycling, use this decision to enter the minimumamount of time the output must be off during any cycle off period.


Redline Bias TimeUse this decision to enter the additional amount of desired cycle offtime by which the Occupied Off Duration is increased when the TimeSchedule is occupied and a Redline alert exists.









DO—Time ClockTCxxMFunction Type 28

412

Redline ?This decision displays whether a Redline Alert is in effect. This data is derivedfrom the Loadshed POC on the CCN.


Duty CycleDuty Cycle determines how frequently and for how long to cycle off theDiscrete Output Point controlled by this algorithm.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the value to which this algorithm is driving theoutput.


Off Time DurationThis decision displays the time remaining before this point will becycled back on.


Region of HourThis decision displays the algorithm’s current region of cycling.

Valid Display 0 Algorithm not enabled

1 Before cycling has begun

2 First duty cycling period

3 After first duty cycle period

4 Second duty cycling period

5 After second duty cycle period

6 Redline Bias time in effect

7 Extended cycle off time



DO—Time ClockTCxxMFunction Type 28

413

DO—Time Clockw Check

The DO—Time Clock with Check algorithm controls a discrete outputpoint based on the occupancy state of a Time Schedule, with an op-tional capability to duty cycle the output. When Duty Cycle is dis-abled, the algorithm turns on the output whenever the Time Scheduleis occupied or when Night Time Free Cooling is enabled. The algo-rithm turns off the output whenever the Time Schedule is unoccupied.

When Duty Cycle is enabled, the algorithm turns the output on and offaccording to the configured off times. However, when both duty cycleand Night Time Free Cooling are enabled, the algorithm does not cycleoff the output.

The off times can be different during occupied and unoccupied peri-ods. The off times are reduced based on the space temperature errorfrom the high and low setpoints. You can configure two cycle offperiods for the output during each hour.

If a Time schedule is not configured for this algorithm, the algorithmuses the occupied off time. If a Redline alert exists during occupiedperiods, the algorithm increases the cycle off time by the configuredRedline Bias Time.

The Time Schedule indicates the current occupancy state for thisalgorithm. The occupancy state defines when the Comfort Controlleris using the occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do not configurea Time schedule for this algorithm, the algorithm will assume to be inthe occupied state.

The Setpoint Schedule allows you to configure high and low setpointsfor both occupied and unoccupied states.

NTFC Algorithm enables the output to allow the system to cool thespace during night time unoccupied hours if the outside air is suitable.

You can use this algorithm to control a fan motor to start duringoccupied hours or stop during unoccupied hours. If the outside air issuitable for cooling during night time hours you could start the fan tocool the building. You can also use this algorithm to duty cycle thefan during occupied hours based on the space temperature.

DO—Time Clock w CheckTCWSCxxCFunction Type 29

Typical Application

414


* Discrete Output Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Time Schedule* Setpoint Schedule

LoadshedNTFC AlgorithmHysteresisDuty Cycle

Duty Cycle EnableFirst Minute of HourSecond Minute of HourOccupied Off DurationUnoccupied Off DurationMinimum Off TimeRedline Bias Time

Power on Delay


* Discrete Output Point* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor

Occupied ?Redline ?NTFC Active ?Space Temperature

Reference OutputErrorCycle Flag

Duty CycleReference OutputOff Time DurationRegion of Hour

Task Timer




415

Ou

tpu

t

Low

Se

nso

r

Sp

ace

Tem

per

atu

re

Hig

h S

en

sor

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

Dis

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Loa

dshe

d E

quip

men

t

Loa

dsh

ed

?

Du

ty C

yc l

e

Sen

sor I

np

ut

(BIA

S) Ou

tpu

t

Loa

dsh

ed

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

OR

NT

FC A

LG

OR

ITH

M

NTF

C

NTF

C S

etp

oin

t

En

tha

lpy

Te

s t

Sens

or G

roup

/SPT

Sen

sor

T S O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ma

inte

na

nc

e

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Dis

cret

eO

utpu

t Poi

nt

Inp

ut Fo

rce

Sta

tus

Fig

ure

5-2

9D

O—

Tim

e C

loc

k w

Ch

ec

k


416


Discrete Output PointYou must configure this decision to define the DO point that this algorithm iscontrolling.






Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedulein this decision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. Formore information on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Scheduleschapter in this manual.



Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule (temperaturetype) that provides the occupied and unoccupied setpoints.




417

LoadshedUse this decision to specify the Loadshed equipment part that will indicate theRedline Alert data from the Loadshed POC.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 charactersLID = 0 to 16

Default Value LDSHD00

NTFC AlgorithmIf Night Time Free Cooling with Enthalpy Check will be performed, use thisdecision to specify the algorithm that will determine if the outside air is suitablefor cooling the space. If the outside air is suitable for cooling during unoccu-pied hours, the output will be activated. It will not cycle off during this time.



HysteresisThis value is added to the high setpoint or subtracted from the low setpoint andcompared with the space temperature to determine what action should be taken.


Duty CycleDuty Cycle gives you the capability to cycle off the output twice every hour.You configure the starting time and the duration of the cycle off time.

Duty Cycle EnableUse this decision to enable the output to duty cycle. If you do notenable duty cycling, the output will be on during occupied periods andoff during unoccupied periods.


Default Value 0 (Disable)


418

First Minute of HourIf you want to cycle off the output at least once an hour, use this decisionto enter the minute of the hour that the algorithm will first cycle off thedevice. If you enter 0 or 60, the device will cycle off on the hour.


Second Minute of HourIf you want to cycle off the output twice an hour, use this decision toenter the minute of the hour that the algorithm will cycle off the devicefor the second time in the same hour.

Caution: If you do not want to cycle off the output for a second time,enter the same value here that you entered in First Minute ofHour, or enter 0.


Occupied Off DurationUse this decision to enter the amount of time the algorithm cycles off theoutput during each occupied hour. If you enter 0, the algorithm will notcycle off the output.


Unoccupied Off DurationUse this decision to enter the amount of time the algorithm cycles off theoutput during each unoccupied hour. If you enter 0, the algorithm willnot cycle off the output. If you enter 60, the algorithm will cycle off theoutput continuously during unoccupied hours.



419

Minimum Off TimeTo prevent short cycling, use this decision to enter the minimumamount of time the output must be off during any cycle off period.


Redline Bias TimeUse this decision to enter the additional amount of desired cycle offtime by which the occupied off duration is increased when the TimeSchedule is occupied and a Redline alert exists.





420







Redline ?This decision displays whether a Redline Alert is in effect. This data is de-rived from the Loadshed POC on the CCN.


NTFC Active ?This decision indicates whether Night Time Free Cooling is in effect.



DO—Time Clock w CheckTCWSCxxMFunction Type 29

421

Space TemperatureSpace Temperature calculates the percentage by which to reduce the cycle offtime based on the space temperature error from the high and low setpoints. If thespace temperature is above the high setpoint plus hysteresis or below the lowsetpoint minus hysteresis, the cycle off time is set equal to the configured Mini-mum Off Time. Cycle off time remains at the computed value until the spacetemperature falls within the high setpoint plus half the hysteresis and the lowsetpoint minus half the hysteresis. When the space temperature is within thisregion, the cycle off time is increased linearly from the configured Minimum OffTime to the configured Occupied or Unoccupied Off Duration, until the spacetemperature is within the high and low setpoints.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the reference value that adjusts the duty cycle offtime. This value is expressed as a percentage that is converted and sub-tracted from (Minimum Off Time + Off Time Duration). The result is theactual cycle off time for this output device.


ErrorThis decision displays the calculated setpoint error.

Error is the greater of:

High Sensor - (High Setpoint + 1/2 Hysteresis) or

(Low Setpoint - 1/2 Hysteresis) - Low Sensor


Cycle FlagThis decision displays whether the Cycle Flag has been activated.

Cycle Flag is True if:

High Sensor > (High Setpoint + Hysteresis) or

Low Sensor < (Low Setpoint - Hysteresis)

Cycle Flag is False otherwise.



422

Duty CycleDuty Cycle determines how frequently and for how long to cycle of the Dis-crete Output Point controlled by this algorithm.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the value to which this algorithm is driving theoutput.


Off Time DurationThis decision displays the time remaining before this point will becycled back on.


Region of HourThis decision displays the algorithm’s current region of cycling.

Valid Display 0 Algorithm not enabled

1 Before cycling has begun

2 First duty cycling period

3 After first duty cycle period

4 Second duty cycling period

5 After second duty cycle period

6 Redline Bias time in effect

7 Extended cycle off time




423

AOSS ScheduleMany algorithms require AOSS Schedule (a global algorithm) todictate both their occupied or unoccupied status and their setpoints.AOSS (Adaptive Optimal Start/Stop) gives you the capability toexpand setpoints and pre-condition the space.

Algorithms serving a common air handler or building space willusually be under the control of the same Time Schedule and Set-point Schedule. AOSS provides both of these schedules and servestwo basic purposes:

1. Adaptive Optimal Start heats up or cools down the controlledspace prior to it becoming occupied. This algorithm allowsthe space temperature to gradually approach and then achievethe occupied setpoint at the time of occupancy.

2. Adaptive Optimal Stop allows the temperature of the occu-pied space to drift to the expanded occupied setpoints duringthe last portion of the occupied time.

To configure an algorithm to use Adaptive Optimal Start, you mustenter AOSS_xx/algorithm name (where xx is the occurrence of theAOSS algorithm) in the algorithm’s Time Schedule configurationdecision.

To configure an algorithm to use Adaptive Optimal Stop, you mustenter AOSS_xx/algorithm name (where xx is the occurance of theAOSS algorithm) in the algorithm’s Setpoint Schedule configurationdecision.

The value entered in Adaptive Optimal Stop’s Setpoint Bias deter-mines the expanded occupied setpoints. If the value entered is 2°Fand the occupied setpoints are 68°F and 78°F, the expanded occu-pied setpoints would be 66°F and 80°F.

The value entered in Maximum Stop Time determines the maximumamount of time that expanded occupied setpoints can be in effectprior to the space becoming unoccupied. For example, if the occu-pied time is 0800 through 1700, and the Maximum Stop Time is 15minutes, the expanded occupied setpoints could not come into effectuntil 1645.

Configuring anAlgorithm to Use AOSS

AOSSAOSS_xxCFunction Type 301

Calculating ExpandedOccupied Setpoints

424

If Adaptive Optimal Stop is not desired (i.e., no relaxation of thesetpoints is desired), then Adaptive Optimal Stop’s Setpoint Biasand Maximum Stop Time should be set to 0.

AOSS calculates start and stop time offsets for each period in theTime Schedule. The factors that affect offset calculations are:

• present space temperature• occupied and unoccupied setpoints• how well the building is insulated• outside air temperature• the K Factor that accounts for the previous day’s performance

The K Factor represents the time difference between when a setpointwas achieved and when it was supposed to be achieved. The routinelearns from each day’s performance and, in turn, fine-tunes the KFactor on a daily basis. The K Factor is affected by the followingfactors:

• actual time the setpoint was achieved• configured occupied and unoccupied times• response time gain• previous K Factor• previous start or stop time offset

AOSS has to accumulate data for a full 24-hour day (0000 to 2400)before it will function. For example, if the Time Schedule is config-ured on Monday at 0800, the controller will not compute the Adap-tive Optimal Start until 0000 on Wednesday. Thereafter, each dayat 0000 the controller will calculate the 24 Hour Unocc Factor forthe first period of any Time Schedule that is configured for AdaptiveOptimal Start/Stop.

Throughout the day, AOSS is in either Start mode or Stop mode.During Start mode, AOSS computes the start bias every minute,based on current conditions. Once the time of day passes the biasedstart time, AOSS checks the temperature of the controlled spaceevery minute. As soon as the controlled space temperature comes towithin 1 degree of the occupied setpoint, the algorithm computes theK Factor for the next day and goes into Stop mode.

Calculating Start andStop Time Offsets

Start and Stop Modes


425

During Stop mode, AOSS computes the stop bias every minute,based on current conditions. Once the time of day passes the biasedstop time (next unoccupied time minus stop bias), AOSS checks thetemperature of the controlled space every minute. As soon as thecontrolled space temperature comes to within 1 degree of the ex-panded occupied setpoint, the algorithm computes the K Factor forthe next day and goes into Start mode.

You can use this algorithm to pre-condition the space prior tooccupancy and relaxing the setpoint at the end of occupancy.


Typical Application

Figure 5-30AOSS Start and StopModes

NOTE SEE PAGES 78 AND 79 FOR A FLOWCHART REPRESENTING THE AOSS ROUNTINE1

UNOCCUPIEDTIME

0000 / 2400 hrs

0600hrs

1200 hrs

1800hrs

STOP MODE

START MODE

TIME SCHEDULE

{

{

BIASEDSTARTTIME

BIASEDSTOPTIME

OCCUPIEDTIME

TRACKSEVERYMINUTE

STA

RT

BIA

S

TRACKSEVERY 15MINUTES

TRACKSEVERY 15MINUTES

TRACKSEVERYMINUTE

ST

OP

BIA

S

A

C B

D

▼

▼

▼

ADAPTIVE OPTIMAL START/STOP ALGORITHM (AOSS)Prov ides e f f i c ien t t rans i t i on be tween occup ied and unoccup ied se tpo in ts

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

1

SEENOTE

1

SEENOTE

1

SEENOTE

1

SEENOTE

426


Sensor Group/SPT SensorOutside Air Temp

* Time Schedule* Setpoint Reference


Adaptive Optimal StartAO Start EnableBuilding InsulationUnoccupied 24hr Factor

Adaptive Optimal StopAO Stop EnableMaximum Stop TimeSetpoint Bias

T56 Slider BiasPower on Delay


* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Outside Air Temp

Occupied ?AOSS Time Schedule

ModeBiased OccupiedNext Occupied DayNext Occupied TimeNext Unoccupied DayNext Unoccupied TimeLast Unoccupied DayLast Unoccupied TimeStatusOverride is set




427

AOSS Setpoint ScheduleOccupied Lo SetpointOccupied Hi SetpointUnoccupied Lo SetpointUnoccupied Hi Setpoint

Adaptive Optimal StartStart BiasStart Cool K FactorStart Heat K FactorBiased Start DayBiased Start TimeBiased OccupiedCool Flag

Adaptive Optimal StopStop BiasStop Cool K FactorStop Heat K FactorBiased Low SetpointBiased High SetpointBiased StopCool FlagBiased Stop DayBiased Stop Time

* T56 Slider BiasTask Timer


428

Fig

ure

5-3

1A

OSS


Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

Ou

tpu

t

AO

SS T

ime

Sche

dule

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Ne

xt U

nO

cc

Tim

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Ou

tpu

t

T56

Slid

er B

ias

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ue

Last

Un

Oc

c T

ime

Sta

tus

Ada

ptiv

e O

ptim

al S

tart

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

nso

r

Hig

h S

en

sor

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Bia

sed

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

OA

T

Dis

ab

le

Ada

ptiv

e O

ptim

al S

top

Ne

xt U

nO

cc

Tim

e

AV

G S

en

sor

Inp

ut

Bia

sed

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Bia

sed

Lo

w S

etp

oin

t

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Dis

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Out

door

Air

Tem

p.

Sta

tus

Forc

e

OR

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

429


Sensor Group/SPT SensorUse this decision to specify the Sensor Group or single sensor that is providingthe space temperature inputs.

Note: Use the same Sensor Group/SPT Sensor for all algorithms that controla common air handler.



Outside Air TempUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the outside air tempera-ture to the algorithm.



Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedulein this decision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For moreinformation on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedulessection in this manual.




Setpoint ReferenceYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that is pro-viding the space temperature setpoints for this algorithm. Adaptive OptimalStart and Adaptive Optimal Stop are based on the configured setpoint values.




430





Adaptive Optimal StartAdaptive Optimal Start heats up or cools down the controlled space prior to itbecoming occupied. It allows the space temperature to gradually approach andthen achieve the occupied setpoint at the time of occupancy.

AO Start EnableUse this decision to specify if Adaptive Optimal Start will be performed.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Enable / DisableLID = 0(Disable) / 1(Enable)


Building InsulationUse this decision to indicate how well the building is insulated. Althoughyou can enter any number between 1 and 100 in this decision, you shouldenter a value that corresponds to the characteristics of the building.



431

Unoccupied 24hr FactorUse this decision to enter the value used by Adaptive Optimal Start tocompensate for the interior mass of the building. The value entered hererepresents minutes per degree of error from the desired temperature.When the building has been unoccupied for 24 or more hours, AdaptiveOptimal Start uses this value in calculating when to begin correcting tooccupied setpoints. The greater the building’s mass, the larger the valuethat should be entered in this decision.


Adaptive Optimal StopAdaptive Optimal Stop allows the temperature of the occupied space to drift tothe expanded occupied setpoints during the last portion of the occupied time.

AO Stop EnableUse this decision to specify if Adaptive Optimal Stop will be performed.



Maximum Stop TimeUse this decision to specify the maximum number of minutes that theexpanded occupied setpoints can be used prior to the controlled spacebecoming unoccupied.


Setpoint BiasUse this decision to enter the number of degrees that are applied to ex-pand the occupied setpoints during Adaptive Optimal Stop.



432

T56 Slider BiasIf you are adjusting the configured space temperature setpoints with the T-56Space Temperature Sensor, use this decision to specify the input point thatprovides the bias input.





Sensor Group/SPT SensorThis decision displays the space temperature value of the single AI sensor orthe average of the sensor group, depending on which is selected.




Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, thedefault mode will be Yes.



AOSSAOSS_xxMFunction Type 301

433

AOSS Time ScheduleAOSS Time Schedule displays the Time Schedule information as configuredand used by the Adaptive Optimal Start and Stop routines.

ModeThis decision displays the current occupancy mode from AdaptiveOptimal Start.

Valid Display 0 = Unoccupied1 = Occupied

Biased OccupiedThis decision identifies when a biased occupancy condition exists.

Valid Display 0 = Not in effect1 = Biased Occupied in effect

Next Occupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the next occupiedperiod will occur.

Valid Display Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun

Next Occupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the next occupied periodwill occur.

Valid Display Bldg. Supvr. = 00:00 to 23:59LID = 00.00 to 23.59

Next Unoccupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the next unoccu-pied period will occur.



434

Next Unoccupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the next unoccupied periodwill occur.


Last Unoccupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the last unoccupiedperiod occurred.


Last Unoccupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the last unoccupied periodoccurred.


StatusThis decision displays the current status of the Time Scheduleconfigured within AOSS.

Valid Display 0 = Time Schedule found1 = Time Schedule not found

Override is setThis decision identifies when the Time Schedule has been overriddenfrom an unoccupied state to an occupied state.

Valid Display 0 = Override not in effect1 = Override in effect


435

AOSS Setpoint ScheduleAOSS Setpoint Schedule displays the Setpoint Schedule information as config-ured and used by the Adaptive Optimal Start and Stop routines.

Occupied Lo SetpointThis decision displays the Occupied Lo Setpoint value, including anyadjustment for T-56 Slider Bias.


Occupied Hi SetpointThis decision displays the Occupied Hi Setpoint value, including anyadjustment for T-56 Slider Bias.


Unoccupied Lo SetpointThis decision displays the Unoccupied Lo Setpoint value, including anyadjustment for T-56 Slider Bias.


Unoccupied Hi SetpointThis decision displays the Unoccupied Hi Setpoint value, including anyadjustment for T-56 Slider Bias.



436

Adaptive Optimal StartAdaptive Optimal Start is used to bring comfort conditions to prescribed levelsby the beginning of the next occupied period.

Start BiasThis decision displays the adjustment value, in minutes, for the AdaptiveOptimal Start routine.


Start Cool K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Start Cool K Factorcurrently being used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied times thespace temperature error to create the start time bias for cooling. Thisvalue represents minutes of optimal start per degree of error.


Start Heat K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Start Heat K Factorcurrently being used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied times thespace temperature error to create the start time bias for heating. Thisvalue represents minutes of optimal start per degree of error.


Biased Start DayThis decision displays the day of the week that the next biased start timewill occur.



437

Biased Start TimeThis decision displays the time of day that the next biased start willoccur. This value is determined by subtracting the calculated start timebias from the next configured occupied time.

For example, if a Time Schedule has a normal occupied time of 0800and Adaptive Optimal Start has calculated a start time offset of 15minutes, Biased Occupied will be noted at 0745.


Biased OccupiedThis decision is used to indicate when the Time Schedule is currently inan occupied state due to Adaptive Optimal Start.


Cool FlagThis decision is used by the Adaptive Optimal Start routine to indicatewhether the equipment being controlled is currently in a heating orcooling mode.

Valid Display False = Heating modeTrue = Cooling mode

Adaptive Optimal StopAdaptive Optimal Stop is used to save energy by relaxing the setpoint restric-tions toward the end of an occupied period.

Stop BiasThis decision displays the adjustment value, in minutes, for the Adap-tive Optimal Stop routine.



438

Stop Cool K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Stop Cool K Factorcurrently being used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied timesthe space temperature error to create the stop time bias for cooling.This value represents minutes of optimal stop per degree of error.


Stop Heat K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Stop Heat K Factorcurrently being used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied timesthe space temperature error to create the stop time bias for heating. Thisvalue represents minutes of optimal stop per degree of error.


Biased Low SetpointThis decision displays the adjusted Occupied Lo Setpoint that will beused when Biased Stop Day and Biased Stop Time are reached. Thisvalue will be used until unoccupied time is reached.


Biased High SetpointThis decision displays the adjusted Occupied Hi Setpoint that will beused when Biased Stop Day and Biased Stop Time are reached. Thisvalue will be used until unoccupied time is reached.


Biased StopThis decision is used to indicate when the algorithms are controlling tothe Biased Low and Biased High Setpoints during Adaptive OptimalStop.



439

Cool FlagThis decision is used by the Adaptive Optimal Stop routine to indicatewhether the equipment being controlled is currently in a heating orcooling mode.


Biased Stop DayThis decision displays the day of the week that the next Biased Stopwill occur.


Biased Stop TimeThis decision displays the time of day that the next Biased Stop willoccur. This value is determined by subtracting the calculated stop timebias from the next configured unoccupied time.


T56 Slider BiasThis decision displays the percentage adjustment value of the T56 Slider Bias.If the percentage adjustment value is 0 to 50%, the Offset Low Value will beused as a setpoint adjustment. If the percentage adjustment value exceeds50%, the Offset High Value will be used as a setpoint adjustment.





440

This global algorithm sends data from the Source Point in theComfort Controller to all CCN system elements containing the pointname specified in the Point Name configuration decision. You canconfigure the broadcast to occur on the hour, at a specific time ofday, or at a timed interval.

You can use a network broadcast to transmit the outside air tempera-ture every five minutes to all CCN system elements containing thespecified point name.


* Source PointBroadcast Point

* Enable* Broadcast Address* Broadcast Bus* Point Name

Reschedule TypeReschedule Time

Power on Delay


* Source PointNetwork StatusTask Timer

NetworkBroadcast

Network BroadcastBRCSTxxCFunction Type 302

Typical Application



441


Source PointYou must configure this decision to indicate the name of the point inthe Comfort Controller that will provide the data to broadcast.



Broadcast PointBroadcast Point determines the configuration data for the networkbroadcast point(s) and also specifies the broadcast parameters.

EnableYou must configure this decision to give the Comfort Con-troller the capability to broadcast the value of Source Pointto all CCN system elements containing the point namespecified in the Point Name decision.


Default Value No

Broadcast AddressYou must configure this decision to indicate the elementnumber of the devices(s) receiving the data.

Note: Address 241 represents a global broadcast elementnumber.



442

Broadcast BusUse the decision to indicate the bus number of the device(s) receivingthe data.

Note: Address 241 represents a global broadcast bus.


Point NameYou must configure this decision to indicate the actual point name thatwill receive the broadcasted data.



Reschedule TypeUse this decision to indicate when the broadcast will occur.

0 (timed) = indicates that the broadcast will occur on a timed basis, asdetermined by Reschedule Time

1 (hourly) = indicates that the broadcast will occur at the beginning ofevery hour

2 (daily) = indicates that the broadcast will occur daily, based onReschedule Time of Day


Rescheduled TimeIf you entered a 2 in Reschedule Type, use this decision to indicate thehour and minute of each day that the broadcast will occur. If youentered a 0 in Reschedule Type, use this decision to indicate exactlyhow many hour(s) and minute(s) must elapse between broadcasts.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = 00:00 to 23:59LID = 00.00 to 23.59

Default Value 00:05


443

Power On DelayUse this decision to indicate the number of seconds that must elapse after apower restart before this algorithm executes again.


Source PointThis decision displays the current value to be broadcasted.


Network StatusThis decision displays communication status of the network broadcast.

Valid Display 0 = Successful Broadcast1 = No Broadcast acknowledge received




Network BroadcastBRCSTxxMFunction Type 302

444

Linkage/AOSSSchedule

As part of an integrated systems approach, the Comfort Controllersupports linkage to Carrier electronically-controlled air terminalscreating a Digital Air Volume (DAV) system. Each Comfort Control-ler can support one DAV linkage controlled system. The Carrier DAVsystem uses linkage to provide optimum comfort without sacrificingenergy efficiency. This is done by providing the air handler as config-ured in the Comfort Controller with the dynamic information neces-sary to condition the spaces without over or under conditioning.

Unlike traditional VAV systems, which have a fixed discharge tem-perature, the DAV system with linkage utilizes varying numbers ofzone temperatures to create weighted average temperatures (by nomi-nal box size). Those weighted average temperatures are then used bythe air handler to provide optimum performance. Specifically, twoweighted average temperatures are calculated. The first is the Aver-age Zone Temperature (AZT), which is a weighted average of all thezones connected to a single air handler. This temperature value is theequivalent of a return air temperature sensor. The second weightedaverage temperature is the Average Occupied Zone Temperature(AOZT). This value contributes to the dynamic flexibility of the DAVsystem allowing the system to automatically adapt its operation tochanging zone schedules.

Additionally, as part of the linkage strategy, the Comfort Controller isprovided information such as occupancy status, average setpoints, andearliest occupied time of any zone. The information is used by theComfort Controller algorithms to determine the mode of control, toreset supply air, to increase indoor air quality, and to minimize energyconsumption. The information is also used by the Adaptive OptimalStart and Stop routines.

The Comfort Controller sends information such as operating mode,optimal start bias time, and supply air temperature to the TerminalSystem Manager so it can properly control the zone’s temperatures.

In the event that linkage fails, the Linkage/AOSS Schedule algorithmwill use the configured Time Schedule to determine occupancy and usethe configured Setpoint Schedule to determine the occupied andunoccupied setpoints. If a Time Schedule was not configured andlinkage fails, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. If aSetpoint Schedule was not configured, the algorithm will use defaultoccupied setpoints.

Linkage/AOSS ScheduleLINK_xxCFunction Type 303

445


For additional information on Linkage, refer to the Terminal SystemManager II Overview and Configuration Manual.

To configure an algorithm to use Linkage, you must enter LINK_xx/algorithm name (where xx is the occurance of the Linkage algo-rithm) in one or more of the algorithm’s configuration decisions.Refer to the topic below to determine which algorithms can useLinkage and the configuration decisions in which you must enterLINK_xx.

You can configure the algorithms in the following table to useLinkage by entering LINK_xx in their specified decisions.

Configuration Decisions

Sensor Algorithms Group

Time Setpoint /SPTSchedule Schedule Sensor

AO—Cooling VAV x x xAO—Heating VAV x x xAO—Mixed Air Damper VAV x xDO—DX Cooling VAV x x xDO—Electric Heat VAV x x xDO—Time Clock xDO—Time Clock w Check x x x


Setpoint Bias* Setpoint Schedule

Adaptive Optimal StartAO Start EnableBuilding InsulationUnoccupied 24hr Factor


Configuring anAlgorithm to UseLinkage

Applicable Algorithms

Table 5-4Algorithms Capable ofUsing Linkage


446

* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Time Schedule

Outside Air TempNTFC AlgorithmHeating Algorithm

* Supply Air Temp* Fan Status

Adaptive Optimal StopAO Stop EnableMaximum Stop TimeSetpoint BiasPower on DelayEvacuationPressurization


Setpoint BiasAdaptive Optimal StartStart BiasStart Cool K FactorStart Heat K FactorBiased Start DayBiased Start TimeBiased OccupiedCool Flag

* Sensor Group/SPT SensorOccupied ?

* Outside Air TempLinkage Time Schedule

ModeBiased OccupiedNext Occupied DayNext Occupied TimeNext Unoccupied DayNext Unoccupied TimeLast Unoccupied DayLast Unoccupied Time



447

StatusOverride is setLinkage Setpoint ScheduleOccupied Lo SetpointOccupied Hi SetpointUnoccupied Lo SetpointUnoccupied Hi Setpoint

Linkage Space Temp* Supply Air Temp* Fan Status

Air Side LinkageLinkage StatusSupervisory ElementSupervisory BusSupervisory Block No.Avg Occ Heat SetpointAvg Occ Cool SetpointAvg Unocc Heat SetpointAvg Unocc Cool SetpointAvg Zone TemperatureAvg Occ Zone Temperature

Adaptive Optimal StopStop BiasStop Cool K FactorStop Heat K FactorBiased Low SetpointBiased High SetpointBiased StopCool FlagBiased Stop DayBiased Stop Time

Task Timer* Evacuation* Pressurization


448

Fig

ure

5-3

2Li

nka

ge

/AO

SS S

ch

ed

ule


Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

Ou

tpu

t

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Ne

xt U

nO

cc

Tim

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y?

Ou

tpu

t

Setp

oint

Bia

s

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Off

set L

ow V

alue

Off

set H

igh

Val

ue

Last

Un

Oc

c T

ime

Sta

tus

Ada

ptiv

e O

ptim

al S

tart

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

nso

r

Hig

h S

en

sor

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Bia

sed

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

OA

T

Dis

ab

le

Ada

ptiv

e O

ptim

al S

top

AVG

Se

nso

r In

pu

t

Bia

sed

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Bia

sed

Lo

w S

etp

oin

t

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Dis

ab

le

Ou

tpu

t

Out

door

Air

Tem

p.

Sta

tus

Forc

e

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y?

TS O

ve

rrid

e

Sta

tus

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Mo

rnin

g W

arm

Up

?

Hea

ting

Alg

orith

m

Ou

tpu

t

Supp

ly A

irTe

mpe

ratu

re

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

Fan

Stat

us P

oint

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

NT

FC A

LG

OR

ITH

M

NTF

C A

cti

ve

?

Air

Sid

e L

inka

ge

Mo

rnin

g W

arm

Up

?

Sup

ply

Air

Tem

p

Fan

Sta

tus

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Ne

xt U

nO

cc

Tim

e

Last

Un

Oc

c T

ime

SG S

tatu

s

Hig

h S

en

sor

Low

Se

nso

r

AV

G S

en

sor

NTF

C A

cti

ve

?

Sta

rt B

ias

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Low

Se

tpo

int

Pre

vio

us

Oc

c T

ime

Sta

rt B

ias

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Pre

vio

us

Oc

c T

ime

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Ne

xt U

no

cc

Tim

eN

ext

Un

oc

c T

ime

Low

Se

nso

r

Hig

h S

en

sor

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

t

Lin

kag

e S

tatu

s

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

eN

ext

Oc

c T

ime

Ne

xt U

no

cc

Tim

e

AVG

Se

nso

r

Forc

e S

tatu

s

449



Setpoint BiasIf you are adjusting the configured space temperature setpoints with the T-56Space Temperature Sensor, use this decision to specify the input point that pro-vides the bias input.



Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule (temperaturetype) that provides the occupied and unoccupied low setpoints for this algorithmas a backup in the event that linkage fails.



Adaptive Optimal StartAdaptive Optimal Start heats up or cools down the controlled space prior to itbecoming occupied. It allows the space temperature to gradually approach andthen achieve the occupied setpoint at the time of occupancy.

AO Start EnableUse this decision to specify if Adaptive Optimal Start will be performed.



Building InsulationUse this decision to indicate how well the building is insulated. Althoughyou can enter any number between 1 and 100 in this decision, you shouldenter a value that corresponds to the characteristics of the building.


450

Unoccupied 24hr FactorUse this decision to enter the value used by Adaptive Optimal Start tocompensate for the interior mass of the building. The value enteredhere represents minutes per additional degree of error from the desiredtemperature after a 24-hour unoccupied period. When the building hasbeen unoccupied for 24 or more hours, Adaptive Optimal Start uses thisvalue in calculating when to begin correcting to occupied setpoints.The greater the building’s mass, the larger the value that should beentered in this decision.


Offset Low ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, use thisdecision to specify the range of adjustment for the lower half of the Slider Bias.


Offset High ValueIf you are adjusting the configured setpoints with the setpoint bias, use thisdecision to specify the range of adjustment for the upper half of the Slider Bias.


Sensor Group/SPT SensorYou must configure this decision to specify the backup sensor group or spacetemperature sensor that is providing the space temperature inputs in the eventLinkage fails.

Note: Use the same sensor group/SPT sensor or space temperature sensor forall algorithms that control a common air handler.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = SNSGRxxLID = xx, where xx = function number



451

Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this algorithm in the event that linkage fails. This Time Schedule willonly be used when linkage fails. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in thisdecision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. For moreinformation on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedulessection in this manual.

Note: Use the same Time Schedule for all algorithms that contain a com-mon air handler.



Outside Air TempUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the outside air tempera-ture to the algorithm.



NTFC AlgorithmUse this decision to identify the NTFC w Enthalpy Check algorithm name thatlinkage uses to determine if the air handler unit is in the Night Time FreeCooling (NTFC) operating mode.



Heating AlgorithmUse this decision to identify the AO—Heating VAV algorithm name thatLinkage uses to determine if the air handler is in the morning warm-up oroccupied heating mode.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = HCVAVxxLID = xx, where xx = function number

Default Value HCVAV00


452

Supply Air TempYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point that provides the airhandler’s supply air temperature to this algorithm.



Fan StatusYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point that provides the on/offstatus of the air handler’s fan. The DI point provides the actual state of the fan.



Adaptive Optimal StopAdaptive Optimal Stop allows the temperature of the occupied space to drift tothe expanded occupied setpoints during the last portion of the occupied time.

AO Stop EnableUse this decision to specify if Adaptive Optimal Stop will be performed.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Enable / Disable LID = 0(Disable) / 1(Enable)Default Value Disable

Maximum Stop TimeUse this decision to specify the maximum number of minutes that theexpanded occupied setpoints can be used prior to the controlled spacebecoming unoccupied.



453

Setpoint BiasUse this decision to enter the number of degrees that are applied toexpand the occupied setpoints during Adaptive Optimal Stop.




EvacuationUse this decision to specify the discrete point that indicates when the air han-dler is in evacuation mode.



PressurizationUse this decision to specify the discrete point that indicates when the air han-dler is in pressurization mode.



Setpoint BiasThis decision displays the percentage adjustment value of the T56 Slider Bias.


Linkage/AOSS ScheduleLINK_xxMFunction Type 303


454

Adaptive Optimal StartAdaptive Optimal Start is used to bring comfort conditions to prescribed levelsby the beginning of the next occupied period.

Start BiasThis decision displays the adjustment value, in minutes, for the Adap-tive Optimal Start routine.


Start Cool K FactorThis decision displays the time difference, in minutes per degree oferror, between the time the cooling setpoint was achieved and when itshould have been achieved.


Start Heat K FactorThis decision displays the time difference, in minutes per degree oferror, between the time the heating setpoint was achieved and when itshould have been achieved.


Biased Start DayThis decision displays the day of the week that the next biased starttime will occur.


Biased Start TimeThis decision displays the time of day that the next biased start willoccur. This value is determined by subtracting the calculated start timebias from the next configured occupied time.



455

Biased OccupiedThis decision is used to indicate when the Time Schedule is currently inan occupied state due to Adaptive Optimal Start/Stop.

For example, if a Time Schedule has a normal occupied time of 0800and Adaptive Optimal Start has calculated a start time offset of 15minutes, Biased Occupied will be noted at 0745.


Cool FlagThis decision is used by the Adaptive Optimal Start routine to indicatewhether the equipment being controlled is currently in a heating orcooling mode.




Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the backup Time Schedule that will be used in the event that linkagefails. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, the default mode will beoccupied.


Outside Air TempThis decision displays the value of the outside air temperature being used bythis algorithm.



456

Linkage Time ScheduleLinkage Time Schedule displays the Time Schedule information as configuredand used by the Adaptive Optimal Start and Stop routines.

ModeThis decision displays the current occupancy mode from AdaptiveOptimal Start.

Valid Display 0 = Unoccupied 1 = Occupied

Biased OccupiedThis decision identifies when a biased occupancy condition exists.

Valid Display 0 = Not in effect 1 = Biased Occupied in effect

Next Occupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the next occupiedperiod will occur.


Next Occupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the next occupied periodwill occur.


Next Unoccupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the next unoccu-pied period will occur.



457

Next Unoccupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the next unoccupied periodwill occur.


Last Unoccupied DayThis decision displays the day of the week on which the last unoccupiedperiod occurred.


Last Unoccupied TimeThis decision displays the time of day when the last unoccupied periodoccurred.


StatusThis decision displays the current status of the AOSS Time Schedule.

Valid Display 0 = Time Schedule found1 = Time Schedule not found

Override is setThis decision identifies when the Time Schedule has been overriddenfrom an unoccupied state to an occupied state.

Valid Display 0 = Override not in effect1 = Override in effect

Linkage Setpoint ScheduleLinkage Setpt Schedule displays information about the Setpoint Scheduleprovided by Linkage for use by the air handler.


458

Occupied Lo SetpointThis decision displays the occupied low setpoint value used by anyalgorithm configured to use this Linkage Setpoint Schedule. Thesetpoint value is dependent on the state of the communications betweenthe Linkage Supervisory and Equipment parts. If the communicationsis normal, this value will be the value transmitted by the LinkageSupervisory part from the Terminal System Manager (TSM). If com-munications has been disrupted, the value will be determined from thelocally defined Setpoint Schedule and, if configured, the AOSS Sched-ule algorithm.


Occupied Hi SetpointThis decision displays the occupied high setpoint value used by anyalgorithm configured to use this Linkage Setpoint Schedule. Thesetpoint value is dependent on the state of the communications betweenthe Linkage Supervisory and Equipment parts. If the communicationsis normal, this value will be the value transmitted by the LinkageSupervisory part from the Terminal System Manager (TSM). If com-munications has been disrupted, the value will be determined from thelocally defined Setpoint Schedule and, if configured, the AOSS Sched-ule algorithm.


Unoccupied Lo SetpointThis decision displays the unoccupied low setpoint value used by anyalgorithm configured to use this Linkage Setpoint Schedule. Thesetpoint value is not dependent on the state of the communicationsbetween the Linkage Supervisory and Equipment Part from the Termi-nal System Manager (TSM). The value will be determined from thelocally defined Setpoint Schedule and if configured, the AOSS Schedulealgorithm.



459

Unoccupied Hi SetpointThis decision displays the unoccupied high setpoint value used by anyalgorithm configured to use this Linkage Setpoint Schedule. The setpointvalue is not dependent on the state of the communications between theLinkage Supervisory and Equipment Part from the Terminal System Man-ager (TSM). The value will be determined from the locally defined SetpointSchedule and if configured, the AOSS Schedule algorithm.


Linkage Space TempThis decision displays the space temperature value used by any algorithm config-ured to use this Linkage Space Temp. The value is dependent on the state of thecommunications between the Linkage Supervisory and Equipment parts. If thecommunications is normal, this value will be the value transmitted by the LinkageSupervisory part, specifically AZT or AOZT from the Terminal System Manager(TSM). If communications have been disrupted, the value will be determined fromthe locally defined Sensor Group.


Supply Air TempThis decision displays the value of the air handler’s supply air temperature.


Fan StatusThis decision displays the status of the air handler’s supply fan.

Valid Display On / Off

Air Side LinkageAir Side Linkage provides current linkage information such as linkage status,supervisory bus, element, and block numbers, average setpoints, and average zonetemperatures.


460

Linkage StatusThis decision displays the current status of the Linkage routine.

Valid Display 0 = normal communication1 = communication failure2 = Linkage routine not configured3 = change in communication status between

Supervisory and Equipment parts of Linkage

Supervisory ElementThis decision displays the element number of the system element TSM(Terminal System Manager) containing the Linkage Supervisory Partthat supplies data to this air source

Valid Display 0 = no Linkage Supervisory Part1 to 239

Supervisory BusThis decision displays the bus number of the system element TSM(Terminal System Manager) containing the Linkage Supervisory Partthat supplies data to this air source


Supervisory Block No.This decision indicates the Linkage air source number of this unit fordiagnostic purposes only.

Valid Display 3 to 6 (where 3 = Air Source 1,and 6 = Air Source 4)


461

Avg Occ Heat SetpointThis decision displays the average occupied heating setpoint of all thetemperature zones served by this air source. This value is computed bythe Linkage Supervisory Part in the Terminal System Manager (TSM)and communicated to the air source. The Comfort Controller algo-rithms use this value as the setpoint for its algorithms instead of its ownconfigured setpoint when Linkage is active. When Linkage is notactive, the unit will use its configured setpoint.


Avg Occ Cool SetpointThis decision displays the average occupied cooling setpoint of all thetemperature zones served by this air source. This value is computed bythe Linkage Supervisory Part in the Terminal System Manager (TSM)and communicated to the air source. The Comfort Controller algo-rithms use this value as the setpoint for its algorithms instead of its ownconfigured setpoint when Linkage is active. When Linkage is notactive, the unit will use its configured setpoint.


Avg Unocc Heat SetpointThis decision displays the average unoccupied heating setpoint of all thetemperature zones served by this air source. This value is computed bythe Linkage Supervisory Part in the Terminal System Manager (TSM)and communicated to the air source. The Comfort Controller algo-rithms use this value as the setpoint for its algorithms instead of its ownconfigured setpoint when Linkage is active. When Linkage is notactive, the unit will use its configured setpoint.

Valid Display 0.0 to 99.9°F (18.0 to 37.7°F)


462

Avg Unocc Cool SetpointThis decision displays the average unoccupied cooling setpoint of all thetemperature zones served by this air source. This value is computed by theLinkage Supervisory Part in the Terminal System Manager (TSM) andcommunicated to the air source. The Comfort Controller algorithms usethis value as the setpoint for its algorithms instead of its own configuredsetpoint when Linkage is active. When Linkage is not active, the unit willuse its configured setpoint.


Avg Zone TemperatureThis decision displays the current average zone temperature of all tempera-ture zones served by this air source. This value is computed by the LinkageSupervisory Part in the Terminal System Manager (TSM) and communi-cated to the air source. The Comfort Controller algorithms use this value asthe space temperature for its algorithms instead of its own configured spacetemperature when Linkage is active. When Linkage is not active, the unitwill use its configured setpoint.


Avg Occ Zone TempThis decision displays the current average zone temperature of all tempera-ture zones served by this air source that are currently in the occupied mode.This value is computed by the Linkage Supervisory Part and communicatedto the air source. The Comfort Controller algorithms use this value as thespace temperature for its algorithms instead of its own configured spacetemperature when Linkage is active. When Linkage is not active, the unitwill use its local sensor.


Adaptive Optimal StopAdaptive Optimal Stop is used to save energy by relaxing the setpoint restric-tions toward the end of an occupied period.


463

Stop BiasThis decision displays the adjustment value, in minutes, for the AdaptiveOptimal Stop routine.


Stop Cool K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Stop Cool K Factor cur-rently being used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied times the spacetemperature error to create the stop time bias for cooling. This valuerepresents minutes of optimal stop per degree of error.


Stop Heat K FactorThis decision displays the value of the optimal Stop Heat K Factor currentlybeing used by the algorithm. This value is multiplied times the spacetemperature error to create the stop time bias for heating. This value repre-sents minutes of optimal stop per degree of error.


Biased Low SetpointThis decision displays the adjusted Occupied Lo Setpoint that will be usedwhen Biased Stop Day and Biased Stop Time are reached. This value willbe used until unoccupied time is reached.


Biased High SetpointThis decision displays the adjusted Occupied Hi Setpoint that will be usedwhen Biased Stop Day and Biased Stop Time are reached. This value willbe used until unoccupied time is reached.



464

Biased StopThis decision is used to indicate when the algorithms arecontrolling to the Biased Low and Biased High Setpointsduring Adaptive Optimal Stop.


Cool FlagThis decision is used by the Adaptive Optimal Stop toindicate whether the equipment being controlled is currentlyin a heating or cooling mode.


Biased Stop DayThis decision displays the day of the week that the nextBiased Stop will occur.

Valid Display Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Sat, Sun

Biased Stop TimeThis decision displays the time of day that the next BiasedStop will occur. This value is determined by subtracting thecalculated stop time bias from the next configured unoccu-pied time.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before thenext execution of this algorithm. This algorithm executes every 30seconds.



465

EvacuationThis decision displays the status of the air handler’s evacuationmode indicator. When True the mode returned to the TerminalSystem Manager is evacuation.

Valid Display True = In evacuation modeFalse = Not in evacuation mode

PressurizationThis decision displays the status of the air handler’s pressurizationmode indicator. When True the mode returned to the TerminalSystem Manager is pressurization.

Valid Display True = In pressurization modeFalse = Not in pressurization mode


466

NTFC w EnthalpyCheck

The NTFC (Night Time Free Cooling) w Enthalpy Check algorithmenables an air handler to cool the space during unoccupied hours(from 12 a.m. to 7 a.m.) if the outside air is suitable. This globalalgorithm starts the fans on cool summer nights to pre-cool thestructure by using only outside air, thus minimizing the need formechanical cooling during occupied hours. Once the space issufficiently cooled, the algorithm stops the fans.

Note: NTFC can only be performed by air handlers equippedwith mixed air dampers, at least one space temperaturesensor, and an outside air temperature sensor.

NTFC w Enthalpy Check must be used in conjunction with eitherthe AO—Mixed Air Damper CV or AO—Mixed Air Damper VAValgorithm, and DO—Timeclock with Check algorithm to ensure thatboth the fan is activated and the dampers are open.

To delay the need for mechanical cooling, you can use this algo-rithm to cool a building prior to it being occupied.


* Sensor Group/SPT Sensor* Time Schedule* Setpoint Schedule

Night Time Free CoolingNTFC EnableNTFC Start Time AMMinimum OATMaximum OATNTFC Delta Temperature

Outside Air TemperatureReturn Air TemperatureOutside Air HumidityReturn Air HumidityOutside Air DewpointEnthalpy SwitchEnthalpy Comparison

Default OA EnthalpyDefault RA EnthalpyMaximum OA Enthalpy

Power on Delay


Typical Application

NTFC w Enthalpy CheckNTFC_xxCFunction Type 304

467


* Sensor Group/SPT SensorOccupied ?

* Outside Air Temperature* Return Air Temperature* Outside Air Humidity* Return Air Humidity* Outside Air Dewpoint* Enthalpy Switch

Enthalpy ComparisonReference OutputOA EnthalpyRA EnthalpyOAT > RAT ?

NTFC Active ?Outside Enthalpy Good ?NTFC SetpointTask Timer



468

Ent

halp

y C

ompa

riso

n

En

tha

lpy

Ch

ec

k

OA

T >

RA

T

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Tem

pera

ture

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Ret

urn

Air

Tem

pera

ture

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Hum

idity

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Out

side

Air

Dew

poin

t

Sta

tus

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Ou

tpu

t

Ret

urn

Air

Hum

idity St

atu

s

For c

e S

tatu

s

OA

T

OA

T St

atu

s

RA

T

RA

T St

atu

s

OA

RH

OA

RH

Sta

tus

De

wp

oin

t

De

wp

oin

t St

atu

s

RA

RH

RA

RH

Sta

tus

Oc

c L

ow

Se

tpo

int

Oc

c H

igh

Se

tpo

int

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?N

ext

Oc

c T

ime

Setp

oin

t

Nig

ht T

ime

Free

Coo

l

Ou

tpu

t

Dis

ab

le

Sen

sor I

np

ut

(Sp

ac

e)

Sen

sor I

np

ut

(OA

T)

En

tha

lpy

Ch

ec

k

OR

Sens

or G

roup

/SP

T S

enso

r

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y

Tim

e Sc

hedu

le

Ne

xt O

cc

Tim

e

Oc

cu

pie

dLo

w S

etp

oin

t

Setp

oint

Sch

edul

e Oc

cu

pie

dH

igh

Se

tpo

int

Low

Se

tpo

int

Hig

h S

etp

oin

tBi

as

Inp

ut

Oc

cu

pa

nc

y St

ate

?

Bia

s Lo

w O

ffse

t

Bia

s H

igh

Off

set

Ent

halp

y Sw

itch Ou

tpu

t

Forc

e S

tatu

s

Out

side

Ent

halp

y G

ood?

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

eSt

atu

sIn

pu

t

NT

FC A

ctiv

eO

utp

ut

Forc

eSt

atu

sIn

pu

t

NT

FC S

etpo

int

Ou

tpu

t

Forc

eSt

atu

sIn

pu

t

TS O

ve

rrid

eSt

atu

s

Hig

h

Low

Ave

rag

e

Fig

ure

5-3

3N

TFC

w E

nth

alp

y C

he

ck


469


Note: Use the same Sensor Group/SPT Sensor for all algorithms that controla common air handler.



Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for this algorithm. If you do not specify a Time Schedulein this decision, the algorithm will assume to be in the occupied state. Formore information on Time Schedules, refer to the How to Configure Schedulessection in this manual.








470

Night Time Free CoolNight Time Free Cool calculates the space temperature setpoint during unoccu-pied hours to see if the outside air is suitable for cooling the space.

NTFC EnableUse this decision to enable Night Time Free Cooling. The space tem-perature setpoint is still calculated, whether or not this decision isenabled. The space temperature setpoint is a linear interpolation be-tween the low and high space temperature setpoints from the MinimumOAT to the Maximum OAT.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Dsable/EnableLID = 0(Disable) / 1(Enable)

Default Value Dsable

NTFC Start Time AMUse this decision to specify the hour after midnight at which NTFCgoes into effect.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = 0 to 7Default Value 3

Minimum OATUse this decision to specify the lowest Outside Air Temperature thatcan be used to condition the space. The calculated setpoint is equal tothe occupied low setpoint when the Outside Air Temperature is lessthan or equal to the value entered in this decision, and is reset up to theoccupied high setpoint as the Outside Air Temperature approachesMaximum OAT.



471

Maximum OATUse this decision to specify the highest Outside Air Temperature thatcan be used to condition the space. The calculated setpoint is equal tothe occupied high setpoint when the Outside Air Temperature is greaterthan or equal to the value entered in this decision. The calculatedsetpoint is reset to the occupied low setpoint as the Outside Air Tem-perature approaches Minimum OAT.


NTFC Delta TemperatureUse this decision to specify how many degrees lower than the spacetemperature the Outside Air Temperature must be before outside air isused to cool the space.


Outside Air TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the outside air tempera-ture to the algorithm. If you want to reset the space temperature based on theOutside Air Temperature, you must configure this decision.



Return Air TemperatureUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the return air tempera-ture to this algorithm.




472

Outside Air HumidityIf you enable Night Time Free Cooling, use this decision to specify the AI pointthat provides the outside air humidity to the algorithm. The algorithm can use ahumidity or dewpoint sensor. If neither are available, the system will use theconfigured default outside air enthalpy.



Return Air HumidityUse this decision to specify the AI point that provides the relative humidity ofthe return air to this algorithm. If the AI point is not configured, the algorithmuses the value in the Default RA Enthalpy decision.



Outside Air DewpointIf you enable Night Time Free Cooling, use this decision to specify the AI pointthat provides the outside air dewpoint to the algorithm. The algorithm can use ahumidity or dewpoint sensor. If neither are available, the algorithm will use theconfigured outside air enthalpy.



Enthalpy SwitchInstead of computing the outside air enthalpy and return air enthalpy, use thisdecision to specify a discrete point that indicates if the outside air is suitable forcooling. If enthalpy switch is used, Default OA Enthalpy should be configuredas 50, and Default RA Enthalpy as 10.




473

Enthalpy ComparisonEnthalpy Comparison calculates the heat content of outside air and return air.It determines if the outside air is suitable for conditioning the space.

Default OA EnthalpyIf Outside Air Humidity and Outside Air Dewpoint sensors are notavailable, use this decision to specify the outside air enthalpy thatReturn Air Humidity must exceed.


Default RA EnthalpyIf a Return Air Humidity sensor is not available, use this decision tospecify the return air enthalpy that the Outside Air cannot exceed.


Maximum OA EnthalpyUse this decision to specify the maximum outside air enthalpy that thealgorithm can use to condition the space.


Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this system function after a power restart occurs.


NTFC w Enthalpy CheckNTFC_xxMFunction Type 304

474



Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based on the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, thedefault mode will be occupied.




Return Air TemperatureThis decision displays the value of the return air temperature being used by thisalgorithm.


Outside Air HumidityThis decision displays the value of the outside air humidity being used by thisalgorithm.

Valid Display 0.00 to 100.00% Rh

Return Air HumidityThis decision displays the value of the return air humidity being used by thisalgorithm.

Valid Display 0.00 to 100.00% Rh



475

Outside Air DewpointThis decision displays the value of the outside air dewpoint being used by thisalgorithm.


Enthalpy SwitchThis decision indicates if the outside air is currently suitable for cooling. Whenthis value is On, the outside air is suitable for cooling.


Enthalpy ComparisonEnthalpy Comparison determines if outside air can be used for conditioning thespace, based on enthalpy content of the outside and return air.

Reference OutputThis decision displays the result of the enthalpy comparison, whichindicates if using outside air is suitable at this time.


OA EnthalpyThis decision displays the value of the enthalpy of the outside airexpressed in units of BTU/lb.


RA EnthalpyThis decision displays the value of the enthalpy of the return air ex-pressed in units of BTU/lb.


OAT > RAT ?This decision indicates if the outside air temperature is greater than thereturn air temperature. If the outside air temperature is greater, theOAT will be deemed not suitable for cooling.



476

NTFC Active?This decision indicates whether the NTFC w Enthalpy Checkalgorithm is active.


Outside Enthalpy Good?This decision indicates whether or not outside air can be used, ifdesired. If this value is No, the damper is maintained at its config-ured minimum position.


NTFC SetpointThis decision displays the configured high setpoint value from theNTFC w Enthalpy Check algorithm.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before thisalgorithm executes again. This algorithm will execute every 30seconds.



477

This global algorithm provides the occupied and unoccupied periodsfor the devices controlled by the Comfort Controller.

For more information on Occupancy, refer to Time Schedules in theHow to Configure Schedules chapter of this manual.

Occupancy

OccupancyOCCPCxxCFunction Type 305

478

This global algorithm provides the input of up to six sensors tomany AO and DO algorithms. Examples of sensor input are tem-perature, humidity, and milliamps. For a complete list of possiblesensor input, refer to Appendix C.

The Sensor Group can provide an algorithm with the highest sensorinput, lowest sensor input, or the computed average sensor value.For example, the AO—Cooling CV algorithm controls to the high-est space temperature reading in the Sensor Group/SPT Sensor.

The sensors in a Sensor Group must be of the same type. If anapplication requires input from more than one type of sensor, youmust configure separate Sensor Groups.

Sensors with invalid status will be ignored. If the status of all inputsensors are invalid, the Sensor Group status will be invalid.

A Sensor Group contains three software variables used to providethe high, low, and average sensor values from a group of sensors.You can enter these software variable names in any analog sensorinput configuration decision. To obtain the highest sensor reading,you must enter SGHIxx (where xx is the function number of theSensor Group) in the desired algorithm’s analog sensor input deci-sion, i.e., Sensor Group/SPT Sensor. To obtain the lowest sensorreading, you must enter SGLOxx . To obtain the average sensorreading, you must enter SGAVGxx. This needs to be done only ifthe default value from the sensor group used by the selected algo-rithm is not desired.

A Sensor Group can be used to provide the low sensor value from agroup of up to six sensors.

Sensor Group

Sensor GroupSNSGRxxCFunction Type 306

Typical Application

479


* 1st Sensor2nd Sensor3rd Sensor4th Sensor5th Sensor6th SensorPower on Delay


* 1st Sensor* 2nd Sensor* 3rd Sensor* 4th Sensor* 5th Sensor* 6th Sensor

Sensor Group LowSensor Group HighSensor Group AverageTask Timer




480

Fig

ure

5-3

4Se

nso

r Gro

up

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(1)In

put S

elec

t

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Ave

rag

eSe

nso

r In

pu

t (2

)

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(3)

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(4)

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(5)

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

Sen

sor

Inp

ut

(6)

Sen

sor

Sta

tus

T S O

ve

rrid

e

Low

Hig

h

Sta

tus

Ou

tpu

t

5th

Sen

sor St

atu

s

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

4th

Sen

sor St

atu

s

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

3rd

Sen

sor St

atu

s

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

2n

d S

enso

r Sta

tus

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

6th

Sen

sor St

atu

s

Forc

e

Ou

tpu

t

1st

Sen

sor St

atu

s

Forc

eSe

nsor

Gro

upA

vera

ge

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Sens

or G

roup

Low

Sta

tus

Inp

ut

Sens

or G

roup

Hig

h

Sta

tus

Inp

ut


481

1st SensorUse this decision to specify the first analog point that is providing sensor input.



2nd SensorUse this decision to specify the second analog point that is providing sensor input.



3rd SensorUse this decision to specify the third analog point that is providing sensor input.



4th SensorUse this decision to specify the fourth analog point that is providing sensor input.



5th SensorUse this decision to specify the fifth analog point that is providing sensor input.



Sensor GroupSNSGRxxMFunction Type 306

482

6th SensorUse this decision to specify the sixth analog point that is providing sensorinput.Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters

LID = 1 to 96 (6400), 1 to 32 (1600)Default Value TEMP_I00



1st SensorThis decision displays the current value of the first sensor in the configuredSensor Group.


2nd SensorThis decision displays the current value of the second sensor in the configuredSensor Group.


3rd SensorThis decision displays the current value of the third sensor in the configuredSensor Group.


4th SensorThis decision displays the current value of the fourth sensor in the configuredSensor Group.



Sensor GroupSNSGRxxMFunction Type 306

483

5th SensorThis decision displays the current value of the fifth sensor in theconfigured Sensor Group.


6th SensorThis decision displays the current value of the sixth sensor in theconfigured Sensor Group.


Sensor Group LowThis decision displays the lowest value of the configured sensors,excluding any sensors with an invalid status.


Sensor Group HighThis decision displays the highest value of the configured sensors,excluding any sensors with an invalid status.


Sensor Group AverageThis decision displays the average value of the configured sensors,excluding any sensors with an invalid status.





484

This global algorithm gives the Comfort Controller the capability togather data such as occupancy status and cooling and heating coilvalve positions, and then process the data for reception by Carrier’sWater System Manager (WSM).

For more information on WSM, refer to the Water System ManagerConfiguration Manual.


* Time Schedule* Cooling Coil Valve* Heating Coil Valve

Power on Delay


Occupied ?* Cooling Coil Valve* Heating Coil Valve

WSM Load EquipmentCooling Link Active ?Heating Link Active ?Cool_Source NumberHeat_Source NumberOccupancy StatusChilled Water TempCool Source StatusHot Water TempHeat Source StatusTask Timer

WSM Air Source



WSM Air SourceWSMAIxxCFunction Type 307

485

Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determinesthe occupancy state for the air handler. For more information on Time Sched-ules, refer to How to Configure Schedules section in this manual.



Cooling Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point name that is control-ling the air handler’s chilled water valve. The unit type of the valve must be 0- 100%.


Default Value CCV

Heating Coil ValveYou must configure this decision to specify the AO point name that is control-ling the air handler’s hot water valve. The unit type of the valve must be 0 -100%.


Default Value HCV

Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this system function after a power restart occurs.



WSM Air SourceWSMAIxxMFunction Type 307

486

Occupied ?This decision displays the current occupancy status based upon the configureddata in the Time Schedule. If a Time Schedule has not been selected, then thedefault mode will be Occupied and Yes will be displayed.


Cooling Coil ValveThis decision displays the output value of the AO point being used to controlthe cooling coil. This value is expressed as a percentage of full capacity.


Heating Coil ValveThis decision displays the output value of the AO point being used to controlthe heating coil. This value is expressed as a percentage of full capacity.


WSM Load EquipmentWSM Load Equipment provides current WSM linkage information.

Cooling Link Active ?This decision displays the status of communications between this load andthe cool source with which it is linked.

Yes indicates that the WSM Supervisory Part is successfully transmittinginformation to this load from a linked, configured cool source.

No indicates one of the following conditions: the WSM’s algorithms aredisabled, the WSM Supervisory Part Load Configuration Table ismisconfigured, or communications have failed (Comfort Controller datahas not been received from the WSM within the past five minutes). WhenNo is displayed here, the remaining decisions in this table continue todisplay the last valid data.




487

Heating Link Active ?This decision displays the status of communications between this load andthe heat source with which it is linked.

Yes indicates that the WSM Supervisory Part is successfully transmittinginformation to this load from a linked, configured heat source.

No indicates one of the following conditions: the WSM’s algorithms aredisabled, the WSM Supervisory Part Load Configuration Table ismisconfigured, or communications have failed (heat source data has notbeen received from the WSM within the past five minutes). When No isdisplayed here, the remaining decisions in this table continue to display thelast valid data.


Cool_Source NumberThis decision displays the element number of the cool source that is linkedto this load by a WSM. Cool source numbers are determined by the num-ber of the associated Cool Source Configuration Table at the WSM.

0 indicates that a cool source is not configured for this load at the WSM.

Valid Display 0 = no cool source configured1 to 4 = cool source numbers

Heat_Source NumberThis decision displays the element number of the heat source that is linkedto this load by a WSM. Heat source numbers are determined by the num-ber of the associated Heat Source Configuration Table at the WSM.

0 indicates that a heat source is not configured for this load at the WSM.

Valid Display 0 = no heat source configured1 to 4 = heat source numbers


488

Occupancy StatusThis decision displays the current occupancy status of this load.

0 indicates that this load’s Time Schedule is in the unoccupied mode.1 indicates that this load’s Time Schedule is in the occupied mode (orbiased occupied).

Valid Display 0 = unoccupied1 = occupied (or biased occupied)

Chilled Water TempThis decision displays the current leaving chilled water temperature. Thevalue 0.0°F (-17.8°C) indicates that a cool source is not configured for thisload at the WSM.


Cool Source StatusThis decision displays the current status of the cool source that is linked tothis load by a WSM.

Dsable indicates that either the cool source is off or that no cool source isconfigured for this load at the WSM.

Valid Display Enable/Dsable

Hot Water TempThis decision displays the current leaving hot water temperature at the heatsource that is linked to this load by a WSM. The value 0.0°F (-17.8°C)indicates that a heat source is not configured for this load at the WSM.



489

Heat Source StatusThis decision displays the current status of the heat source that islinked to this load by a WSM.

Dsable indicates that either the cool source is off or that no heatsource is configured for this load at the WSM.

Valid Display Enable/Dsable




490

This global algorithm gives the Comfort Controller the capability toreceive commands from Carrier’s Water System Manager (WSM)in order to regulate the flow of chilled water. The Comfort Con-troller is the cool source for the WSM. The WSM provides linkingfunctions so that Comfort Controller cool source operation can beenabled and disabled in response to cooling demand, occupancystatus, or both. The WSM can also supply reset values to adjustsetpoints in the water cooling equipment.

For more information on WSM, refer to the Water System ManagerConfiguration Manual.


* Time Schedule* Setpoint Schedule* Chilled Water Temp* Chiller Status* Chilled Water Setpoint* Chiller Start/Stop

Power on Delay

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis algorithm. They provide useful information regarding thestatus and configuration of this algorithm.

Occupied ?* Chilled Water Temp* Chiller Status* Chilled Water Setpoint* Chiller Start/Stop

WSM Chiller EquipmentWSM Active ?Chilled Water TempEquipment StatusCommanded StateCHW Setpt Reset ValueCurrent CHW SetpointTask Timer

WSM Cool Source



WSM CoolWSMCOxxCFunction Type 308

491

Time ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines theoccupancy state. For more information on Time Schedules, refer to the How toConfigure Schedules chapter of this manual.






Chilled Water TempYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point name that provides thechilled water temperature.


Default Value CHW

Chiller StatusYou must configure this decision to specify the DI point name that provides thechiller status.


Default Value CHLRSTAT


WSM CoolWSMCOxxMFunction Type 308

492

Chilled Water SetpointYou must configure this decision to specify the AI point name that will be usedto provide a chilled water setpoint.


Default Value CHWSET

Chiller Start/StopYou must configure this decision to specify the DO point name that will beused to provide a start/stop control.


Default Value CHLRSTST



Occupied ?This decision displays whether the current mode is occupied. If a Time Sched-ule has not been selected, then the default mode will be Occupied and Yes willbe displayed.


Chilled Water TempThis decision displays the value of the chilled water temperature being moni-tored.




493

Chiller StatusThis decision displays the actual state of the cooling source beingmonitored.

Valid Display Off/On

Chilled Water SetpointThis decision indicates the value of the chilled water setpoint re-turned from the Water System Manager.


Chiller Start/StopThis decision indicates the commanded state being returned fromthe Water System Manager.


WSM Chiller EquipmentWSM Chiller Equipment provides current WSM linkage information.

WSM Active?This decision displays the status of WSM algorithms and ofcommunications between this cool source and a WaterSystem Manager (WSM).

No indicates that one of the following is true:

• WSM is not present or WSM Program Status is disabled.

• Communications with WSM failed (an alarm is generated).



494

Chilled Water TempThis decision displays the current chilled water temperature. Thevalue 0.0°F (-17.8°C) indicates that the chilled water temperaturecannot be read, (for example, in the event of a sensor failure).


Equipment StatusThis decision displays the current status of this cool source.


Commanded StateThis decision displays the current commanded state sent by theWSM. A blank indicates that the WSM is not determining acommanded state.

Valid Display Enable/Disable/(blank)

CHW Setpt Reset ValueThis decision displays the current CHW Setpoint Reset Value,the number of degrees that are added to the configured chilledwater setpoint to produce the current Chilled Water Setpoint.


Current CHW SetpointThis decision displays the current chilled water setpoint (theconfigured chilled water setpoint plus the CHW Setpoint ResetValue), as determined by the WSM.





How To ConfigureSchedules

495

How ToConfigureSchedules

This section provides the following information for each schedule:


able entries and default values• List of maintenance decisions• Description of each maintenance decision

A schedule provides algorithms and custom programs created inBEST++ with occupancy status or setpoints. A schedule is a sharedresource, which means that you can assign the same schedule tomore than one algorithm or custom program. Typically, you shouldassign all algorithms or custom programs serving a common airhandler system or building space to the same schedules. For ex-ample, three algorithms may use the same Time Schedule andSetpoint Schedule.

For easy reference, the schedules are presented alphabetically in thismanual, as follows:

HolidayNetwork TimeSetpointTime (Occupancy)

Overview

Definition of aSchedule

496

A Holiday Schedule gives you the capability to specify days of theyear (holidays) on which the Comfort Controller’s algorithms andcustom programs will operate according to time period(s) that differfrom other time periods, as configured in a Time Schedule(s). Toindicate to the Comfort Controller that you want it to recognize aday of the week as a holiday, you enter a 1 in the holiday (H) col-umn of a Time Schedule and configure occupied and unoccupiedtimes for the holiday. Then, you configure one Holiday Schedulefor every holiday you want the Comfort Controller to recognize. Inthe Holiday Schedule, you configure the month and day on whichthe schedule will go into effect, and how many days the schedulewill be in effect.

You can configure 16 Holiday Schedules (HOLDYxxS Table).Therefore, the Comfort Controller can recognize 16 holidays.

Note: You can define a holiday to last for more than one day.For example, you can configure a five-day vacation periodas one holiday by entering the appropriate month, the dayon which the holiday will begin, and the duration of theholiday as five consecutive days.

For more information on Time Schedules, refer to the topic TimeSchedules, which appears later in this chapter.

Note: You must configure holidays in only one system elementon a CCN. That system element must be the time and datebroadcaster. If the Comfort Controller is the broadcaster,it will send the holiday status to all the other systemelements on the CCN. If the Comfort Controller is not thetime and date broadcaster, do not configure any holidays.The time and date broadcaster on your CCN is responsiblefor sending the holiday status to the Comfort Controller.

You can use a Holiday Schedule to have the Comfort Controllercontrol to unoccupied times that differ from the other unoccupiedperiods in a Time Schedule. For example, on Thanksgiving thebuilding could be unoccupied for the entire day.

Holiday Schedule

Typical Application

Holiday ScheduleHOLDYxxS

497

The following decisions are applicable to this schedule. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions

* Start Month* Start Day* Duration

Start MonthYou must configure this decision to indicate the month in which theholiday will begin.


Start DayYou must configure this decision to indicate the day of the month onwhich the holiday will begin.


DurationYou must configure this decision to indicate how many consecutivedays the holiday will last. If you enter 0 in this decision, the Com-fort Controller will disable this schedule.




Holiday ScheduleHOLDYxxS

498

A Network Time Schedule allows the Occupancy Schedule in anexternal device to control the Comfort Controller's occupancy state.

Each time the Occupancy Schedule changes from occupied to unoc-cupied, or visa-versa, the controlling Occupancy Schedule(OCCPCxxS, where xx is a number greater than or equal to 65)broadcasts an occupancy flag over the CCN to any Comfort Control-ler that has OCCPCxxE, where xx is the same number in both sched-ules, as its Network Time Schedule name. To receive a broadcastoccupancy flag, you must create a Network Time Schedule.

You can configure up to 16 Network Time Schedules. The ComfortController will automatically and sequentially name themOCCPC65E to OCCPC81E, however, you can use the BuildingSupervisor or Network Service Tool to Modify the Names so thatthey range from OCCPC65E to OCCPC99E.

For information on setting up the Comfort Controller to broadcast theoccupancy state to other CCN system elements, refer to Time Sched-ules in the How to Configure Schedules chapter of this manual.

Network TimeSchedule

Network Time ScheduleOCCPCxxE

499

A Setpoint Schedule gives you the capability to configure the limits(setpoints) to which analog signals are controlled. You configure twosets of setpoints:

• high and low setpoints for occupied times• high and low setpoints for unoccupied times

For space temperature control, the high setpoints are typically associ-ated with the cooling cycle, which means that when the space tem-perature exceeds the high setpoint, the air handler will perform cool-ing. The low setpoints are typically associated with the heating cycle,which means that when the space temperature falls below the lowsetpoint, the air handler will perform heating.

When you create the schedule, you indicate which engineering units aSetpoint Schedule will use. Refer to Appendix C for a list of theengineering units and the conversion limits.

You can configure up to 16 Setpoint Schedules (SETPTxx Table) in aComfort Controller. There is no limit to the number of algorithmsthat can use the same Setpoint Schedule. In general, you shouldassign the same Setpoint Schedule to all algorithms that control acommon air handler or space. The allowable entries for the SetpointSchedule depend on the engineering units you assigned in theSETPTDEF Table.

A Setpoint Schedule uses a Time Schedule to determine whether touse occupied or unoccupied setpoints. If you do not configure anassociated Time Schedule, the Setpoint Schedule will use the occu-pied setpoints.

A Setpoint Schedule has the capability to adjust the setpoints cur-rently being used based on the bias signal from a T56 Space Tempera-ture Sensor. Based on the bias input, the Setpoint Schedule adjusts(expands) the high and low setpoint upward or downward, but notpast the value you enter in the Setpoint Offset decisions.

You can use one Setpoint Schedule for all the algorithms that areassociated with the same air handler and that define the space tem-perature setpoints for the same space.

Setpoint Schedule

Setpoint ScheduleSETPTxx

Typical Application

500

The following decisions are applicable to this schedule. You mustconfigure the asterisked decisions.

* Occupied Low Setpoint* Occupied High Setpoint* Unoccupied Low Setpoint* Unoccupied High Setpoint

Occupied Low SetpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the low setpoint foroccupied times when offset is not in effect. When algorithmscontrol space temperatures, they use this setpoint as the heatingsetpoint.

Allowable Entries Valid range based on selected display units.Default Value 68.00

Occupied High SetpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the high setpoint foroccupied times when offset is not in effect. When algorithmscontrol space temperatures, they use this setpoint as the coolingsetpoint.


Unoccupied Low SetpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the low setpoint forunoccupied times when offset is not in effect. When algorithmscontrol space temperatures, they use this setpoint as the heatingsetpoint.


Unoccupied High SetpointYou must configure this decision to indicate the high setpoint forunoccupied times when offset is not in effect. When algorithmscontrol space temperatures, they use this setpoint as the coolingsetpoint.




Setpoint ScheduleSETPTxx

501

A Time Schedule gives you the capability to define the occupied andunoccupied periods for devices controlled by the Comfort Controller.

Each Time Schedule is divided into eight separate days—Mondaythrough Sunday and holiday. Within each schedule, you can configureeight separate occupied and unoccupied periods. You enter occupiedand unoccupied periods in military format, where 00:00 is the begin-ning of any 24-hour day and 24:00 is the end of any 24-hour day.

You can override (extend) a time period in three ways:

• by commanding a manual override of 1 to 4 hours

• by pressing and holding the override button on a T-55 or T-56Space Temperature Sensor with Override for 1 to 5 seconds duringunoccupied hours

• by closing a Latched Discrete Input point.

The Tenant Billing Option tracks the number and duration of theoverrides and then generates a bill. For more information on the Ten-ant Billing Option, refer to Tenant Billing Option Overview and Con-figuration Manual.

There is no limit to the number of algorithms that can use the sameTime Schedule. In general, you should assign the same Time Scheduleto all algorithms that control a single air handler or building space.

To set up the Comfort Controller 6400 to control the occupancy state ofother system elements on the CCN, name the Comfort Controller'sTime Schedule OCCPCxxS, where xx is a number greater than or equalto 65. You can do this by adding an occupancy schedule as function 65or above. A controlling Time Schedule with the name OCCPC65S orgreater will broadcast an occupancy flag over the CCN to any systemelement with the same number in its Network Time Schedule(OCCPCxxE). For example, a Comfort Controller with a Time Sched-ule named OCCPC68S will broadcast its occupancy state over the CCNto system elements with a Network Time Schedule named OCCPC68S.

To set up the Comfort Controller 1600 to control the occupancy state ofother system elements on the CCN, you must use ComfortWORKS andperform the instructions in the previous paragraph.

To set up the Comfort Controller so that its occupancy state will becontrolled by another system element on the CCN, refer to NetworkTime Schedule in this chapter of the manual.

Time Schedule

Time ScheduleOCCPCxxCFunction Type 305

502

Refer to the Time Schedule on the following page for a descriptionand explanation of possible time period configurations, and rules tofollow when configuring Time Schedules.


Time ScheduleManual Override HoursPeriod n: Day of WeekPeriod n: Occupied fromPeriod n: Occupied to

Push Button OverrideThermostat OverrideTime DelayTimed Override DurationPower on Delay

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis schedule. They provide data regarding the status and configura-tion of the schedule.

Time ScheduleModeCurrent Occupied PeriodOverride in ProgressOverride DurationOccupied Start TimeUnoccupied Start TimeNext Occupied DayNext Occupied TimeNext Unoccupied DayNext Unoccupied TimeLast Unoccupied DayLast Unoccupied Time

Push Button OverrideThermostat OverrideTask Timer




Typical Application

503

Figure 6-1Time Schedule

Time Schedule #1

Occupied UnoccupiedPeriod Time Time M T W TH F SA SU H

1 08:00 13:00 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

2 11:55 15:00 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

3 09:00 14:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

4 00:00 24:00 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

5 00:00 00:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 00:00 00:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 00:00 00:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 00:00 00:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

• Period 1 has an occupied time of 08:00 (8 a.m.) and an unoccupied time of 13:00 (1:00 p.m.).It will be in effect Monday through Thursday.

• Period 2 has an occupied time of 11:55 (11:55 a.m.) and an unoccupied time of 15:00(3 p.m.). It will be in effect only on Saturday.

• Period 3 provides an occupied time of 09:00 (9 a.m.) and an unoccupied time of 14:00 (2p.m.) It will be in effect on Sunday and holidays.

• Although Periods 4 through 8 have an occupied time of 00:00, only Period 4 will operatebecause a day has been specified. Period 4 will be in effect on Friday.

Rule: An occupied time of 00:00 and an unoccupied time of 24:00 will provide occupiedoperation for a full 24-hour day.

• Periods 5 through 8 will not operate because no days are configured for these periods.

Rule: An occupied time of 00:00 and an unoccupied time of 00:00 will provide unoccu-pied operation for a full 24-hour day.

Rule: Every day in a Time Schedule (Monday through Sunday) must be assigned to atime period.


504

Manual Override HoursUse this decision to command a timed override by entering the number of hoursthe override will be in effect, then downloading the OCCPCxxC Table (TimeSchedule). If the mode is occupied when you command a timed override, theOCCPCxxC Table extends the occupied period by the amount of the ManualOverride Hours. If the mode is unoccupied when you initiate a timed override,the mode changes to an occupied status for the length of the timed override.When a timed override extends into a scheduled occupied period, the scheduledoccupied period picks up directly from the timed override with no return tounoccupied status.

A value downloaded in this decision does not become part of the table’s perma-nent configuration. The decision is reset to 0 in the Comfort Controller at the endof the timed override mode. You should not save a non-zero value in this deci-sion.

By downloading a new timed override, zero hours in length, you can at any timecancel a timed override that has already been commanded. A 0 in this decisioncauses the Time Schedule to switch to unoccupied mode, if that is how it wasconfigured, or to cancel a pending timed override that would have extended acurrent occupied mode.

You cannot change the length of a timed override mode after this decision isdownloaded. From that time until the end of the timed override, the Time Sched-ule will ignore any value, except 0, that you download to it in this decision.



505

Period n: Day of Week(n = 1 through 8)Use this decision to specify the day(s) of the week on which Period n: Occupiedfrom and Period n: Occupied to times are in effect. From left to right, the firstseven positions of the decision’s data entry field represent Monday throughSunday. The eighth position represents a holiday.

Each position of the data entry field can be set to 1 or 0. A 1 specifies that theperiod is in effect on the day that corresponds to that position; a 0 specifies thatit is not in effect on that day. A period may be specified to be in effect on morethan one day of the week.

You can use the left and right arrow keys to move among the eight positions ofthe data entry field. Only the values 1 or 0 should be typed in at each position.

Allowable Entries 0 = period not in effect for that day1 = period is in effect for that day

Default Value 11111111 for Period 100000000 for Periods 2 to 8

Period n: Occupied from(n = 1 through 8)Use this decision to specify the hour and minute, in military format, at whichtime this occupied period begins. When entering input for this decision, use acolon (or a decimal if using a LID) to separate hours and minutes.

To specify a 24-hour occupied period, enter 00:00 in this decision and 24:00 inthe Period n: Occupied to decision. To specify a 24-hour unoccupied period,enter 00:00 in both this decision and in the Period n: Occupied to decision.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = 00:00 to 24:00, LID = 00.00 to 24.00Default Value 00:00

Period n: Occupied to(n = 1 through 8)Use this decision to specify the hour and minute, in military format, at whichtime this occupied period ends. When entering input for this decision, use acolon (or a decimal if using a LID) to separate hours and minutes.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = 00:00 to 24:00, LID = 00.00 to 24.00Default Value 24:00


506

Push Button OverrideUse this decision to specify the Latched Discrete Input point (momentary input)that will indicate when a timed override is requested.


Default Value LATCHI00

Thermostat OverrideUse this decision to indicate the analog input point or Sensor Group where theT-55 or T-56 Space Temperature Sensor (with the timed override button) isconnected.



Time DelayUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes a Time Schedule willremain occupied after a timed override cancel occurs.


Timed Override DurationUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will be added to theTime Schedule if a push button or T-55 or T-56 override is initiated. The TimeSchedule override can be activated during occupied or unoccupied times. If asecond override occurs, the Time Schedule will cancel the time scheduleoverride.


Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this schedule after a power failure occurs.



507

Time ScheduleTime Schedule provides information regarding the current occupancy mode forthis schedule.

ModeThis decision displays the current occupancy mode for this schedule.

Valid Display 0 = Unoccupied Mode1 = Occupied Mode

Current Occupied PeriodThis decision displays the period number that is currently reflecting theoccupancy status for this schedule. When the current mode is 1 (occupied),the value displayed in this decision represents the period number thatdetermines this mode. A value of 0 indicates that the mode is unoccupied.

Valid Display 0 = Unoccupied Mode1 to 8 = Period number determining the Occupied Mode

Override in ProgressThis decision indicates whether a manual override is currently in effect.


Override DurationThis decision displays the number of minutes remaining in the overrideperiod. The override period can be as a result of a manual, push button, orthermostat override condition.

Valid Display 0 = No Manual Override in effect1 to 240 = Number of minutes remaining in override

period


Time ScheduleOCCPCxxMFunction Type 305

508

Occupied Start TimeThis decision shows the time that the current occupied mode began. If thecurrent mode is unoccupied, the value in this decision is 00:00.

Valid Display 00:00 to 23:59 = Start time of this occupied period

Unoccupied Start TimeThis decision shows the time that the current occupied mode will end. Thisvalue also represents the beginning of the next unoccupied period. If thecurrent mode is unoccupied, the value in this decision is 00:00.

Valid Display 00:00 to 24:00 = Start time of next unoccupied period

Next Occupied DayThis decision indicates the day of the week when the next occupied periodwill begin.

Valid Display Sun through Sat

Next Occupied TimeThis decision indicates the time of the day when the next occupied periodwill begin.

Valid Display 00:00 to 23:59

Next Unoccupied DayThis decision indicates the day of the week when the next unoccupiedperiod will begin.


Next Unoccupied TimeThis decision indicates the time of the day when the next unoccupied periodwill begin.



509

Last Unoccupied DayThis decision indicates the day of the week when the mostrecent unoccupied period began. If the current mode is unoccu-pied, the value in this decision indicates the day the mode wentinto effect.


Last Unoccupied TimeThis decision indicates the time of the day when the most recentunoccupied period began. If the current mode is unoccupied, thevalue in this decision indicates when the mode went into effect.


Push Button OverrideThis decision indicates whether or not a Push Button Override is ineffect.

Valid Display On / Off

Thermostat OverrideThis decision displays the thermostat override value.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before thenext execution of the occupancy function. This function executesevery second.



How To ConfigureAlarms

511

This section provides the following information for each alarm:


able entries and default values.• List of maintenance decisions• Description of each maintenance decision

An alarm monitors an analog or discrete point, or set of points, andindicates when the configured limit is exceeded, thereby creating analarm condition. The alarm can be transmitted to other systemelements on the CCN.

Refer to the table below when configuring the FNCxx-yy Table'sFunction Unit decision. This same information is also presented inAppendix H (Quickstart) on the Function Types, Default Names andEEPROM Memory Usage Summary Sheet.

Alarm Name Function Type

Discrete State .......................................... 103First Out .................................................. 104Limit ....................................................... 101Number of Starts ..................................... 106Runtime .................................................. 105Setpoint Limit ......................................... 102

For easy reference, the alarms are presented alphabetically in thismanual.

How ToConfigureAlarmsOverview

Table 7-1Alarm Function Types

Definition of an Alarm

Function Types

512

The Discrete State alarm monitors a discrete point for alarm pro-cessing purposes. An alarm can be generated based on the state ofthe input point, or based on a comparison between its state and thestate of a user-defined comparison point.

The alarm logic is user defined. The alarm can be generated whenthe input point is on or off or when using a comparison point, whenthe state of the points is equal or not equal, depending on the alarmlogic setting.

You can use the Discrete State Alarm to monitor the status of a fan,such that a fan failure is detected and alarmed. The status can alsobe compared to the status of a corresponding fan output point. Whenthe statuses are not equal, an alarm is generated.

The following configuration decisions are applicable to this alarm.You must configure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked deci-sions are optional.

* Monitored Input PointComparison PointAlarm Inhibit PointDiscrete Check

Alarm LogicEnable Delay TimePersistence Time

Alarm Processor* Alarm Processing

Re-Alarm IntervalAlarm=1 or Alert=0Alarm LevelAlarm SourceAlarm RoutingAlarm Description IndexAlarm MessageAlarm MessageAlarm MessageAlarm Message

Power On Delay

Discrete StateAlarm

Typical Application

Discrete State AlarmDSALMxxCFunction Type 103


513

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis alarm. They provide useful information regarding the statusand configuration of this alarm.

* Monitored Input Point* Comparision Point* Alarm Inhibit Point

Alarm StatusAlarm Processor

Alarm TypeTime of Last MessageMonth of Last MessageDay of Last MessageYear of Last Message

Task Timer

Monitored Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the discrete point that isbeing monitored.



Comparison PointUse this decision to specify the discrete point to which the Moni-tored Input Point is compared. The state of the Monitored InputPoint is compared to the state of the Comparison Point. Alarms canbe generated when they are equal, or not equal, depending on theAlarm Logic specified.






514

Alarm Inhibit PointUse this decision to indicate the discrete point that prevents the alarm logicfrom being executed. If you do not configure this decision, the alarm willalways be active (on). This alarm will be inhibited whenever the point config-ured in this decision is active.



Discrete CheckDiscrete Check gives you the capability to define the Alarm Logic, preventnuisance alarms, and specify the length of an alarm state.

Alarm LogicUse this decision to indicate the alarming logic. When you set thisdecision to normal, the alarm will occur when the Input Point is notequal to the Comparison Point. When you set this decision to invert,the alarm will occur when Monitored Input Point is equal to the Com-parison Point.



Enable Delay TimeTo prevent nuisance alarms, use this decision to enter the amount oftime that must elapse after a power fail restart before the alarm can begenerated.



515

Persistence TimeUse this decision to enter the amount of time the Monitored Input Pointmust remain in an alarm condition before an alarm is generated or theamount of time the Monitored Input Point must remain in the operatingrange before a return to normal message is generated.


Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the Discrete State Alarm message will be senton the CCN.

Alarm ProcessingYou must configure this decision to indicate whether the alarm will besent on the CCN.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Enable/DsableLID = 0(Disable) / 1(Enable)


Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Monitored Input Pointcontinues to exceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues tooccur at the specified interval until the Number of Starts Input does notexceed the limits.


Alarm=1 or Alert=0Use this decision to indicate whether alarms or alerts will be generated.Alarms are displayed before alerts.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = 0/1Default Value 1


516

Alarm LevelUse this decision to indicate the priority level that will be assigned to thisalarm. The value entered in this decision is used when sorting alarms.For a list of alarm levels and their meaning, refer to Appendix E.


Alarm SourceUse this decision to indicate the type of equipment that is generating thealarm. The value entered in this decision is used when sorting alarmsfrom the same source by level. For a list of equipment types, refer toAppendix E.


Alarm RoutingUse this decision to indicate which CCN system elements will receive andprocess alarms sent by the Comfort Controller. Input for this decisionconsists of eight digits, each of which can be set to either 0 or 1. Setting adigit to 1 specifies that alarms will be sent to the system element thatcorresponds to that digit. Setting all digits to 0 disables alarm processing.At the time this manual is written, digits in this decision correspond toCCN system elements in the following manner:


Alarm Printer Interface ModuleAutodial GatewayLocal Building Supervisor(s)

1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


517

Alarm Description IndexUse this decision to enter the index number that represents either thedefault standard alarm message or one of the 15 standard alarm mes-sages that will be generated when the alarm condition exists. If youenter a value other than 0 in this decision, the configured standard alarmmessage will be used instead of the default standard alarm message.For a list of the 15 standard alarm messages, refer to Appendix E.

Note: If you enter a custom alarm message in any of the four AlarmMessage configuration decisions, that custom message willoverwrite the value in this decision and be sent on the CCN.


Alarm MessageUse this decision to enter the first 16 characters of the custom messagethat you would like sent when the alarm condition exists. Refer toAppendix E for a list of supported control characters.

Allowable Entries 0 to 16 ASCII charactersDefault Value (blank)

Alarm MessageIf necessary, use this decision to continue entering the 64-charactercustom message that you would like sent when the alarm conditionexists. Refer to Appendix E for a list of supported control characters.





518



Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this alarm after a power failure occurs.


Monitored Input PointThis decision displays the current state of the point being monitored.


Comparison PointThis decision displays the present value of the point to which the monitoredpoint is being compared.


Alarm Inhibit PointThis decision displays Off if the Alarm Inhibit Point configuration decision isnot configured. When this decision displays On, alarm processing is disabled.


Alarm StatusThis decision displays the current alarm state of the Monitored Input Point —Normal or Alarm Condition.

Valid Display Alarm/Normal


Discrete State AlarmDSALMxxMFunction Type 103

519

Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor provides information regarding the last alarm message senton the network.

Alarm TypeThis decision indicates the state that caused the current alarm messageto be sent.

Valid Display 0 = First Alarm Occurrence1 = Re-Alarm2 = Return-To-Normal

Time of Last MessageThis decision displays the time when the last alarm message was sent.

Valid Display 00:00 to 2400

Month of Last MessageThis decision displays the month when the last alarm message was sent.


Day of Last MessageThis decision displays the day when the last alarm message was sent.


Year of Last MessageThis decision displays the year when the last alarm message was sent.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this alarmroutine executes again. This alarm routine executes every five seconds.


Discrete State AlarmDSALMxxMFunction Type 103

520

The First Out alarm monitors a set of discrete points and comparesthe set to the Comparison Point. When any of the points in the setsatisfy the configured Alarm Logic for the Persistence Time, analarm is generated. An alarm is only generated for the first pointthat matches the Comparison Point with regard to the Alarm Logictype. If another point matches the alarm condition later, there is nore-alarm. The alarm condition remains until none of the set ofpoints meets the alarm logic state. The alarm message includes thename of the point that met the alarm condition.

You can use the First Out Alarm to monitor a safety chain. Toensure proper alarm indication, you must connect the points in thesame sequence as the chain.


* Input Point 1* Input Point 2

Input Point 3Input Point 4Comparison PointAlarm Inhibit PointFirst Out Check

Alarm LogicEnable Delay TimePersistence Time



Power on Delay

First Out Alarm

Typical Application


First Out AlarmFOALMxxCFunction Type 104

521

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis alarm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this alarm.

* Input Point 1* Input Point 2* Input Point 3* Input Point 4* Comparison Point* Alarm Inhibit Point

First Out CheckAlarm StatusAlarming Input Point

Alarm ProcessorAlarm TypeTime of Last MessageMonth of Last MessageDay of Last MessageYear of Last Message

Task Timer

Input Point 1Use this decision to specify the first discrete point in the set of pointsbeing monitored.



Input Point 2Use this decision to specify the second discrete point in the set ofpoints being monitored.






522

Input Point 3Use this decision to specify the third discrete point in the set of points beingmonitored.



Input Point 4Use this decision to specify the fourth discrete point in the set of points beingmonitored.



Comparison PointUse this decision to specify the discrete point to which the Input Points arebeing compared. The Input Points are either equal to or not equal to the pointyou specify in this decision, based on the Alarm Logic. If you do not config-ure a point in this decision, the comparison state is assumed to be off.







523

First Out CheckFirst Out Check monitors a set of up to four input values and indicates an alarmstatus when any of the inputs and the alarming state satisfy the configuredalarm condition. The reported alarm value is the channel that first met thealarm condition.

Alarm LogicUse this decision to indicate the alarming logic. When you set thisdecision to normal, the alarm will occur when the Input Point is notequal to the Comparison Point. When you set this decision to invert,the alarm will occur when Monitored Input Point is equal to the Com-parison Point.



Enable Delay TimeTo prevent nuisance alarms, use this decision to enter the amount oftime that must elapse after a power fail restart before the alarm can begenerated.


Persistence TimeUse this decision to enter the amount of time the Input Point mustremain in an alarm condition before an alarm is generated or the amountof time the Input Point must remain in the operating range before areturn to normal message is generated.



524

Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the First Out Alarm message will be sent on theCCN.

Alarm ProcessingYou must configure this decision to activate the alarm processing logic.



Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Input Point continues toexceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues to occur at the speci-fied interval until the alarm condition no longer exists.



Allowable Entries 0 / 1Default Value 1




525





Alarm Description IndexUse this decision to enter the index number that represents either thedefault standard alarm message or one of the 15 standard alarm messagesthat will be generated when the alarm condition exists. If you enter avalue other than 0 in this decision, the configured standard alarm messagewill be used instead of the default standard alarm message. For a list ofthe 15 standard alarm messages, refer to Appendix E.




1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


526












527

Input Point 1This decision displays the current state of the first point in the set of pointsbeing monitored.


Input Point 2This decision displays the current state of the second point in the set of pointsbeing monitored.


Input Point 3This decision displays the current state of the third point in the set of pointsbeing monitored.


Input Point 4This decision displays the current state of the fourth point in the set of pointsbeing monitored.


Comparison PointThis decision displays the present value of the point to which the monitoredpoints are being compared.




First Out CheckFirst Out Check provides information regarding the current alarm state for thisalarm routine.

Alarm StatusThis decision displays the current alarm state of the Monitored InputPoint — Normal or Alarm Condition.



First Out AlarmFOALMxxMFunction Type 104

528

Alarming Input PointThis decision displays the Input Point that initially caused the alarm.

Valid Display 0 = No point in alarm1 to 4 = Input Point 1, 2, 3, or 4

Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor provides information regarding the last alarm message sent onthe network.











Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this alarm routineexecutes again. This alarm routine executes every second.


First Out AlarmFOALMxxMFunction Type 104

529

The Limit alarm monitors an analog point and compares it to config-ured alarm limits. When the value of the analog point exceeds theconfigured High Limit or falls below the Low limit for the configuredPersistence Time, an alarm is generated.

Once an alarm status has been determined, the analog point mustreturn within the setpoint limits by the configured Hysteresis amountfor the configured Persistence Time before a return to normal status isdetermined. Refer to Figure 7-1.

You can use the Limit Alarm to monitor static pressure in an air duct.

The following configuration decisions are applicable to this alarm.You must configure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked decisionsare optional.

* Monitored Input PointAlarm Inhibit PointLimit Check

Low LimitHigh LimitEnable Delay TimePersistence TimeHysteresis

Limit Alarm

High Limitminus

Hysteresis

Low Limitplus

Hysteresis

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaNormalOperation

AlarmAlarm

Return toNormal

High LimitLow LimitFigure 7-1Determining a Return toNormal Status

Typical Application


Limit AlarmLMALMxxCFunction Type 101

530



Power on Delay


* Monitored Input Point* Alarm Inhibit Point

Limit CheckAlarm StatusAlarm ValueExceeded Limit


Task Timer



531

Monitored Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the analog point that is beingmonitored.






Limit CheckLimit Check determines when the Input Point is in alarm or has returned tonormal.

Low LimitUse this decision to indicate the value the Input Point must fall belowbefore an alarm is generated. The engineering units for this valuedepend on the type of sensor you selected.


High LimitUse this decision to indicate the value the Input Point must exceedbefore an alarm is generated. The engineering units for this valuedepend on the type of sensor you selected.




532

Enable Delay TimeTo prevent nuisance alarms, use this decision to enter the amount oftime that must elapse after a power fail restart before this alarm can begenerated.


Persistence TimeUse this decision to enter the amount of time the monitored Input Pointmust remain in an alarm condition before an alarm is generated or theamount of time the monitored Input Point must remain in the operatingrange before a return to normal message is generated.


HysteresisUse this decision to indicate the amount by which the monitored InputPoint must fall below the high alarming condition or rise above the lowalarming condition before a return to normal message can be generated.

Allowable Entries Valid range based upon selected display units.Default Value 2.0 (1.1)

Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the Limit Alarm message will be sent on theCCN.





533

Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Input Point continues toexceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues to occur at the speci-fied interval until the alarm condition no longer exists.









534

Alarm RoutingUse this decision to indicate which CCN system elements will receiveand process alarms sent by the Comfort Controller. Input for thisdecision consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to either 0 or1. Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be sent to the systemelement that corresponds to that digit. Setting all digits to 0 disablesalarm processing. At the time this manual is written, digits in thisdecision correspond to CCN system elements in the following manner:






1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


535












536

Monitored Input PointThis decision displays the present value of the point being monitored.



Limit CheckLimit Check provides information regarding the current alarm state for thisalarm routine.



Alarm ValueThis decision displays the value of the Monitored Input Point during thealarm condition.

Note: A value of 0 indicates that the point is not in alarm.


Exceeded LimitThis decision displays the limit that was surpassed.




Limit AlarmLMALMxxMFunction Type 101

537














Limit AlarmLMALMxxMFunction Type 101

538

The Number of Starts alarm monitors a discrete point and totals thenumber of times the point transitions from off to on (starts). Whenthe total number of starts exceeds the configured hourly or dailylimit, an alarm is generated. The alarm will return to normal on anhourly and daily basis.

You can use the Number of Starts Alarm to monitor the number oftimes a fan turns on.


* Monitored Input PointNumber Starts Check

* Hourly Limit* Daily Limit



Power on Delay


* Monitored Input PointNumber Starts Check

Alarm StatusStarts This HourStarts This DayExceeded Limit


Task Timer

Number of StartsAlarm

Typical Application



Number of Starts AlarmNSALMxxCFunction Type 106

539

Monitored Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the discrete point being monitored.



Number Starts CheckNumber Starts Check compares the number of times the Monitored Input Pointtransitions from off to on to the configured Hourly and Daily Limits.

Hourly LimitYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum number oftimes per hour the Monitored Input Point can transition from off to on.


Daily LimitYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximum number oftimes per day the Monitored Input Point can transition from off to on.


Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the Number Starts Alarm message will besent on the CCN.






540

Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Input Point continues toexceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues to occur at thespecified interval until the alarm condition no longer exists.









541

Alarm RoutingUse this decision to indicate which CCN system elements will receiveand process alarms sent by the Comfort Controller. Input for thisdecision consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to either 0 or1. Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be sent to the systemelement that corresponds to that digit. Setting all digits to 0 disablesalarm processing. At the time this manual is written, digits in thisdecision correspond to CCN system elements in the following manner:


Alarm Description IndexUse this decision to enter the index number that represents either thedefault standard alarm message or one of the 15 standard alarm mes-sages that will be generated when the alarm condition exists. If youenter a value other than 0 in this decision, the configured standardalarm message will be used instead of the default standard alarmmessage. For a list of the 15 standard alarm messages, refer to Appen-dix E.




1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


542












543



Number Starts CheckNumber Starts Check provides information regarding the current alarm statefor this alarm routine.



Starts This HourThis decision displays the number of times the Monitored Input Pointtransitions from off to on during this hour. The value in this decisionresets to 0 at the beginning of each hour.


Starts This DayThis decision displays the number of times the Monitored Input Pointtransitions from off to on during this day. The value in this decisionresets to 0 at midnight.






Number of Starts AlarmNSALMxxMFunction Type 106

544












Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this alarmroutine executes again. This alarm routine executes every 30 seconds.


Number of Starts AlarmNSALMxxMFunction Type 106

545

The Runtime alarm monitors a discrete point and totals the amountof time the point is on. When the total on-time amount exceeds theconfigured limit, an alarm is generated. The alarm will return tonormal when a reset is done.

You can use the Runtime alarm to monitor the amount of time apump has been on.


* Monitored Input PointRuntime Check

* Runtime LimitReset Alarm



Power on Delay

Runtime Alarm

Typical Application


Runtime AlarmRTALMxxCFunction Type 105

546


* Monitored Input PointRuntime Check

Alarm StatusRuntime HoursRuntime MinutesExceeded Limit


Task Timer

Monitored Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the discrete point beingmonitored for hours of runtime.



Runtime CheckRuntime Check compares the accumulated runtime for the Moni-tored Input Point to the Runtime Limit.

Runtime LimitYou must configure this decision to indicate the maximumamount of time the Alarm Monitored Input Point can beturned on before an alarm will be generated.





547

Reset AlarmUse this decision to clear the accummulated counter and the RuntimeAlarm. The value in this decision will be reset to No after the counterand alarm are reset.


Default Value No

Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the Runtime Alarm message will be sent onthe CCN.




Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Input Point continues toexceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues to occur at thespecified interval until the alarm condition no longer exists.





548





Alarm RoutingUse this decision to indicate which CCN system elements will receiveand process alarms sent by the Comfort Controller. Input for this deci-sion consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to either 0 or 1.Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be sent to the system ele-ment that corresponds to that digit. Setting all digits to 0 disables alarmprocessing. At the time this manual is written, digits in this decisioncorrespond to CCN system elements in the following manner:



1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


549

Alarm Description IndexUse this decision to enter the index number that represents either thedefault standard alarm message or one of the 15 standard alarm mes-sages that will be generated when the alarm condition exists. If youenter a value other than 0 in this decision, the configured standardalarm message will be used instead of the default standard alarm mes-sage. For a list of the 15 standard alarm messages, refer to Appendix E.










550







Runtime CheckRuntime Check provides information regarding the current alarm state for thisalarm routine.



Runtime HoursThis decision displays the number of hours the Monitored Input Pointhas been on since the last reset.


Runtime MinutesThis decision displays the number of minutes the Monitored Input Pointhas been on since the last reset.


Runtime AlarmRTALMxxMFunction Type 105


551















Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this alarmroutine executes again. This alarm routine executes every 30 seconds.


Runtime AlarmRTALMxxMFunction Type 105

552

The Setpoint Limit alarm monitors an analog point and compares itto the setpoint limits configured in the designated Setpoint Sched-ule. When the value of the analog point is below the low setpointminus the configured Low Setpoint Offset or is greater than theHigh Setpoint Offset plus the high setpoint, an alarm is generated.

Once an alarm status has been determined, the analog point mustreturn within the setpoint limits for the configured Persistence Timebefore a return to normal status is determined. The limits are deter-mined as follows:

[high setpoint + High Setpoint Offset - Hysteresis] and [low setpoint- Low Setpoint Offset + Hysteresis]

Whenever you change the setpoints in the Setpoint Schedule, alarmdetection is inhibited for the amount configured in Setpoint ChangeDelay. The conditions are not tested if an Alarm Inhibit input isactive.

You can use the Setpoint Alarm to monitor space temperature.


* Monitored Inhibit PointAlarm Inhibit PointTime Schedule

* Setpoint Schedule

Setpoint LimitAlarmaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

AlarmAlarm

Limit minusHysteresis

Return toNormal

Limit plusHysteresis

Low Limit -Low Offset

High Limit +High Offset

NormalOperation

Figure 7-2Determining aReturn to NormalStatus

Typical Application


Setpoint Limit AlarmSLALMxxCFunction Type 102

553

Setpoint Limit CheckLow Setpoint OffsetHigh Setpoint OffsetSetpoint Change DelayEnable Delay TimePersistence TimeHysteresis



Power on Delay

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis alarm. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this alarm.

* Monitored Input Point* Alarm Inhibit Point

Occupied?Hi Setpoint + OffsetLo Setpoint - OffsetSetpoint Limit Check

Alarm StatusAlarm ValueExceeded Limit


Task Timer



554


Monitored Input PointYou must configure this decision to specify the analog point that is beingmonitored. The engineering units for the point should match those of theSetpoint Schedule to which it will be compared.






Time ScheduleUse this decision to specify the Time Schedule that determines the occupancystate for this alarm. If you do not specify a Time Schedule in this decision, thealarm will default to a 24-hour occupied state.



Setpoint ScheduleYou must configure this decision to specify the Setpoint Schedule that providesthe occupied and unoccupied setpoints.




555

Setpoint Limit CheckSetpoint Limit Check determines when the monitored Input Point is in alarm orhas returned to normal.

Low Setpoint OffsetUse this decision to indicate the amount by which the monitored InputPoint must fall below the low setpoint before an alarm is generated.


High Setpoint OffsetUse this decision to indicate the amount by which the monitored InputPoint must exceed the high setpoint before an alarm is generated.


Setpoint Change DelayTo prevent nuisance alarms, use this decision to enter the amount oftime that must elapse after changing the setpoint in the Setpoint Sched-ule before an alarm can be generated.


Enable Delay TimeTo prevent nuisance alarms, use this decision to enter the amount oftime that must elapse after a power fail restart before this alarm can begenerated.



556

Persistence TimeUse this decision to enter the amount of time the monitored Input Pointmust remain in an alarm condition before an alarm is generated or theamount of time the monitored Input Point must remain in the operatingrange before a return to normal message is generated.


HysteresisUse this decision to indicate the amount by which the monitored InputPoint must fall below the high alarming condition or rise above the lowalarming condition before a return to normal message can be generated.


Alarm ProcessorAlarm Processor determines how the Setpoint Limit Alarm message will besent on the CCN.




Re-Alarm IntervalUse this decision to indicate the number of minutes that will elapsebetween re-alarms. A re-alarm occurs when the Input Point continuesto exceed the configured limit. Re-alarming continues to occur at thespecified interval until the alarm condition no longer exists.



557










1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

unused


558











559



Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this alarm after a power failure occurs.


Monitored Input PointThis decision displays the current value of the point being monitored.






Hi Setpoint + OffsetThis decision displays the high setpoint value plus offset, allowing for thecurrent occupancy state.

Valid Display -40.0 to 240°F

Setpoint Limit AlarmSLALMnnMFunction Type 102


560

Lo Setpoint - OffsetThis decision displays the low setpoint value minus offset, allowing for thecurrent occupancy state.

Setpoint Limit CheckSetpoint Limit Check provides information regarding the current alarm statefor this alarm routine.



Alarm ValueThis decision displays the value of the Monitored Input Point during thealarm condition.










561












How To ConfigureSystem Functions

563

This section provides the following information for each systemfunction:

• Purpose• Typical application• List of required and optional configuration decisions• Description of each configuration decision that includes allowable

entries and default values.• List of maintenance decisions• Description of each maintenance decision

A system function allows you to perform one of the following tasks:

• Obtain data from system elements on the CCN• Access the Comfort Controller’s consumable data• Configure Service-Config Tables• Configure user-specific functions of your Comfort Controller.• Change the time of the Comfort Controller’s internal clock• View Comfort Controller database information, such as amount of

available memory

For easy reference, the System Functions are presented in this manual,as follows:

Analog Point TraceCtlr-IDConsumableLoadshedDatabase StatusDiscrete Trace PointInternal ConsumableLID PreferencesReal Time ClockRuntime

Note: In addition to the system functions listed above, the LID canaccess the system functions listed in the table on the follow-ing page. To determine how to access these system func-tions with the LID, refer to Appendix F.

How ToConfigureSystemFunctionsOverview

Definition of a SystemFunction

564

LID System Function Description

Alarm History Allows you to view the last 25 alarms.The most current alarm is displayedfirst.

CCN Control Allows you to view and configure theComfort Controller’s address andbaud rate. It also allows you to viewmessages sent on the CCN.

Channel Definition Allows you to view and modifypoints.

Controller Password Allows you to change your password.

Database Control Allows you to update the ComfortController’s database and viewamount of available memory.

Function Definition Allows you to view and modifyfunctions.

LID Preferences Allows you to select customary US ormetric units and language translation.

Set Clock Allows you to change the current timein the Comfort Controller’s internalclock.

Setpoint Definition Allows you to view and modifysetpoints.

System Definition Allows you to view and modify theglobal functions.

Table 8-1Additional LIDSystem Functions

565

Refer to the table below when configuring the FNCxx-yy Table''sFunction Unit decision. This same information is also presented inAppendix H (Quickstart) on the Function Types, Default Names andEEPROM Memory Usage Summary Sheet.

System Function Name Function Type

Analog Point Trace ................................. 201Discrete Point Trace ............................... 202Internal Consumable ............................... 203

Function Types

Table 8-2System Function Types

566

This system function provides detailed trend information regardingthe performance of an analog point over a period of time. Up to 48values can be collected for each trace.

The following decisions are applicable to this system function. Youmust configure the asterisked decisions. Non-asterisked decisionsare optional.

* Analog Trace PointControl PointTrace Channel

* Trace IntervalStart Time ConfigStart DayEvent State

* Trace ModePower on Delay

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this systemfunction. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this system function. You can force the asteriskeddecisions.

* Analog Trace Point* Control Point

Trace ChannelPoint TracedStart TimeStatusBuffer FullData Value (1-48)

Task Timer

Analog TracePoint



Analog Trace PointATRACxxCFunction Type 201

567


Analog Trace PointYou must configure this decision to indicate the point being monitored.



Control PointUse this decision to indicate the discrete point that determines when the trace isstarted or stopped based on comparison to the Event State.



Trace ChannelTrace Channel defines the attributes of the trace parameters.

Trace IntervalYou must configure this decision to indicate the time that must elapsebefore the next Data Value is collected.


Start Time ConfigIf you entered the value of 1 (which represents Timed Start of Trace) inthe Trace Mode configuration decision, you must configure this deci-sion to indicate the time at which the first trace will occur.


Default Value 00:00


568

Start DayIf you entered the value of 1 (which represents Timed Start of Trace) inthe Trace Mode configuration decision, you may configure this deci-sion to specify the day on which the trace will occur.

0 = Any Day 4 = Thursday1 = Monday 5 = Friday2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday3 = Wednesday 7 = Sunday


Event StateUse this decision to indicate the state used to compare with the controlpoint to determine when to start or stop this trace.

Allowable Entries 0/1Default Value 0

Trace ModeYou must configure this decision to indicate the type of trace operationto perform.

0 = Manual Start of Trace(Trace starts and continues until another value is entered in thisdecision.)

1 = Timed Start of Trace(Trace stops when buffer is full.)

2 = Event Start of Trace(Trace starts when Event State equals Control Point state.)

3 = Event Stop of Trace(Trace stops when Event State equals Control Point state.)

4 = Manual Stop of Trace(Trace stops immediately.)

5 = Manual Reset of Trace(The trace resets to the value of 0, which is Manual Start ofTrace All data clears.)



569

Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this history function after a power restart occurs.


Analog Trace PointThis decision displays the current value of the analog point being traced in userselectable units.


Control PointThis decision displays the current value of the Control Point. This value acts asa trigger based on the selected Trace Mode. If unconfigured, the Control Pointwill not affect trace operation.


Trace ChannelTrace Channel displays the specific trace data for the displayed point.

Point TracedThis decision identifies the 8-character point name for the Analog TracePoint.

Valid Display Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 characters

Start TimeThis decision indicates the time when the data gathering for this tracebegan. It is dependent on the Trace Mode and Event State selected.

Valid Display 0:00 - 23:59


Analog Trace PointATRACxxMFunction Type 201

570

StatusThis decision indicates the current status of this trace function. It is dependenton the Trace Mode and Event State selected.

TraceStatus Mode Description

CONT TRC 0 Trace is runningEVT STOP 3 Trace will stop when configured event occursSTRT TIM 1 Timed start trace is active (stops when buffer full)STRT EVT 2 Event start trace is activeSTOP TRC 1 or 4 Trace has been stoppedRES BUFF 5 All data resets, then reverts to CONT TRCWAIT TRG 1 or 2 Waiting for time or event trigger

Valid Display One of seven items above

Buffer FullThis decision indicates whether all 48 data slots have been used.


Data ValueThese decisions display up to 48 consecutive values for the trace point. Themost current value is displayed last.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before the next executionof this function. The trace function executes every 60 seconds.


Analog Trace PointATRACxxMFunction Type 201

571

Ctlr-IDThis system function allows you to view the pre-configured Com-fort Controller product identification information. You can modifyDevice Name, Description and Location with a Building SupervisorIII, Network Service Tool, or ComfortWORKS.

The following pre-configured decisions are applicable:Device Name Location Model Number*Description Software Part Number* Serial Number*

Reference Number**non-configurable field

The following maintenance decision, which can be viewed onlywith a LID or the BEST++ Programmer's Environment, providesinformation regarding the amount of real time being used within theComfort Controller:

Real Time Usage

Device NameUse this decision to modify the 8 character device name.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = up to 8 charactersLID = N/A

DescriptionUse this decision to modify the up to 24-character controller de-scription.


Default Value Comfort Controller

LocationUse this decision to modify the up to 24-character controller location.



Software Part NumberCEPP-130124-xx, where xx is based on the version. This is a non-configurable field.

Real Time UsageThis decision is only accessible with the LID or BEST++. Thisdecision displays the Comfort Controller's percentage of real timeusage. When the value in this decision equals 100%, the algorithmsand any custom programs will no longer run at their configured rate.


Controller IDCtlr-ID




MaintenanceDecision

572

This system function calculates the amount of energy or unit flowused over time. A combination of up to 16 sensed discrete, pulseddiscrete, or analog inputs can be configured in each Consumableequipment table. Up to four tables can exist per Comfort Controller.

For more information, refer to the Data Collection III Option Over-view and Configuration Manual.

The following decisions are applicable to this system function wheren is a number 1 through 16.

Point n NamePoint n Type

Point n NameUse this decision to specify the analog or discrete point beingmonitored.


Default Value PULSDI00

Point n TypeUse this decision to indicate the type of point being monitored.

Allowable Entries Bldg. Supvr. = Discrete/AnalogLID = 0(Discrete) / 1(Analog)

Default Value Discrete

This system function associates a Loadshed Module Supervisorypart with the Comfort Controller's DO Time Clock or DO TimeClock with Check algorithm. A total of 16 Loadshed Equipmentparts can be added to the Comfort Controller. This is no configura-tion required.

Once a Loadshed Equipment part is added to the controller, thenames of the Loadshed Tables will appear when using Speedy DataEntry (pressing F7 from the ComfortVIEW and/or ComfortWORKScontroller configuration tool) to assign a Loadshed Table to theComfort Controller's DO Time Clock or DO Time Clock withCheck algorithms.

For additional information, refer to the Loadshed Option Overviewand Configuration Manual (808-555.)

Consumable

ConsumableCONSUME



LoadshedLDSHED

Loadshed

573

This system function displays information about the Comfort Con-troller database. By viewing the maintenance decisions in thissystem function, you can determine:

• if there is an invalid entry in a Comfort Controller table.• if you have exceeded the Comfort Controller's available memory• if the database is corrupted.• the amount of EEPROM and RAM memory space that is avail-

able in the Comfort Controller.

The following read-only, maintenance decisions are applicable tothis system function. They provide useful information regarding thestatus and configuration of this system function.

Database ErrorEEPROM ErrorRAM ErrorAvailable Program BytesAvailable Data Bytes

Database ErrorIf a Yes is displayed in the Database Error maintenance decision,there is an invalid entry in one of the Comfort Controller ServiceConfiguration Tables. A Yes in this decision can also indicate thatyou have exceeded the Comfort Controller's available memory.

Note: Database items are created from their respective ServiceConfiguration Table. Each table (FNCxx-yy, HWxx-yy,NUMSYS, SETPTDEF, SWxx-yy) is created in sequentialorder. Items defined in the FNC01-24 Table are createdfirst. If a configuration error is encountered, the ComfortController will stop updating the database at the point inthe respective Service Configuration Table where the erroroccurred.


Database Status



Database StatusUPDATEDB

574

EEPROM ErrorWhen this decision displays a Yes, the Comfort Controller's databaseconfiguration may be corrupted. To resolve this problem, downloadthe configuration to the controller and cycle power.


RAM ErrorWhen this decision displays a Yes, the Comfort Controller's dynamicdata may be corrupted. To resolve this problem, cycle power.


Available Program BytesThe decision will indicate the EEPROM memory space that iscurrently available for additional functions or custom programs.Refer to Appendix H in this manual for memory requirements forany additional functions that may be required.


Available Data BytesThe decision will indicate the RAM space that is available foradditional functions or custom programs. Refer to Appendix H inthis manual for memory requirements for any additional functionsthat may be required.

Valid Display Comfort Controller 1600: 0 to 32767Comfort Controller 6400: 0 to 131068

Database StatusUPDATEDB

575

This system function provides detailed trend information regardingthe performance of a discrete point over a period of time. Up to 48values can be collected for each trace.


* Discrete Trace PointControl PointTrace Channel

* Trace IntervalStart Time ConfigStart DayEvent State

* Trace ModePower on Delay

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this systemfunction. They provide useful information regarding the status andconfiguration of this system function. You can force the asteriskeddecisions.

* Discrete Trace Point* Control Point

Trace ChannelPoint TracedStart TimeStatusBuffer FullData Value (1-48)

Task Timer

Discrete TracePoint



Discrete Trace PointDTRACxxCFunction Type 202

576


Discrete Trace PointYou must configure this decision to indicate the point being monitored.



Control PointYou must configure this decision to indicate a discrete point that determineswhen the trace is started or stopped based on comparison to the Event State.



Trace ChannelTrace Channel defines the attributes of the trace parameters.

Trace IntervalYou must configure this decision to indicate the time that must elapsebefore the next Data Value is collected.


Start Time ConfigIf you entered the value of 1 (which represents Timed Start of Trace) inthe Trace Mode configuration decision, you must configure this deci-sion to indicate the time at which the first trace will occur.


Default Value 00.00


577

Start DayIf you entered the value of 1 (which represents Timed Start of Trace) inthe Trace Mode configuration decision, you must configure this deci-sion to specify the day on which the first trace will occur.

0 = Any Day 4 = Thursday1 = Monday 5 = Friday2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday3 = Wednesday 7 = Sunday


Event StateUse this decision to configure the state used to compare with the con-trol point to determine when to start or stop this trace.

Allowable Entries 0/1Default Value 0

Trace ModeYou must configure this decision to indicate the type of trace operationto perform.

0 = Manual Start of Trace(Trace starts and continues until another value is entered in thisdecision.)

1 = Timed Start of Trace(Trace stops when buffer is full.)

2 = Event Start of Trace(Trace starts when Event State equals Control Point state.)

3 = Event Stop of Trace(Trace stops when Event State equals Control Point state.)

4 = Manual Stop of Trace(Trace stops immediately.)

5 = Manual Reset of Trace(The trace resets to the value of 0, which is Manual Start ofTrace. All data clears.)



578

Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controller mustwait to activate this history function after a power restart occurs.


Discrete Trace PointThis decision displays the current state of the discrete point being traced.


Control PointThis decision displays the current value of the Control Point. This value acts asa trigger based on the selected Trace Mode. If unconfigured, the Control Pointwill not affect trace operation.


Trace ChannelThese decisions show the specific trace data for the displayed point.

Point TracedThis decision identifies the 8-character point name for the Discrete TracePoint.

Valid Display 8-character name

Start TimeThis decision indicates the time when the data gathering for this tracebegan. It is dependent on the Trace Mode and Event State selected.

Valid Display 0:00 - 23:59


Discrete Trace PointDTRACxxMFunction Type 202

579

StatusThis decision indicates the current status of this trace function. It is dependenton the Trace Mode and Event State selected.

TraceStatus Mode Description

CONT TRC 0 Trace is runningEVT STOP 3 Trace will stop when configured event occursSTRT TIM 1 Timed start trace is active (stops when buffer full)STRT EVT 2 Event start trace is activeSTOP TRC 1 or 4 Trace has been stoppedRES BUFF 5 All data resets, then reverts to CONT TRCWAIT TRG 1 or 2 Waiting for time or event trigger

Valid Display One of seven items above

Buffer FullThis decision indicates whether all 48 data slots have been used.


Data ValueThese decisions display up to 48 consecutive values for the trace point. Themost current value is displayed last.

Valid Display Whatever is valid for the Trace Point.

Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before the next executionof this function. The trace function executes every 60 seconds.


Discrete Trace PointDTRACxxMFunction Type 202

580

InternalConsumable

Internal ConsumableCONSUxxCFunction Type 203

This system function accumulates the amount of energy or unit flowused daily. It collects the data in 15-minute (fast) or 30-minute(slow) intervals. Thirty days of accumulated values can be stored.The data is displayed in a top/down manner, from oldest to mostrecent. This system function also stores the peak interval value andits time and date.

The table below lists the permissible display units for the input pointbeing monitored and the internal consumable algorithm.

Point Int. Cons.Display Point Point Algorithm Algorithm AlgorithmUnit Cust. US Metric Display Unit Cust. US Metric

8 gpm 1/min 35 gal liters9 gph 1/h 35 gal liters20 kW kW 19 kWh kWh31 tons/h tons/h 54 tons kW37 gps 1/sec 35 gal liters52 GPM LPS 35 gal liters


* Consumable InputConsumable

Consumable IntervalReset Total Usage

Power on Delay


581

The following maintenance decisions are applicable to this system function.They provide useful information regarding the status and configuration of thissystem function. You can force the asterisked decision.

* Consumable Input MonthConsumable Date

Data Value (1 - 30) Total UsagePeak Value Task TimerTime Peak Occurred

Consumable InputYou must configure this decision to indicate the Pulsed Discrete Input Pointbeing monitored.

Note: This point must support one of the permissible display units (engi-neering units) listed on the previous page.


Default Value blank

ConsumableConsumable defines the attributes of the collection intervals.

Consumable IntervalUse this decision to choose either a fast or slow collection interval. Thefast interval collects data every 15 minutes. The slow interval collectsevery 30 minutes.

Allowable Entries Fast/SlowDefault Value Fast

Reset Total UsageUse this decision to reset any previously collected data to zero.

Allowable Entries Yes/NoDefault Value No

Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this function after a power restart occurs.


List ofMaintenanceDecisions

Internal ConsumableCONSUxxCFunction Type 203


582

Consumable InputThis decision displays the current value of the Consumable Input Point.


ConsumableThis decision displays the collected data for the configured point.

Data ValueThese decisions display up to 30 accumulated values for the configuredpoint. The most current value is displayed last.

Note: If the Consumable Input Point was configured with invalid units, noconsumable data will be accumulated.


Peak ValueThis decision displays the largest collected consumable for any interval over the30-day period.


Time Peak OccurredThis decision displays the time the Peak Value was collected over the configuredinterval — 15 minutes (fast) or 30 minutes (slow).


MonthThis decision displays the Month in which the Peak Value was collected.


DateThis decision displays the day on which the Peak Value was collected.


Total UsageThis decision displays the accumulated consumables total for the 30-day period.




Internal ConsumableCONSUxxMFunction Type 203


583

LID ProcessorThis system function gives you the capability to:

• specify whether customary U.S. or metric units will be displayedon the LID.

• specify if the LID text should display in English or in the user-specified language.

• change the date and time in the Comfort Controller's real timeclock.

• change the LID's password.


Units StandardLanguage TranslationPasswordTimeDay of WeekMonthYearUpdate ClockPower on Delay


Log In to ControllerLog Out of ControllerTask Timer

Units StandardUse this decision to define the engineering conversion requirementswhen using the LID to display status or configuration data. Thedata can be presented as either a metric or customary U.S. value.

Allowable Entries Metric/U.S.Default Value U.S.

LID ProcessorLIDPRxxC




584

Language TranslationUse this decision to specify if the LID text should display in English or in theuser-specified foreign language. Please note that the LID can support Englishand one other language. In order for this decisions to operate, you must createthe foreign language function and convert the text to the desired user language.


PasswordUse this decision to change the eight-character password. You must enter apassword before logging onto the Comfort Controller with a LID.


TimeUse this decision to set the time in the Comfort Controller's real time clock.Enter the value in military time and set the Update Clock decision to Yes toupdate the real time clock. Use a decimal point (.) instead of a colon (:) whenyou configure using the LID.

Allowable Entries 00:00 to 24:00Default Value 00:00

Day of WeekUse this decision to set the day of week in the Comfort Controller's real timeclock. Enter the desired value and set the Update Clock decision to Yes toupdate the real time clock.

Allowable Entries 1 = Monday 5 = Friday2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday3 = Wednesday 7 = Sunday4 = Thursday

Default Value 1

MonthUse this decision to set the month in the Comfort Controller's real time clock.Enter the desired value and set the Update Clock decision to Yes to update thereal time clock.



585

DayUse this decision to set the date in the Comfort Controller's real time clock.Enter the desired value and set the Update Clock decision to Yes to update thereal time clock.


YearUse this decision to set the year in the Comfort Controller's real time clock.Enter the desired value and set the Update Clock decision to Yes to update thereal time clock.


Update ClockUse this decision to indicate when the Comfort Controller's real time clockshould be updated with the values entered in the preceding configurationdecisions.


Power on DelayUse this decision to determine how long after a power failure the real timeclock will wait before allowing the clock to be updated.



586

Log In to ControllerThis decision identifies when a user is logging on to the Comfort Controller withthe LID. When the decision transitions to a 1, a user is requesting to log on.Please note that this decision is set to 0 when the password is validated. Becausethis transition occurs quickly, you will not normally be able to witness it.

Valid Display 0/1

Log Out of ControllerThis decision identifies when a user has requested to log off the Comfort Con-troller with the LID. When the decision displays Yes, a user is requesting to logoff. Please note that this decision is set to No when the logoff is complete.Because this transition occurs quickly, you will not normally be able to witnessit.


Task TimerThis decision displays the number of remaining seconds before this systemfunction executes again. This system function will execute every second



LID ProcessorLIDPRxxM

587

Real Time ClockThis system function gives you the capability to:

• broadcast current time on CCN.• configure the start of daylight saving.• configure the end of daylight saving.


Time Broadcast EnableDaylight Savings

Start MonthStart Day of WeekStart WeekStart TimeStart AdvanceStop MonthStop Day of WeekStop WeekStop TimeStop Back

Power on Delay


Real Time ClockHourMinuteSecondDay of WeekMonthDayYearIs Today a HolidayIs Tomorrow a HolidayDaylight SavingsCommunication Status

Task Timer



Real Time ClockRTCCN00C

588


Time Broadcast EnableUse this decision to indicate whether the Comfort Controller will broadcast thetime and date to other system elements on the CCN.



Daylight SavingsDaylight Savings gives you the capability to configure the start and end ofdaylight saving.

Start MonthUse this decision to enter the month in which the real time clock will adjustthe time for the start of daylight saving time.


Start Day of WeekUse this decision to enter the day of the week in which the real time clockwill adjust the time for the start of daylight saving time, where 1 = Monday.


Start WeekUse this decision to enter the week of the month when the real time clockwill adjust the time for the start of daylight saving time.


Start TimeUse this decision to enter the time of day at which the real time clock willadjust the time for the start of daylight saving time. Use a decimal, orcolon, to separate hours from minutes.


Default Value 02:00


589

Start AdvanceUse this decision to enter the number of minutes by which the real timeclock will adjust the time for the start of daylight saving time. An entry of0 will disable this feature.


Stop MonthUse this decision to enter the month in which the real time clock will adjustthe time for the end of daylight saving time.


Stop Day of WeekUse this decision to enter the day of the week on which the real time clockwill adjust the time for the end of daylight saving time, where 1 = Monday.


Stop WeekUse this decision to enter the week of the month in which the real timeclock will adjust the time for the end of daylight saving time.


Stop TimeUse this decision to enter the time of day at which the real time clock willadjust the time for the end of daylight saving time. Use a decimal, orcolon, to separate hours from minutes.


Default Value 02:00

Stop BackUse this decision to enter the number of minutes by which the real timeclock will adjust the time for the end of daylight saving time. An entry of 0will disable this feature.



590

Power on DelayUse this decision to specify the number of seconds the Comfort Controllermust wait to activate this function after a power restart occurs.


Real Time ClockReal Time Clock displays current information about the Comfort Controller’sinternal clock.

HourThis decision displays the current hour of the day as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.


MinuteThis decision displays the current minute of the hour as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.


SecondThis decision displays the current second of the minute as it exists inthe Comfort Controller's real time clock.


Day of WeekThis decision displays the current day of the week as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.

Valid Display 1 to 71 = Monday 5 = Friday2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday3 = Wednesday 7 = Sunday4 = Thursday

MonthThis decision displays the current month of the year as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.


Real Time ClockRTCCN00M


591

DayThis decision displays the current day of the month as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.


YearThis decision displays the current year of the century as it exists in theComfort Controller's real time clock.


Is Today a HolidayThis decision indicates if today is scheduled to be a holiday. Youspecify holidays in the Comfort Controller's HOLDYxxS Table.


Is Tomorrow a HolidayThis decision indicates if tomorrow is scheduled to be a holiday. Youspecify holidays in the Comfort Controller's HOLDxxS Table.


Daylight SavingsThis decision indicates if daylight saving time is in effect.


Communication StatusThis decisions indicates if the Comfort Controller successfully com-pleted the last time and date broadcast. The Comfort Controller broad-casts time and date twice a day — at 1:00 am and 1:00 pm, or onrequest of a CCN element.

Valid Display 0 = Successful Broadcast1 = No Broadcast acknowledge received



Real Time ClockRTCCN00M

592

This system function determines how long the configured discretepoints have been on. Up to 16 points can be configured in eachRuntime Table. Up to 4 tables can be configured. Each point isread every minute to record the amount of runtime. This data isthen used by a CCN Data Collection III option. Once an hour, theData Collection supervisory part transmits an inquiry to the ComfortController, and the Comfort Controller transmits back the runtimevalue for each configured point. For more information aboutRuntime, refer to Data Collection III Option Overview and Configu-ration Manual.

The following decisions are applicable to this system function,where n is a number 1 through 16. You must configure at least onepoint.

Point n NamePoint n Type

Point n NameUse this decision to specify the discrete point being monitored.



Point n TypeUse this decision to indicate whether the point being monitored is anormal on/off type.



Runtime



RuntimeRUNTIME

Configuration Sheets

593

Sheet ______ of ________

1st Channel Type 0 - 14

1st Sensor or Units See below.

Controller Name:_______________________________ Bus #______________ Element #_____________

Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: HW______________

* For a description of the sensor types, refer to Appendix B in this manual.** For a description of the units, refer to Appendix C in this manual.

Sensor Types*/Units**Channel (I/O) Types

1 - 4 (sensor type)1 - 56 (units)1 - 4 (sensor type)1 - 56 (units)1 - 37 (units)1 - 56 (units)

(Table #)

1/95

1 - 37 (units)

1st Channel Name

2nd Channel Type 0 - 14

2nd Sensor or Units See below.

2nd Channel Name

3rd Channel Type 0 - 14

3rd Sensor or Units See below.

3rd Channel Name

4th Channel Type 0 - 14

4th Sensor or Units See below.

4th Channel Name



5th Channel Name



6th Channel Name



7th Channel Name



8th Channel Name

DECISION NAME VALUEALLOWABLE ENTRIES POINT NUMBER

HARDWARE POINTS DEFINITION SHEET

NETWORKCOMFORT

DI—Pulsed Discrete

Channel (I/O) Types

7

AI—MilliampAI—Custom MilliampAI—Voltage

DI—Sensed DiscreteAI—Custom Voltage

0 Not used

21 AI—Temperature

3456

1 - 56 (units)

Sensor Types*/Units**

1 - 4 (sensor type)Not used

1 - 5 (sensor type)1 - 56 (units)1 - 6 (sensor type)1 - 56 (units)1 - 37 (units)

AO—MilliampAO—Custom MilliampAO—VoltageAO—Custom VoltageDO—DiscreteDO—Stepper

91011121314

DI—Discrete Latched8

594

Sheet ______ of ________

1st Channel Type 0 - 4

1st Sensor or Units See below.


Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: SW______________

* For a description of the units, refer to Appendix C in this manual.

(Table #)

3/95

1st Channel Name

2nd Channel Type 0 - 4

2nd Sensor or Units See below.

2nd Channel Name

3rd Channel Type 0 - 4

3rd Sensor or Units See below.

3rd Channel Name



4th Channel Name



5th Channel Name



6th Channel Name



7th Channel Name



8th Channel Name

Channel (I/O) Types

Analog SoftwareNetwork InputNetwork Output

0 Not used

21 Discrete Software

34

Units*

DECISION NAME VALUEALLOWABLE ENTRIES POINT NUMBER

SOFTWARE POINTS DEFINITION SHEET

NETWORKCOMFORT

1 - 56 (units)Not used

1 - 56 (units)1 - 56 (units)1 - 56 (units)

595

*Re

fer t

o A

pp

en

dix

J in

th

is m

an

ua

l fo

r a li

st o

f a

llow

ab

le e

ntr

ies.

**R

efe

r to

Ap

pe

nd

ix C

in t

his

ma

nu

al f

or a

list

of

allo

wa

ble

en

trie

s.

Shee

t ___

___

of _

____

___

Con

trol

ler

Nam

e:__

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

_ B

us #

____

____

____

____

____

____

Ele

men

t #__

____

____

____

____

____

_

Tabl

e D

escr

ipti

on:_

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

Tab

le N

ame:

FN

C__

____

____

____

__ 8/95

(Tab

le #

)

1st

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

1st

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

2nd

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

*

2nd

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

3rd

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

3rd

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

4th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

4th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

5th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

5th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

6th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

6th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

7th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

7th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

8th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

*

8th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

9th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

9th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

10th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

10th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

11th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

11th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

12th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

12th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

13th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

13th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

14th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

14th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

15th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

15th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

16th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

16th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

17th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

*

17th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

18th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

18th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

19th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

19th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

20th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

20th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

21st

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

21st

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

22nd

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

22nd

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

23rd

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

*

23rd

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

24th

Fun

ctio

n T

ype

24th

Fun

ctio

n U

nits

0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

* 0-56

**

Fu

nct

ion

De

fin

i tio

n S

he

et

- A

lgo

r ith

ms,

Ala

rms,

Tim

e S

che

du

les,

Bro

ad

cast

, &

Lin

ka

ge

NETW

ORK

COM

FORT

DE

CIS

ION

NA

ME

VALU

EA

LLO

WA

BLE

EN

TR

IES

DE

CIS

ION

NA

ME

VALU

EA

LLO

WA

BLE

EN

TR

IES

596

0 - 16

0 - 16

0 - 4

Network Time Schedule

0 - 4

0 - 16

Consumables

Runtimes

Loadsheds

Holidays

Sheet ______ of ________

Controller Name:_______________________________ Bus #_____________ Element #_____________

Table Description:_________________________________________________ Table Name: NUMSYS

1/95

Yes/NoLanguage Conversion

NETWORKCOMFORT

DECISION NAME VALUEALLOWABLE ENTRIES

SYSTEM FUNCTIONS DEFINITION SHEET

597

Sheet ______ of ________

Setpoint 01 Units 0 - 56

Setpoint 02 Units


Table Description:___________________________________________________ Table Name: SETPTDEF

* For a description of the allowable entries, refer to Appendix C in this manual.

1/95

Setpoint 03 Units

Setpoint 04 Units

0 - 56

Setpoint 05 Units

Setpoint 06 Units

Setpoint 07 Units

Setpoint 08 Units

Setpoint 09 Units

Setpoint 10 Units

Setpoint 11 Units

Setpoint 12 Units

Setpoint 13 Units

Setpoint 14 Units

Setpoint 15 Units

Setpoint 16 Units

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

0 - 56

DECISION NAME VALUEALLOWABLE ENTRIES*

SETPOINT DEFINITION SHEET

NETWORKCOMFORT

598

Sheet ______ of ________

Controller Name:_______________________________ Bus #______________ Element #____________

Name of Algorithm:__________________________________________ Occurrence:__________________

1/95

DECISION NAME VALUE

ALGORITHM OR ALARM CONFIGURATION SHEET

NETWORKCOMFORT

ALLOWABLE ENTRIES

599

0.0 to 22.0

0.0 to 22.0

High Conversion Endpoint

Low Input Fault 0.0 to 22.0

High Input Fault 0.0 to 22.0

mA

mA

mA

mA

*

*

Externally Powered Yes/No

*

*

*Allowable entries are based on the units you select. For a list of the units, refer to Appendix C in this manual.

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: CMAMPI_________(Pt. #)

Low Input Endpoint

High Input Endpoint

Low Conversion Endpoint

0.0 to 22.0

0.0 to 22.0




mA

mA

mA

mA

*

*

Externally Powered Yes/No

*

*

Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: CMAMPI_________(Pt. #)

Low Input Endpoint

High Input Endpoint


ALLOWABLE ENTRIESDECISION NAME VALUEUNITS

NETWORKCOMFORT

AI-CUSTOM MILLIAMP (CMAMPI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET


AI-CUSTOM MILLIAMP (CMAMPI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

600

Low Output Endpoint 0.0 to 22.0

High Output Endpoint 0.0 to 22.0



mA

mA

*

*

*

*


1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:___________________________________________ Table Name: CMAMPO_________(Pt. #)





mA

mA

*

*

*

*

Table Description:___________________________________________ Table Name: CMAMPO_________(Pt. #)


NETWORKCOMFORT

AO-CUSTOM MILLIAMP (CMAMPO_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET


AO-CUSTOM MILLIAMP (CMAMPO_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

601

Low Input Endpoint 0.0 to 11.0

High Input Endpoint 0.0 to 11.0





Volts

*

*

*

*

*Allowable entries are based on the units you select. For a list of the units, refer to Appendix C in this mauual.

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: CVOLTI__________(Pt. #)

Volts

Volts

Volts

Low Input Endpoint 0.0 to 11.0

High Input Endpoint 0.0 to 11.0





Volts

*

*

*

*

Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: CVOLTI__________(Pt. #)

Volts

Volts

Volts


NETWORKCOMFORT

AI-CUSTOM VOLTAGE (CVOLTI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET


AI-CUSTOM VOLTAGE (CVOLTI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

602





Volts

*

*

*

*


1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:___________________________________________ Table Name: CVOLTO__________(Pt. #)

Volts





Volts

*

*

*

*

Table Description:___________________________________________ Table Name: CVOLTO__________(Pt. #)

Volts


NETWORKCOMFORT

AO-CUSTOM VOLTAGE (CVOLTO_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET


AO-CUSTOM VOLTAGE (CVOLTO_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

603

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: DISCRO___________(Pt. #)



NETWORKCOMFORT

Output Logic Type Normal/Invert

Minimum Off Time

Minimum On Time

N/A

0 to 3600 min

0 to 3600 min


DO-DISCRETE (DISCRO_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

Delay Time 0 to 3600 seconds


Minimum Off Time

Minimum On Time

N/A

0 to 3600 min

0 to 3600 min





Minimum Off Time

Minimum On Time

N/A

0 to 3600 min

0 to 3600 min




6041/95

Sheet ______ of ________

Controller Name:_______________________________ Bus #______________ Element # ____________Table Description:________________________________________ Table Name: HOLIDAY___________

Start Month 1 to 12

Start Day

Duration

1 to 31

0 to 365 Days

Table Description:________________________________________ Table Name: HOLIDAY___________



Start Month 1 to 12

Start Day

Duration

1 to 31

0 to 365 Days

Start Month 1 to 12

Start Day

Duration

1 to 31

0 to 365 Days

Start Month 1 to 12

Start Day

Duration

1 to 31

0 to 365 Days

NETWORKCOMFORT


HOLIDAY SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET







605

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: MAMP__I_________(Pt #)

Offset -999.0 to 999.0

Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: MAMP__I_________

N/A

Offset

(Pt #)


Offset

(Pt #)


Offset

(Pt #)

-999.0 to 999.0

-999.0 to 999.0

-999.0 to 999.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

NETWORKCOMFORT

ALLOWABLE ENTRIESDECISION NAME VALUE

AI-MILLIAMP (MAMP_I_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

UNITS



UNITS



UNITS



UNITS

606

(Table #)

Controller Name:_______________________________ Bus #______________ Element #_____________Table Description:____________________________________________ Table Name: OCCPN__________S

Sheet ______ of ________

1/95

Manual Override Hours 0 - 4

Period 1: Day of Week 00000000/11111111

Period 1: Occupied from 00:00 to 24:00

Period 1: Occupied to 00:00 to 24:00

Period 2: Day of Week












Period 6: Day of WeekPeriod 6: Occupied from 00:00 to 24:00




Period 7: Occupied to 00:00 to 24:00Period 8: Day of Week



Hours

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Hr:Min

Push Button Override Up to 8 alphanum. char.

Thermostat Override

Time Delay 0 to 60 Min

0 to 240 MinTimed Override Minutes

Up to 8 alphanum. char.

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

00000000/11111111

UNITS

TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET

NETWORKCOMFORT

DECISION NAME VALUEALLOWABLE ENTRIES

607

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: PULSDI___________(Pt. #)

Conversion Factor

Sample Time 1 to 1800 seconds

0000.00 to 9999.99 pulses


Conversion Factor


0000.00 to 9999.99


Conversion Factor


0000.00 to 9999.99

pulses

pulses

NETWORKCOMFORT


DI-PULSED DISCRETE (PULSDI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET





608

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: SENSDI ___________(Pt. #)

Output Logic Type normal/invert







NETWORKCOMFORT


DI-SENSED DISCRETE (SENSDI_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET







609

Occupied Lo Setpoint *

Occupied Hi Setpoint *

Unoccupied Lo Setpoint

Unoccupied Hi Setpoint

*

*

*

*

*


1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:___________________________________________ Table Name: SETPT ____________(Table #)

*





*

*

*

*

*


*





*

*

*

*

*


*


NETWORKCOMFORT

SETPOINT SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET





610

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: STPMOT___________(Pt. #)

Stepping Rate

Duty Cycle 33 to 100 %

1 to 1000 steps/seconds


Stepping Rate




Stepping Rate



NETWORKCOMFORT


DO-STEPPER MOTOR (STPMOT_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET





611

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: TEMP __I_________(Pt #)

Offset -10.0 to 10.0°F(-23.3 to -12.2°C)

Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: TEMP __I_________

°F (°C)

Offset -10.0 to 10.0°F(-23.3 to -12.2°C) °F (°C)

(Pt #)


Offset -10.0 to 10.0°F(-23.3 to -12.2°C) °F (°C)

(Pt #)


Offset -10.0 to 10.0°F(-23.3 to -12.2°C) °F (°C)

(Pt #)

NETWORKCOMFORT


AI-TEMPERATURE (TEMP_I_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

UNITS



UNITS



UNITS



UNITS

612

1/95

Sheet ______ of ________


Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: VOLT__I_________(Pt #)

Offset

Table Description:__________________________________________ Table Name: VOLT__I_________

Offset

(Pt #)


Offset

(Pt #)


Offset

(Pt #)

-999.0 to 999.0 N/A

-999.0 to 999.0 N/A

-999.0 to 999.0 N/A

-999.0 to 999.0 N/A

NETWORKCOMFORT


AI-VOLTAGE (VOLT_I_C) CONFIGURATION SHEET

UNITS



UNITS



UNITS



UNITS

Appendixes

613

Appendix A

The Comfort Controller is compatible with the following CarrierComfort Network (CCN) products. This list is current as of theprinting of this manual. It is subject to change.

Purpose & Name of DocumentWhere You Can Find More

Compatible Products Information About ProductOperation and Configuration

Air Side Linkage The software routine in the TerminalSystem Manager II (TSM II) thatdetermines the relationship betweenthe TSM II(s) and the air handler(s) ina system.

Terminal System Manager II Over-view and Configuration Manual(808-777)

Autodial Gateway III Serves as an interface device betweena Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)and a modem. The Gateway andmodem enable the CCN to communi-cate over telephone lines with otherAutodial Gateway-equipped CCNs.

Autodial Gateway III Overview andConfiguration Manual(808-827)

CCN DATAPORT Interface device that allows a non-Carrier device such as a dumb termi-nal, personal computer, or non-Carriercontroller to read values in systemelements connected to a CCN Com-munication Bus.

CCN DATAPORT Product Data Sheet(808-538)

(Continued)

CCNCompatibility

614



Data Collection III Used to collect consumable, runtime,and history data.

Data Collection III/Data TransferProduct Data Sheet (808-777)

Data Transfer Transmits point data from one systemelement to another.

Data Collection III/Data TransferProduct Data Sheet (808-777)

Facility Time Schedule Used to specify occupancy periodsthat vary in length on a day-to-daybasis.

Facility Time Schedule Overview andConfiguration Manual(808-726)

Loadshed Reduces peak electrical consumptionwithin a building by measuring usageand “shedding” (turning off or other-wise reducing) selected building loadswhen a present limit is surpassed.

Loadshed Overview and Configura-tion Manual (808-555)

(Continued)

615



Maintenance Management Extends capabilities of the BuildingSupervisor so that is can provide hardcopy service requests (work orders)when equipment requires attention.

Maintenance Management Overviewand Configuration Manual(808-746)

Tenant Billing Records the amount of time, or timedoverride, that a building tenant ex-ceeds occupancy hours that have beenscheduled in the CCN.

Stores a configured dollar amount thatis charged to the customer for eachhour of override.

Tenant Billing Overview and Configu-ration Manual (808-730)

Timed Force Extends user’s flexibility in forcingpoints. Transmits a force command toa point in a CCN controller to over-ride what would otherwise be thevalue or state of the point.

Timed Force Overview and Configu-ration Manual (808-717)

(Continued)

616



Water System Manager Provides linking functions so that theoperation of equipment supplyingcooled and heated water can be en-abled and disabled in response toconditions in the space(s) beingserved.

Supplies reset values to adjust setpointin the water cooling and heatingequipment.

Water System Manager Overview andConfiguration Manual(808-734)

617

Standard Inputand OutputDevices

Appendix B

The tables below provide the engineering units, ranges, resolutions,and accuracy for the standard input and output devices that theComfort Controller supports.

Temperature Types

RangeAnalog Input (US = Customary US)

Type Sensor Type (M = Metric) Resolution Accuracy

1 YSI 10K Thermistor US: -40°F to 245°F 0.1°F +/-1.0°FTemperature Sensor M: -40°C to 118°C 0.055°C +/-0.55°C

2 1K RTD US: -40°F to 220°F 0.1°F +/-2.0°FTemperature M: -40°C to 104°C 0.055°C +/-0.55°C

3 5K Thermistor US: -40°F to 245°F 0.1°F +/-1.0°FTemperature Sensor M: -40°C to 118°C 0.055°C +/-0.55°C

4 PT100 Temperature Not supported.Sensor

5 MCI 10K Thermistor US: -40°F to 245°F 0.1°F +/-1.0°FTemperature Sensor M: -18°C to 118°C 0.055°C +/-0.55°C

6 NTC 100K Thermistor US: 72°F to 282°F 0.1°F +/-1.0°FTemperature Sensor M: 22°C to 139°C 0.055°C +/-0.55°C

(Continued)

618

Analog Input Types (Milliamp)

RangeAnalog Input (US = Customary US)


1 Relative Humidity Sensor US: 0% Rh to 100% Rh 0.16% Rh 0.32% Rh(2-wire, 4-20 mA input) M: 0% Rh to 100% Rh 0.16% Rh 0.32% Rh

2 Static Pressure Sensor US: 0" H20 to 5.0" H

20 0.008" H

20 0.016" H

20

(2-wire, 4-20 mA input) M: 0 P to 1244 P 1.6 P 3.2 P

3 4-20 Milliamp Transducer US: 0 mA to 22 mA 0.025 mA +/-0.05 mAM: 0 mA to 22 mA 0.025 mA +/-0.05 mA

4 Platinum RTD US: -10°F to 245°F 0.4°F 0.8°FTemperature Sensor M: -22.3°C to 118°C 0.22°C 0.44°C(2-wire, 4-20 mA input)

5 Pressure Sensor US: 3 to 15 psi 0.02 psi 0.04 psi(2-wire, 4-20 mA input) M: 20.7 to 103.4 kPa 0.13 kPa 0.26 kPa

(Continued)

619

Analog Input Types (Voltage)

RangeAnalog Input (US = Customary US)Type Sensor Type (M = Metric) Resolution Accuracy

1 Relative Humidity Sensor US: 0% Rh to 100% Rh 0.16% Rh 0.32% RhM: 0% Rh to 100% Rh 0.16% Rh 0.32% Rh

2 Static Pressure Sensor US: 0" H20 to 5.0" H

20 0.008" H

20 0.016" H

20

M: 0 P to 1244 P 1.6 P 3.2 P

3 0 to 10 Vdc Transducer US: 0 Vdc to 11 Vdc 0.0125 Vdc +/-0.025 Vdc(Maximum Impedance M: 0 Vdc to 11 Vdc 0.0125 Vdc +/-0.025 Vdc>10K ohms)

4 Platinum RTD US: -10°F to 245°F 0.4°F 0.8°FTemperature Sensor M: -22.3°C to 118°C 0.22°C 0.44°C

5 Pressure Sensor US: 3 to 15 psi 0.02 psi 0.04 psiM: 20.7 to 103.4 kPa 0.13 kPa 0.26 kPa

6 T-56 Space Temperature US: 0.0% to 100.0% not applicableSensor with Setpoint M: 0.0% to 100.0% not applicableAdjustment

(Continued)

620

Analog Output Types (Milliamp)

RangeAnalog Output (US = Customary US)


1 Percentage CS: 0 to 100% 0.5% 3.75%0-100%, M: 0 to 100% 0.5% 3.75%(4-20 mA output)

2 Percentage CS: 100% to 0% 0.5% 3.75%100%-0%, M: 100% to 0% 0.5% 3.75%(4-20 mA output)

3 Pressure CS: 0 psi to 16.5 psi 0.64 psi 0.45 psi(0-22 mA output) M: 0 kPa to 113.9 kPa 0.44 kPa 3.1 kpa

4 4-20 mA CS: 0 mA to 22.0 mA 0.085 mA +/-.6 mAMaximum Load 600 ohms M: 0 mA to 22.0 mA 0.085 mA +/-.6 mA

Note: Accuracy does not include accuracy of the transducer.

The UT203 FID IO modules only support Milliamp Analog Output Type 4. If an-other milliamp analog output is required, configure the point as a Custom MilliampOutput. For more information, refer to Custom Milliamp Output in the How ToConfigure Points chapter of this manual.

(Continued)

621

Analog Output Types (Voltage)

RangeAnalog Output (US = Customary US)


1 Percentage CS: 0 to 100% 0.5% 3.75%0-100%, M: 0 to 100% 0.5% 3.75%(0-10 V)

2 Percentage CS: 100% to 0% 0.5% 3.75%100%-0%, M: 100% to 0% 0.5% 3.75%(0-10 V)

3 Pressure CS: 0 psi to 16.5 psi 0.64 psi 0.45 psi(0-11 V) M: 0 kPa to 113.9 kPa 0.44 kPa 3.1 kpa

4 0-11 Vdc CS: 0 Vdc to 11 Vdc 0.04 Vdc 0.3 VdcM: 0 Vdc to 11 Vdc 0.04 Vdc 0.3 Vdc

Note: Accuracy does not include accuracy of the transducer.

The UT203 FID IO modules do not support Voltage Analog Output Types.

622

0 not used not used1 °F -40.00 245.00 °C -40.00 118.332 % 0.00 100.00 % 0.00 100.003 "H

20 0.00 5.00 Pa 0 1244

4 mA 0.00 22.00 mA 0.00 22.005 ^F -9999.99 9999.99 ^C -5555.55 5555.556 VOLTS 0.00 11.00 VOLTS 0.00 11.007 psi 0.00 16.50 Kpa 0.00 113.778 gpm -9999.99 9999.99 1/min -37849.96 37849.969 gph -9999.99 9999.99 1/h -37849.96 37849.9610 kgpm -9999.99 9999.99 m3/min -37849.96 37849.9611 kgph -9999.99 9999.99 m3/h -37849.96 37849.9612 psig -9999.99 9999.99 kPa -68949.93 68949.9313 lbs/hr -9999.99 9999.99 kg/h -4535.996 4535.99614 klbs/hr -9999.99 9999.99 kg/hr -4535.996 4535.99615 Btu/hr -9999.99 9999.99 kW -2.93000 2.9300016 MBtu/h -9999.99 9999.99 kW -2929.997 2929.99717 "H

20 -9999.99 9999.99 mmH

2O -253999.8 253999.8

18 "Hg -9999.99 9999.99 mmHG -253999.8 253999.819 kWh -9999.99 9999.99 kWh -9999.99 9999.9920 kW -9999.99 9999.99 kW -9999.99 9999.9921 degF -9999.99 9999.99 degC -5573.33 5573.7722 %Rh 0.00 100.00 %Rh 0.00 100.0023 AMPS -9999.99 9999.99 AMPS -9999.99 9999.9924 VOLTS -9999.99 9999.99 VOLTS -9999.99 9999.9925 CFM -9999.99 9999.99 m3/min -283.1997 283.199726 CFH -9999.99 9999.99 m3/h -283.1997 283.199727 fpm -9999.99 9999.99 m/sec -50.79995 50.7999528 kcfm -9999.99 9999.99 m3/min -283199.7 283199.729 kcfh -9999.99 9999.99 m3/h -283199.7 283199.730 tons -9999.99 9999.99 tons -9069.99 9069.9931 tons/h -9999.99 9999.99 tons/h -9069.99 9069.9932 rpm -9999.99 9999.99 rpm -9999.99 9999.9933 %open -9999.99 9999.99 %open -9999.99 9999.9934 hours -9999.99 9999.99 hours -9999.99 9999.9935 gals -9999.99 9999.99 liters -37849.96 37849.9636 Btu/lb -9999.99 9999.99 kJ/kg -23267.78 23232.1837 gps -9999.99 9999.99 1/sec -37849.96 37849.9638 sqft -9999.99 9999.99 m2 -928.9991 928.999139 CFM -9999.99 9999.99 1/sec -4718.995 4718.99540 sec -9999.99 9999.99 sec -9999.99 9999.9941 Hz -9999.99 9999.99 Hz -9999.99 9999.9942 min -9999.99 9999.99 min -9999.99 9999.9943 hours -9999.99 9999.99 hours -9999.99 9999.9944 rpm -9999.99 9999.99 rpm -9999.99 9999.9945 kWh/p -9999.99 9999.99 kWh/p -9999.99 9999.9946 pulses -9999.99 9999.99 pulses -9999.99 9999.9947 uS -9999.99 9999.99 uS -9999.99 9999.9948 pH -9999.99 9999.99 pH -9999.99 9999.9949 usec -9999.99 9999.99 usec -9999.99 9999.9950 steps -9999.99 9999.99 steps -9999.99 9999.9951 feet -9999.99 9999.99 meters -3047.85 3047.8552 GPM -9999.99 9999.99 LPS -630.7993 630.799353 in Hg -9999.99 9999.99 kPag -35139.97 35139.9754 tons -9999.99 9999.99 kW -35139.97 35139.9755 tons -9999.99 9999.99 KCal/min -503999.51 503999.5156 no units no units57-72 custom units -9999.99 9999.99 custom units -9999.99 9999.99

Appendix C - Allowable Entries for AI/AO Display UnitsCustomary US

UnitsDisplayed

Conversion Limits UnitsDisplayedLow High HighLow

DisplayUnitsEntry

Conversion Limits

Metric

623

Appendix D

Display Conversion ConversionUnits for Discrete for DiscreteEntry Value 1 Value 0

1 1 02 Start Stop3 Stop Start4 Enable Disable5 Disable Enable6 On Off7 Off On8 Open Close9 Close Open10 High Low11 Low High12 Alarm Normal13 Normal Alarm14 Enable Emstop15 Emstop Enable16 Yes No17 No Yes18 True False19 False True20 Analog Discrete21 Nonlin Linear22 Energy Flow23 Invert Normal24 Blank Blank25 Dirty Clean26 Heat Cool27 Up Down28 Fast Slow29 Auto Manual30 Auto On31 Brine Water32 Full Reduce33 CCN Local34 Tone Pulse35 Or And36 Metric US37 Slave Master38-53 Custom units Custom Units

Allowable Entriesfor DI/DO DisplayUnits

624

Appendix E

Alarm InformationRefer to the information in this appendix when configuring thefollowing decisions in an ALRMDEF Table:

• Alarm Level• Alarm Source• Alarm Description Index• Alarm Message

A description of each of these decisions and their allowable entriesare given below.

In the Alarm Level configuration decision, enter the priority level (0to 6) that will be assigned to this alarm. The value in this decision isused when sorting alarms.

Alarm levels range from zero to six, with zero being the highest andsix the lowest priority. Each level, along with a description of itsmeaning, is listed below.

Alarm Level Meaning

0 Fire/Life Safety1 Critical2 Service3 Reserved4 Maintenance5 Reserved6 Control

Alarm Level

625

In the Alarm Source configuration decision, enter the type (0 to 7) thatrepresents the equipment generating the alarm. The value entered in thisdecision is used when sorting alarms from the same source by level.

Type Equipment

0 Fire1 Security2 Reserved3 Boiler/Furnace4 Chiller5 Air Handler6 System (POC functions)7 Thermostat

In the Alarm Description Index configuration decision, enter the indexnumber (0 to 15) that represents the standard alarm message that will begenerated when the alarm condition exists.

Index Number Standard Alarm Message

0 If you enter 0 in the Alarm Description Indexconfiguration decision or a date in the AlarmMessage decision, the standard alarm messagewill be ignored.

1 discrete state2 total time exceeds3 starts, limit is4 commanded state is5 safety chain first out6 interlock7 outside limit of8 interlocked, exceeds limit of9 I/O channel failure10 has illegal configuration11 additional cooling capacity required12 communications error13 clock error14 communication alarm buffer full15 directory not available

Alarm Source

Alarm DescriptionIndex

626

There are four Alarm Message configuration decisions which allowyou to create a custom message of up to 64 characters that will besent when the alarm condition exists. In each decision, you can enterup to 16 ASCII character and/or control characters listed in the tablebelow.

A control character consists of # and a number 2 to 4. When an alarmis generated, the control characters in the custom message are re-placed by the actual data supplied by the alarm, i.e., the point name.

The examples below show custom messages with and without controlcharacters.

Example custom alarm message entered without controlcharacters:

Bob, SPT exceeded limit of 72°F. Call Joe at Ext. 5555 whenproblem is fixed.

Same custom alarm message entered using control characters:

Bob, #2 #4. Call Joe at Ext. 5555 when alarm returns to normal.

Control Characters Will be replaced with . . . whenalarm is sent

#1 Not used#2 8-character point name*#3 current variable value and units#4 exceeded limit and units

*ComfortWORKS replaces the 8-character point name with the 24-character description.

Alarm Message

627

Appendix F

The Local Interface Device (LID) is a CCN operator interface thatgives you the capability to view and modify all configuration andservice data for the Comfort Controller. The LID also gives you thecapability to override all point display and maintenance data.

This section includes information about the LID’s:

• Menu structure• Default screen• Keypad• Status modes

This section also includes instructions on how to:

• Log on and log off• Access configuration and maintenance data

The LID operates on a hierarchy of four levels (menus).

The top level contains the LID’s major functions. Each function hasa corresponding key on the LID. For an explanation of each functionkey, refer to Table F-2.

The second level separates the major functions (items) into types withcorresponding type numbers that you can use for quick access. For alist of functions and type numbers, refer to the Function Types,Default Names and EEPROM Memory Usage Summary Sheetlocated in Appendix H of this manual. This table is useful when youwant to quickly access a particular item, such as an algorithm.

The third level gives you the capability to access each occurrence ofan item. For example, your application may require two DO—Analog Comparison algorithms. Thus, your Comfort Controllerwould have two occurrences of the DO—Analog Comparison algo-rithm.

The fourth level gives you the capability to access maintenance andconfiguration data associated with the selected occurrence of theitem.

LID Operation

Menu Structure

628

Default Screen

Keypad andDisplay

Figure F-1 shows a LID displaying the Default screen. This screenprovides you with the 24-character controller name and thecontroller’s current time, date, and alarm status. This screen appearswhen the LID is powered up and communicating with the ComfortController or there is no keyboard activity for ten minutes.

The LID consists of a keypad with 8 function keys, 4 operative keys,12 numeric keys (0 to 9, ., and -) and a two-line, alphanumericliquid crystal display (LCD). Each line on the LCD can display upto 24 characters.

The LID is illustrated in the figure below.

Figure F-1Local Interface Device

STATEXPN

EDIT

SET SCHD

SRVCTEST

ALRM

HIST ALGO

CLEAR

ENTER

1

4

7

_

2

5

8

0

3

6

9

.

Comfort Controller14:00 10-10-94

FUNCTIONKEYS

OPERATIVEKEYS

FUNCTIONKEYS

OPERATIVEKEYS

NUMERICKEYS

629

The table below defines the purpose of the LID’s function keys.

FunctionKeys Use

Status — gives you access to maintenancevalues and configuration data for points.

Alarm — gives you access to maintenanceand configuration data foralarms.

History — gives you access to maintenanceand configuration data for history systemfunctions.

Service — gives you access to maintenanceand configuration data for service systemfunctions.

Setup — gives you access to configurationdata for setup system functions.

Schedule — gives you access to maintenanceand configuration data for schedules.

Algorithm — gives you access to mainte-nance and configuration data for AO, DO ,and global algorithms. It also give you accessto BEST++ custom programs.

Edit — gives you the capability to switchfrom status mode to edit(configuration) mode for the selected item.(EXPN is not used in conjunction with theComfort Controller.)

Table F-2Function Keys

TEST

ALRM

HIST

SRVC

STAT

ALGO

EXPN

EDIT

SET

SCHD

630

The table below defines the purpose of the LID’s operative keys.

OperativeKeys Use

Clear — performs three operations:

• Cancels a data entry before you pressEnter, thus leaving the current valueunchanged

• Returns a forced point to automaticcontrol

• Redisplays the previous menu level

Enter — performs two operations:

• Selects the displayed item, thus displayingeither its maintenance or configurationdata, depending on whether you are in thestatus mode or the edit mode.

• Accepts the value entered in a configura-tion decision as new configuration data oras a force.

Down arrow — displays the next configureditem or decision. When the last configureditem or decision is displayed, the LID re-displays the first configured item or decision.For example, when you press the down arrowkey while viewing the last configurationdecision of an algorithm, the LID re-displaysthe first configuration decision.

Up arrow — Displays the previous config-ured item or decision.

Table F-3Operative Keys

CLEAR

ENTER

631

The table below defines the purpose of the LID’s numeric keys.

OperativeKeys Use

Numeric keys.

Performs two operations:

• Separates items, such as an algorithm fromits occurrence or hours from minutes.

• Serves as a decimal point in numeric values.

Performs two operations:

• Negates the value of numeric keys.• Clears current data entry value any time it is

not the first key pressed during the dataentry sequence.

Follow the instructions below to log on to the Comfort Controller.

1. Press 3, SET, and ENTER.

2. Key in your password and press ENTER.

Note: The default password is 1111. To change the defaultpassword, press 3, SET, EDIT, and ENTER. Enter anew password of up to 8 digits and press ENTER.

Follow the instructions below to set the Comfort Controller's address.

1. Press 7, SRVC, ENTER and EDIT.

2. Key in the CCN element number and press ENTER.

3. Press the down arrow, enter the CCN bus number, and pressENTER.

Follow the instructions below to log off the Comfort Controller.

1. Press 3, SET, and ENTER.

2. Press the down arrow, 1, and ENTER.

Table F-4Numeric Keys

-1 9

.

_

How to Log On

How to Set theComfortController'sAddress

How to Log Off

632

You can view items in either the status (maintenance) mode or theedit (configuration) mode.

When you first power up the LID, it displays the ComfortController’s items in the status (maintenance) mode. You may viewthe current value or status of an item in the status mode withoutactually logging on to the Comfort Controller. Knowing the currentvalues or status of items can be useful when troubleshooting. Forexample, you could determine if a point was forced.

Note: Not all items have maintenance data. If the item youselect does not have maintenance data, the LID willdisplay “No maintenance.”

You can access maintenance data in the status mode in two ways:

• Pressing the appropriate function key (i.e., ALRM) once toaccess a category (i.e., alarms) and then continuing to press thatkey (ALRM) to scroll through all the items in that category (i.e.,Limit Alarm, Setpoint Alarm, Discrete Alarm, First Out Alarm,Runtime Alarm, and Number of Starts Alarm). Press ENTER todisplay the first maintenance decision.

Note: Scrolling by repeatedly pressing the function key,displays the name of all the items in that category,whether or not they are actually configured.

Scrolling by pressing the up or down arrow, displaysonly the configured items within that category.

• Pressing the appropriate LID numeric key (i.e., 2) and theappropriate function key (i.e., ALRM) to directly access an itemwithout having to scroll through all the items in that category.Press ENTER to display the first maintenance decision.

Viewing Modes

Status Mode

How to AccessItems in the StatusMode

633

Because the LID first displays items in the status mode when it ispowered up, you must log on to the connected Comfort Controllerand press the edit key to switch to the edit mode.

While in the edit mode, you can change the configuration of items.For example, you could change the value of an algorithm’s configu-ration decision.

For instructions on accessing items in the edit mode, refer to thenext topic, How to Access Items in the Comfort Controller.

Note: Not all items have configuration data. If the item youselect does not have configuration data, pressing the Editkey will have no effect. The LID will display “No con-figuration.”

The two ways to access items in the edit mode are the same as in thestatus mode, except for an additional step — pressing the EDIT key.

You can access configuration data in the edit mode in two ways:

• Pressing the appropriate function key (i.e., ALRM) once toaccess a category (i.e., alarms), pressing EDIT, and then con-tinuing to press that key (ALRM) to scroll through all the itemsin that category (i.e., Limit Alarm, Setpoint Alarm, DiscreteAlarm, First Out Alarm, Runtime Alarm, and Number of StartsAlarm).

Note: Scrolling by repeatedly pressing the function key,displays the name of all the items in that category,whether or not they are actually configured.

Scrolling by pressing the up or down arrow, displaysonly the configured items within that category.

• Pressing the appropriate LID numeric key (i.e., 2), the appropri-ate function key (i.e., ALRM), and EDIT to directly access anitem without having to scroll through all the items in that cat-egory.

Edit Mode

How to AccessItems in the EditMode

634

Use the table below as a reference to directly access Comfort Con-troller items using a LID in either the status or edit modes. Forexample, to access maintenance data for the AO—Heating VAValgorithm, press 6, ALGO, and ENTER. To access configurationdata for the AO—Heating VAV algorithm, press 6, ALGO, EDIT,and ENTER. If your database consisted of two AO—Heating VAValgorithms and you wished to access the second one, you couldpress 6, . (decimal), 2, ALGO, EDIT, and ENTER.

Quick Access inEither Status or EditMode

LID Function Keys

LIDNum. Algorithms Status History Service Alarm Setup SchedulesKey (ALGO) (STAT) (HIST) (SRVC) (ALRM) (SET) (SCHD)

1 ........ AO—Adaptive Control ......... Hardware Points ............ Alarm History ............ Function Definition ... Limit ...... Set Clock .....................Occupancy2 ........ AO—Cooling CV ................... Software Points .............. Analog Point Trace .... Channel Definition .... Setpoint .. Real Time Clock .........Setpoint3 ........ AO—Cooling VAV ................ Temperature Input ........ Discrete Point Trace .. System Definition ...... Discrete .. Controller Password .. Holiday4 ........ AO—Fan Tracking ................ Milliamp Input ............... Consumable Channel Setpoint Definition .... First out ........................................ S/W Setpoint5 ........ AO—Heating CV ................... Custom Milliamp Input . Internal Consumable . Database Control ....... Runtime ........................................ Network Time6 ........ AO—Heating VAV ................ Voltage Input .................. Runtime Channel ...... Comfort Controller ... # of starts7 ........ AO—Humidity Control ......... Custom Voltage Input .......................................... CCN Control8 ........ AO—Mixed Air CV w IAQ ... Sensed Discrete Input .......................................... LID Preferences9 ........ AO—Mixed Air VAV w IAQ Latched Discrete Input10 ...... AO—Permissive Intrlock ...... Pulsed Discrete Input11 ...... AO—Reset .............................. Milliamp Output12 ...... AO—Shared Transducer ...... Custom Milliamp Output13 ...... AO—Static Pressure .............. Voltage Output14 ...... DO—Analog ........................... Custom Voltage Output15 ...... DO—DX-Staging VAV .......... Discrete Output16 ...... DO—Electric Heat CV .......... Stepper Motor Output17 ...... DO—Electric Heat VAV ....... Discrete Software Point18 ...... DO—Enthalpy Comparison .. Analog Software Point19 ...... DO—Interlock ....................... Network Data Out20 ...... DO—Lighting Control .......... Network Data In21 ...... DO—Permissive Interlock22 ...... DO—Pump Control23 ...... DO—Prop Thermo24 ...... DO—Prop Thermo 2 Pipe25 ...... DO—Prop Thermo 4 Pipe26 ...... DO—Staged Thermostat27 ...... DO—Staging Control28 ...... DO—Time Clock29 ...... DO—Time Clock w Check30 ...... AOSS Schedule31 ...... Network Broadcast32 ...... Linkage/AOSS Schedule33 ...... NTFC w Enthalpy Check34 ...... Sensor Group35 ...... WSM Air Source36 ...... WSM Cool Source37 ...... Custom Program

Table F-5Quick Access to Items

Note: If you are in the edit mode and wish toswitch to the status mode, you canpress CLEAR or press EDIT again.

635

Appendix G

How to Configurea Newly InstalledComfort ControllerUsing a LID

Appendix G, in conjunction with Appendix H, details the proce-dures necessary to configure a Comfort Controller using the handheld Local Interface Device (also known as the HSIO II.) Whilethese procedures are technically correct, other more expedientmethods for controller configuration exist, such as the NetworkService Tool's Quickstart function, and the ComfortVIEW andComfortWORKS controller configuration tool. It is recommendedthat you consider these other options before undertaking a fullcontroller configuration using the LID.

When installing a Comfort Controller, you must perform a numberof steps in a particular order. These steps are grouped into twoprocedures:

• Creating the Comfort Controller’s database using the Service-Config Tables

• Configuring the database using the configuration tables

The term define, as it applies to the Comfort Controller, means tospecify information about the items being selected in the Service-Config Tables. You must specify information such as channeltypes, sensor type or units, channel names, functions types andfunction units. For example, the AO-Cooling CV algorithm’sfunction type is 2 and its function units might be 2, which indicates0−100%.

The term configure, as it is used in relation to the Comfort Control-ler, means to specify to the Comfort Controller the information thatit needs to control and monitor HVAC devices in the desired man-ner. For example when configuring the AO-Cooling CV algorithm,you must enter information such as the AO point that is controllingthe air handler’s chilled water valve and the Sensor Group or spacetemperature sensor that is providing the space temperature inputs.

Introduction

636

In a newly installed Comfort Controller, the database is effectively ablank page. Based on your application, you decide which algo-rithms, points, alarms, schedules, or system functions are needed tocreate the database. The database, therefore, only consists of thefeatures and functions required by your application.

You select and define the required items in configuration tables.These tables are listed below.

Table Name Purpose

FNCxx-yy Create a combination of up to 24 of thefollowing functions in a Comfort Controller1600 or up to 96 in a Comfort Controller6400: AO, DO, and global (i.e., AOSS,Linkage) algorithms, alarms, and timeschedules.

HWxx-yy Create up to 8 hardware points per table(hardware points) for a total of 16 points in a Comfort Con-

troller 1600 or 64 points in a ComfortController 6400

NUMSYS Create up to 16 holidays, up to16 networktime schedules, up to 4 Consumable tablesof up to 16 schedules each, up to 4 Runtimetables of up to 16 schedules each, and up to16 Loadshed tables.

SETPTDEF Create up to 16 setpoint schedules

SWxx-yy Create up to 8 software points per table(software points) for a total of 16 points in a Comfort Con-

troller 1600 or 32 points in a ComfortController 6400

UPDATEDB Update the Comfort Controller’s database

Table G-1Configuration Tables

637

Follow the steps below to configure a newly installed ComfortController. Only complete the steps needed to configure yourapplication. For example, if your application does not requiresoftware points, then omit Steps 3, h through l.

1. Complete the 1600 or 6400 Hardware and Software PointConfiguration Sheets located in Appendix H (Quickstart) ofthis manual. Use these sheets as a reference when creatingthe database.

2. Connect the LID to the Comfort Controller, log on, and setthe Comfort Controller's address. For instructions on con-necting the LID, refer to the Comfort Controller Installationand Start-up Manual. For instructions on how to log on andset the address, refer to Appendix F in this manual.

3. Configure each HWxx-yy and SWxx-yy table by completingthe steps below. In these steps you are defining the hardwarepoints, and then the software points, in groups of eight pointsper table.

a. Press 2, SRVC, EDIT (if in status mode), and ENTER todisplay the HW01-08 Table.

b. Press ENTER to display the first configuration decision,1st Channel Type.

c. Enter the channel type and press ENTER.

d. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, 1st Sensor or Units.

e. Enter the sensor type or units and press ENTER.

f. Repeat Steps a through e for each point.

g. Press CLEAR to back up a level, then press the downarrow to access the HW09-16 Table.

If you must configure this table, repeat steps b through f.

If you do not have to configure more hardware points,but do have to configure software points, press the downarrow until the SW65-72 Table is displayed.

h. Press ENTER to display the first software point configu-ration decision, 1st Channel Type.

i. Enter the channel type and press ENTER.

ConfigurationProcess

Creating the Database

638

j. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, 1st Sensor or Units.

k. Enter the sensor type or units and press ENTER.

l. Repeat Steps h through k for each table.

4. Configure the SETPTDEF Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are defining the engineering units(degrees F, % RH, inches of water, etc.) for each SetpointSchedule.

Note: Any Setpoint Schedule left at 0 is undefined and notcreated.

a. Press 4, SRVC, EDIT (if in status mode), and ENTER todisplay the first configuration decision in the SETPTDEFTable, Setpoint 01 Units.

b. Enter the engineering units for the first Setpoint Sched-ule and press ENTER.

c. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Setpoint 02 Units.

e. Repeat Steps b and c as until you have defined theengineering unit for all the Setpoint Schedules.

5. Configure the FNCxx-yy Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are defining each desired algo-rithm, alarm, time schedule, broadcast and linkage routine inthe following steps:

a. Press 1, SRVC, EDIT (if in status mode), and ENTER todisplay the first configuration decision in the table, 1stFunction Type.

b. Enter the function type and press ENTER.

c. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, 1st Function Units.

639

d. Enter the engineering units and press ENTER.

An entry of 0 will display the function's default unit. Fora list of algorithm and alarm default units, refer to theAlgorithm and Alarm Units Summary Sheet located inAppendix H of this manual.

e. Press the down arrow to display the next decision.

f. Repeat Steps b through e until you have defined all of thefunctions.

6. Configure the NUMSYS Table by completing the steps below.In these steps you are defining the number of Holiday Sched-ules, Network Time Schedules, Consumables, Runtimes, andLoadsheds required. You are also indicating if languageconversion will be performed.

a. Press 3, SRVC, EDIT (if in status mode), and ENTER todisplay the first configuration decision in the NUMSYSTable, Holidays.

b. Enter the quantity of desired Holiday Schedules and pressENTER.

c. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Network Time Schedules.

d. Enter the quantity of desired Network Time Schedulesand press ENTER.

e. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Consumables.

f. Enter the quantity of desired Consumables and pressENTER.

g. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Runtimes.

h. Enter the quantity of desired Runtimes and press ENTER.

640

i. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Loadsheds.

j. Enter the quantity of desired Loadshed Tables and pressENTER.

k. Press the down arrow to display the next configurationdecision, Language Conversion.

l. If necessary, press 1 to toggle the default from No to Yes.

7. Configure the UPDATEDB Table by completing the stepsbelow. In these steps you are updating the ComfortController’s database with the items selected in the Service-Config Tables.

a. Press 5 SRVC, EDIT (if in status mode), and ENTER todisplay the configuration decision, Update Database.

b. Press the 1 to toggle the default from No to Yes.

Note: Although you may not see the LID toggle the valuefrom No to Yes because the change occurs soquickly, you can verify that the update is occurringby watching the Comfort Controller’s red LID blinkat the rate of 5 Hz. The download time varies withthe size of the database.

You must use a Network Service Tool or Building Supervisor III tochange default point names and descriptions. For instructions, referto the How to Configure a Newly Installed Comfort Controllerchapter of this manual.

Using the configuration sheets and Table G-1 in this manual asreferences, enter the appropriate values in the configuration tablesfor points, algorithms, alarms, etc.

This completes the configuration process. You can now view pointvalues and statuses, and force points.

Configuring theDatabase

How to ChangeDefault Point Namesand Descriptions

641

Appendix H

Appendix H, in conjunction with Appendix G, details the proce-dures necessary to configure a Comfort Controller using the handheld Local Interface Device (also known as the HSIO II.) Whilethese procedures are technically correct, other more expedientmethods for controller configuration exist, such as the NetworkService Tool's Quickstart function, and the ComfortVIEW andComfortWORKS controller configuration tool. It is recommendedthat you consider these other options before undertaking a fullcontroller configuration using the LID.

The configuration sheets included in this section are designed tofacilitate LID-based controller configuration and are not appropriatefor use with PC-based configuration tools. A set of Microsoft Excel-based wire lists and configuration sheets is available from Carrierfor use with Carrier's PC-based configuration tools.

This appendix is a handy reference that provides you with forms andreference sheets to configure the Comfort Controller as quickly aspossible using the LID. This tear-out section provides the best wayto quickly see the big configuration picture plus some importantdetails.

After reading this section and photocopying and completing theconfiguration sheets, refer to the How to Configure a Newly In-stalled Comfort Controller chapter of this manual for step-by-stepinstructions on configuring a Comfort Controller’s database using aBuilding Supervisor or Network Service Tool. For instructions onconfiguring a Comfort Controller’s database using a LID, refer toAppendix G in this manual.

This section consists of the following reference and configurationsheets:

Reference Sheets• Sample 6400 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet• Function Types, Default Names and EEPROM Memory Usage

Summary Sheet• Types/Units Reference Sheet• Comfort Controller Function Requirements• Algorithm and Alarm Units Summary Sheet

ConfigurationSheets for LID-basedConfiguration

642

Configuration Sheets• 1600 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet• 1600 Software Point Configuration Sheet• 6400 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet• 6400 Software Point Configuration Sheet

The configuration sheets provide a convenient means of organizingall hardware and software point configuration information used inconfiguring the Service-Config Tables. A sample of a completed6400 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet is included.

The Function Types, Default Names and EEPROM Memory UsageSummary Sheet lists the eight-character default names, functiontypes, and memory usage of all the Comfort Controller functions. Italso lists the default names and memory usage of hardware andsoftware points, and miscellaneous tables, and the default names forthe Service-Config Tables.

The Types/Units Reference Sheet uses an at-a-glance approach toprovide the allowable entries for all sensor types and units. Refer toAppendixes B through D for further details such as range, resolu-tion, accuracy, and metric conversion limits.

The Comfort Controller Function Requirements sheet assists you indetermining the requirements for configuring a function by showingyou the function’s points, schedules, and system functions.

The Algorithm and Alarm Units Summary Sheet assists you inconfiguring the FNCxx-yy Table’s Function Unit decision by indi-cating the pre-configured algorithm and alarm engineering units.Those units that are not pre-configured are indicated with **.

645

Har

dwar

e P

oint

Typ

es f

or H

Wxx

-yy

Tabl

e

Typ

es/U

nits

Ref

eren

ce S

heet

Typ

e 1

Typ

e 2

Typ

e 3

Typ

e 4

Typ

e 5

Typ

e 6

Typ

e 7

Typ

e 8

Typ

e 9

Typ

e 10

Typ

e 11

Typ

e 12

Typ

e 13

Typ

e 14

Typ

e 1

T

ype

2T

ype

3T

ype

4Te

mp

mA

Cus

t m

AV

olt

Cus

t Vol

tSe

nsed

Pul

sed

Lat

chm

AC

ust

mA

Vol

tC

ust V

olt

Dis

cret

eSt

eppe

r D

iscr

Ana

log

Net

In

N

et O

utIn

ptIn

put

Inpu

tIn

put

Inpu

tD

ID

ID

IO

utpu

tO

utpu

tO

utpu

tO

utpu

tO

utpu

tM

otor

Poi

nts

P

oint

sP

oint

sP

oint

s

Ana

log

Inpu

tT

ype

Sens

or T

ype

1Y

SI 1

0KT

herm

isto

rTe

mpe

ratu

reSe

nsor

21K

RT

DTe

mpe

ratu

re

35K

The

rmis

tor

Tem

pera

ture

Sens

or

4PT

100

Tem

pera

ture

Sens

or

5M

CI

10K

The

rmis

tor

Tem

pera

ture

Sens

or

6N

TC

100

KT

herm

isto

rTe

mpe

ratu

reSe

nsor

Ana

log

Inpu

tT

ype

Sens

or T

ype

1R

elat

ive

Hum

idity

Sens

or(2

-wir

e, 4

-20

mA

inpu

t)

2St

atic

Pre

ssur

e Se

nsor

(2-w

ire,

4-2

0 m

A in

put)

34-

20 M

illia

mp

Tra

nsdu

cer

4Pl

atin

um R

TD

Tem

pera

ture

Sen

sor

(2-w

ire,

4-2

0 m

A in

put)

5Pr

essu

re S

enso

r(2

-wir

e, 4

-20

mA

inpu

t)

Ana

log

Inpu

tT

ype

Sens

or T

ype

1R

elat

ive

Hum

idity

Sens

or

2St

atic

Pre

ssur

eSe

nsor

30

to 1

0 V

dcT

rans

duce

r(M

axim

umIm

peda

nce

>10

K o

hms)

4Pl

atin

um R

TD

Tem

pera

ture

Sens

or

5Pr

essu

re S

enso

r

6T-

56 S

pace

Tem

pera

ture

Sens

or w

ith S

etpo

int

Adj

ustm

ent

Dis

play

Con

vers

ion

Con

vers

ion

Uni

tsfo

r D

iscr

ete

for

Dis

cret

eE

ntry

Val

ue 1

Val

ue 0

11

02

Star

tSt

op3

Stop

Star

t4

Ena

ble

Dis

able

5D

isab

leE

nabl

e6

On

Off

7O

ffO

n8

Ope

nC

lose

9C

lose

Ope

n10

Hig

hL

ow11

Low

Hig

h12

Ala

rmN

orm

al13

Nor

mal

Ala

rm14

Ena

ble

Em

stop

15E

mst

opE

nabl

e16

Yes

No

17N

oY

es18

Tru

eFa

lse

19Fa

lse

Tru

e20

Ana

log

Dis

cret

e21

Non

linL

inea

r22

Ene

rgy

Flow

23In

vert

Nor

mal

24B

lank

Bla

nk25

Dir

tyC

lean

26H

eat

Coo

l27

Up

Dow

n28

Fast

Slow

29A

uto

Man

ual

30A

uto

On

31B

rine

Wat

er32

Full

Red

uce

33C

CN

Loc

al34

Tone

Puls

e35

Or

And

36M

etri

cU

S37

Slav

eM

aste

r

Ana

log

Out

put

Typ

eD

evic

e T

ype

1Pe

rcen

tage

0 -

100%

,(4

-20

mA

out

put)

2Pe

rcen

tage

100%

- 0

%,

(4-2

0 m

A o

utpu

t)

3Pr

essu

re(0

-22

mA

out

put)

44-

20 m

AM

axim

um L

oad

600

ohm

s

Ana

log

Out

put

Typ

eD

evic

e T

ype

1Pe

rcen

tage

0 -

100%

,0-

10

V

2Pe

rcen

tage

100%

- 0

%,

0 -

10 V

3Pr

essu

re0

- 11

V

40

- 11

Vdc

Setp

oint

Typ

e

Fun

ctio

nU

nits

Soft

war

e P

oint

Typ

es f

or S

Wxx

-yy

Tabl

e

Rev.

12/

00

Dis

play

Uni

tsU

nits

Uni

tsD

ispl

ayed

Dis

play

ed E

ntry

0no

t use

dno

t use

d1

°F°C

2%

%3

"H20

Pa4

mA

mA

5^F

^C6

VO

LTS

VO

LTS

7ps

iK

pa8

gpm

1/m

in9

gph

1/h

10kg

pmm

3/m

in11

kgph

m3/

h12

psig

kPa

13lb

s/hr

kg/h

14kl

bs/h

rkg

/h15

Btu

/hr

kW16

MB

tu/h

kW17

"H20

mm

H2O

18"H

gm

mH

G19

kWh

kWh

20kW

kW21

degF

degC

22%

RH

%R

H23

AM

PSA

MPS

24V

OLT

SV

OLT

S25

CFM

m3/

min

26C

FHm

3/h

27fp

mm

/sec

28kc

fmm

3/m

in29

kcfh

m3/

h30

tons

tons

31to

ns/h

tons

/h32

rpm

rpm

33%

open

%op

en34

hour

sho

urs

35ga

lslit

ers

36B

tu/lb

kJ/k

g37

gps

1/se

c38

sqft

m2

39C

FM1/

sec

40se

cse

c41

Hz

Hz

42m

inm

in43

hour

sho

urs

44rp

mrp

m45

kWh/

pkW

h/p

46pu

lses

puls

es47

uSuS

48pH

pH49

usec

usec

50st

eps

step

s51

feet

met

ers

52G

PML

PS53

in H

gkP

ag54

tons

kW55

tons

KC

al/m

in56

no u

nits

no u

nits

653

Index

1600 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet 14,16, 641, 6491600 Software Point Configuration Sheet 14, 16, 641, 6506400 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet14, 16, 641, 6516400 Software Point Configuration Sheet 14, 16, 641, 652

A

Accuracyinput/output devices 617

Adding the Comfort Controller 14Address Setting 14, 21AI/AO Display Units

allowable entries 622Airside Linkage 484Alarm Description Index 624Alarm Level 624Alarm Message 624Alarm Source 624Alarms

definition 511Discrete State 512First Out alarm 520Limit alarm 529Number of Starts alarm 538Runtime alarm 545Setpoint Limit alarm 552

Algorithmdefinition 9, 93

Algorithm and Alarm Units Summary Sheet 641Algorithms

analog algorithmsAO-Adaptive Control 95AO-Cooling CV 105AO-Cooling VAV 118AO-Fan Tracking 131AO-Heating CV 141AO-Heating VAV 155AO-Humidity Control 170AO-Mixed Air CV w IAQ 179AO-Mixed Air VAV w IAQ 197AO-Permissive Intrlock 213AO-Reset 221AO-Shared Transducer 231AO-Static Pressure 247function types 93

discrete algorithmsDO-Analog Comparison 255DO-DX Staging VAV 262DO-Electric Heat CV 278DO-Electric Heat VAV 294DO-Enthalpy Comparison 311DO-Interlock 317DO-Lighting Control 322DO-Permissive Intrlock 326DO-Proportional Thermostat 335DO-Proportional Thermostat 2 Pipe 347DO-Proportional Thermostat 4 Pipe 358

DO-Pump Control 369DO-Staged Thermostat 381DO-Staging 393DO-Time Clock 406DO-Time Clock with Check 413function types 94

global algorithmsfunction types 94Linkage/AOSS Schedule 444Network Broadcast 440NTFC w Enthalpy Check 466Occupancy 477Sensor Group 478WSM Air Source 484WSM Cool Source 490

Allowable EntriesAI/AO display units 622DI/DO display units 623

ALRMDEF Table 624Analog Software Point 28

description 28maintenance decisions, description of 28maintenance decisions, list of 28typical application 28

Analog Trace Point 566configuration decisions, description of 567configuration decisions, list of 566description 566maintenance decisions, description of 569maintenance decisions, list of 566

AO-Adaptive Control 95configuration decisions, description of 98configuration decisions, list of 96description 95maintenance decisions, description of 102maintenance decisions, list of 96typical application 95

AO-Cooling CV 105configuration decisions, description of 109configuration decisions, list of 106description 105maintenance decisions, description of 114maintenance decisions, list of 107typical application 105

AO-Cooling VAV 118configuration decisions, description of 122configuration decisions, list of 119description 118maintenance decisions, description of 127maintenance decisions, list of 120typical application 118

AO-Fan Tracking 131configuration decisions, description of 134configuration decisions, list of 131description 131maintenance decisions, description of 137maintenance decisions, list of 132typical application 131

654

AO-Heating CV 141configuration decisions, description of 145configuration decisions, list of 142description 141maintenance decisions, description of 151maintenance decisions, list of 143typical application 141

AO-Heating VAV 155configuration decisions, description of 159configuration decisions, list of 156description 155maintenance decisions, description of 165maintenance decisions, list of 157typical application 155

AO-Humidity Control 170configuration decisions, description of 173configuration decisions, list of 170description 170maintenance decisions, description of 176maintenance decisions, list of 171typical application 170

AO-Mixed Air CV w IAQ 179configuration decisions, description of 184configuration decisions, list of 181description 179maintenance decisions, description of 192maintenance decisions, list of 182typical application 180

AO-Mixed Air VAV w IAQ 197configuration decisions, description of 201configuration decisions, list of 198description 197maintenance decisions, description of 208maintenance decisions, list of 199typical application 198

AO-Permissive Intrlock 213configuration decisions, description of 216configuration decisions, list of 214description 213maintenance decisions, description of 219maintenance decisions, list of 214typical application 213

AO-Reset 221configuration decisions, description of 224configuration decisions, list of 222description 221maintenance decisions, description of 228maintenance decisions, list of 222typical application 221

AO-Shared Transducer 231configuration decisions, description of 235configuration decisions, list of 232description 231maintenance decisions, description of 242maintenance decisions, list of 233typical application 231

AO-Static Pressure 247configuration decisions, description of 250configuration decisions, list of 247description 247

maintenance decisions, description of 253maintenance decisions, list of 248typical application 247

AOSS Schedule 423Adaptive Optimal Start 430, 436Adaptive Optimal Stop 431, 437AOSS Setpoint Schedule 435AOSS Time Schedule 433configuration decisions, description of 429configuration decisions, list of 426description 423factors that affect offset calculations 424K Factor 424maintenance decisions, description of 432maintenance decisions, list of 426start mode 424stop mode 424T56 Slider Bias 432, 439typical application 425

B

BEST++ 12downloading 22

Broadcast 440enabling time 588

C

CCN Compatibility 613Comfort Controller

1600description 7supported sensors and devices 7

6400description 5HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) 7supported sensors and devices 6supported UT203 FID Modules 7

database description 9function requirements, summary of 641language conversion 12operator interfaces 5purpose 5types 5

Comfort Controller Function Requirements 641Communication Status, determining 591Configuring

Alarms 511, 624Discrete State alarm 512First Out alarm 520Limit alarm 529Number of Starts alarm 538Runtime alarm 545Setpoint Limit alarm 552

algorithms 93AO-Adaptive Control 95AO-Cooling CV 105AO-Cooling VAV 118AO-Fan Tracking 131AO-Heating CV 141

655

AO-Heating VAV 155AO-Humidity Control 170AO-Mixed Air CV w IAQ 179AO-Mixed Air VAV w IAQ 197AO-Permissive Intrlock 213AO-Reset 221AO-Shared Transducer 231AO-Static Pressure 247AOSS Schedule 423DO-Analog Comparison 255DO-DX Staging VAV 262DO-Electric Heat CV 278DO-Electric Heat VAV 294DO-Enthalpy Comparison 311DO-Interlock 317DO-Lighting Control 322DO-Permissive Interlock 326DO-Proportional Thermostat 335DO-Proportional Thermostat 2 Pipe 347DO-Proportional Thermostat 4 Pipe 358DO-Pump Control 369DO-Staged Thermostat 381DO-Staging 393DO-Time Clock 406DO-Time Clock with Check 413Linkage/AOSS Schedule 444Network Broadcast 440NTFC w Enthalpy Check 466Occupancy 477Sensor Group 478WSM Air Source 484WSM Cool Source 490

Building Supervisor III, with a 13Comfort Controller, newly installed 13configuration tables 10, 20Custom Milliamp Input

conversion equation 30database 13FNCxx-yy Table 16HWxx-yy Table 16Network Service Tool, with a 13NUMSYS Table 17points 27

analog software 28custom milliamp input 30custom milliamp output 35custom voltage input 40custom voltage output 45discrete output 50discrete software point 55latched discrete input 57milliamp input 59milliamp output 63network input 66network output 70pulsed discrete input 73sensed discrete input 77stepper motor output 80temperature input 83voltage input 86

voltage output 89procedure 14schedules 495

Holiday Schedule 496Network Time Schedule 498Occupancy Schedule 501Setpoint Schedule 499Time Schedule 501

Service-Config Tables 10, 13, 16FNCxx-yy Table 16, 93, 511HWxx-yy Table 16NUMSYS Table 17SETPTDEF Table 17SWxx-yy Table 18UPDATEDB Table 18

SETPTDEF Table 17SWxx-yy Table 18system functions 563

Analog Trace Point 566Consumable 572Ctlr-ID 571Discrete Trace Point 575Internal Consumable 580Real Time Clock 587Runtime 592

UPDATEDB Table 18Consumable 572

Configuration decisions, description of 572configuration decisions, list of 572description 572

Creating the Database 13, 20Ctlr-ID 571

description 571maintenance decision 571pre-configured decisions, description of 571pre-configured decisions, list of 571

Custom Milliamp Input Point 30configuration decisions, description of 31configuration decisions, list of 30conversion equation 30description 30maintenance decisions, description of 33maintenance decisions, list of 30

Custom Milliamp Output Point 35configuration decisions, description of 36configuration decisions, list of 35conversion equation 35description 35maintenance decisions, description of 37maintenance decisions, list of 35

Custom Programming 12Custom Voltage Input Point 40

configuration decisions, description of 41configuration decisions, list of 40conversion equation 40description 40maintenance decisions, description of 44maintenance decisions, list of 40

656

Custom Voltage Output 45configuration decisions, description of 46configuration decisions, list of 45conversion equation 45description 45maintenance decisions, description of 47maintenance decisions, list of 45

D

Databaseconfiguration errors, encountering 19configuring 10, 13creating 10, 13, 20description 9size 9updating 15, 18uploading 19verifying 19, 22

DBSTATUSmaintenance decisions, description of 573maintenance decisions, list of 573

DBSTATUS Maintenance Screen 19Default Names 644Default Names, summary of 641DI/DO Display Units

allowable entries 623Discrete Output Point 50

configuration decisions, description of 52configuration decisions, list of 51description 50maintenance decisions, description of 53maintenance decisions, list of 51

Discrete Software Point 55description 55maintenance decisions, description of 55maintenance decisions, list of 55typical application 55

Discrete State Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 513configuration decisions, list of 512description 512maintenance decisions, description of 518maintenance decisions, list of 513typical application 512

Discrete Trace Point 575configuration decisions, description of 576configuration decisions, list of 575description 575maintenance decisions, description of 578maintenance decisions, list of 575

DO-Analog Comparison 255configuration decisions, description of 258configuration decisions, list of 256description 255maintenance decisions, description of 260maintenance decisions, list of 256typical applications 255

DO-DX Staging VAV 262configuration decisions, description of 266

configuration decisions, list of 263description 262maintenance decisions, description of 273maintenance decisions, list of 264typical application 262

DO-Electric Heat CV 278configuration decisions, description of 282configuration decisions, list of 279description 278maintenance decisions, description of 288maintenance decisions, list of 280typical application 278

DO-Electric Heat VAV 294configuration decisions, description of 298configuration decisions, list of 295description 294maintenance decisions, description of 304maintenance decisions, list of 296typical application 294

DO-Enthalpy Comparison 311configuration decisions, description of 313configuration decisions, list of 311description 311maintenance decisions, description of 315maintenance decisions, list of 311

DO-Interlock 317configuration decisions, description of 319configuration decisions, list of 317description 317maintenance decisions, description of 321maintenance decisions, list of 317typical application 317

DO-Lighting Control 322configuration decisions, description of 324configuration decisions, list of 322description 322maintenance decisions, description of 325maintenance decisions, list of 322typical application 322

DO-Permissive Intrlock 326configuration decisions, description of 329configuration decisions, list of 327description 326maintenance decisions, description of 332maintenance decisions, list of 327typical application 326

DO-Proportional Thermostat 335configuration decisions, description of 339configuration decisions, list of 336control modes 335description 335maintenance decisions, description of 344maintenance decisions, list of 337operating modes 335typical application 336

DO-Proportional Thermostat 2 Pipe 347configuration decisions, description of 351configuration decisions, list of 348control modes 347description 347

657

maintenance decisions, description of 356maintenance decisions, list of 349operating modes 347typical application 348

DO-Proportional Thermostat 4 Pipe 358configuration decisions, description of 362configuration decisions, list of 359control modes 358description 358maintenance decisions, description of 367maintenance decisions, list of 360operating modes 358typical application 359

DO-Pump Control 369activating primary pump 369configuration decisions, description of 373configuration decisions, list of 370description 369maintenance decisions, description of 378maintenance decisions, list of 371typical application 370

DO-Staged Thermostat 381configuration decisions, description of 385configuration decisions, list of 382control modes 381description 381maintenance decisions, description of 391maintenance decisions, list of 383operating modes 381typical application 382

DO-Staging 393configuration decisions, description of 396configuration decisions, list of 393description 393maintenance decisions, description of 402maintenance decisions, list of 394typical application 393

DO-Time Clock 406configuration decisions, description of 409configuration decisions, list of 407description 406maintenance decisions, description of 411maintenance decisions, list of 407typical application 406

DO-Time Clock with Check 413configuration decisions, description of 416configuration decisions, list of 414description 413maintenance decisions, description of 420maintenance decisions, list of 414typical application 413

DownloadingBEST++ 22controller 21existing database 20status messages 21

E

Engineering Unitsinput/output devices 617

F

First Out Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 521configuration decisions, list of 520description 520maintenance decisions, description of 527maintenance decisions, list of 521typical application 520

Flow Diagramsinterpreting 10

FNCxx-yy Table 15, 16, 93, 511Force Levels

points 33Function Requirements 646, 647Function Types 644

G

Global AlgorithmsAOSS Schedule 423Linkage/AOSS Schedule 444Network Broadcast 440NTFC w Enthalpy Check 466Occupancy 477Sensor Group 478WSM Air Source 484, 493WSM Cool Source 490

H

Hardware and Software Point ConfigurationSheets 14, 16, 649, 650, 651, 652

Holidaydetermining if today is a holiday 591determining if tomorrow is a holiday 591

Holiday Scheduleconfiguration decisions, description of 497configuration decisions, list of 497description 496typical application 496

HWxx-yy Table 15, 16

I

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) 179, 190, 196, 197, 206, 211Initializing the Controller 21Internal Consumable 580

configuration decisions, description of 581configuration decisions, list of 580description 580maintenance decisions, description of 582maintenance decisions, list of 581permissible display units 580

L

Language Conversion 12Latched Discrete Input Point 57

description 57maintenance decisions, description of 57

658

maintenance decisions, list of 57typical application 57

LID 627accessing items

directly (reference chart) 634edit mode 633status mode 632

configuringComfort Controller, newly installed 635

default screen 628edit (configuration) mode 632function keys 629logging on 631menu structure 627numeric keys 631operative keys 630status (maintenance) mode 632

LID Processorconfiguration decisions, description of 583configuration decisions, list of 583description 583maintenance decisions, description of 586maintenance decisions, list of 583

Limit Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 531configuration decisions, list of 529description 529maintenance decisions, description of 536maintenance decisions, list of 530typical application 529

Linkage/AOSS Schedule 444Adaptive Optimal Start 449, 454Adaptive Optimal Stop 452, 462applicable algorithms 445configuration decisions, description of 449configuration decisions, list of 445description 444Linkage Setpoint Schedule 457Linkage Time Schedule 456maintenance decisions, description of 453maintenance decisions, list of 446

Local Interface Device 627accessing items

directly (reference chart) 634edit mode 633status mode 632

configuringComfort Controller, newly installed 635

default screen 628edit (configuration) mode 632function keys 629logging on 631menu structure 627numeric keys 631operative keys 630status (maintenance) mode 632

M

Memory Usage, summary of 641

Milliamp Input Point 59configuration decisions, description of 60configuration decisions, list of 59description 59maintenance decisions, description of 60maintenance decisions, list of 59

Milliamp Output Point 63description 63maintenance decisions, description of 63maintenance decisions, list of 63

Mixed Air Dampers 179, 197Modify

controller 20point descriptions 19Service-Config Tables 20

Morning Warm-up 294, 307description 155maintenance decisions 166

N

Network Broadcast 440configuration decisions, description of 441configuration decisions, list of 440description 440maintenance decisions, description of 443maintenance decisions, list of 440typical application 440

Network Input Point 66configuration decisions, description of 66configuration decisions, list of 66description 66maintenance decisions, description of 67maintenance decisions, list of 66

Network Output Point 70configuration decisions, description of 70configuration decisions, list of 70description 70maintenance decisions, description of 71maintenance decisions, list of 70typical application 70

Network Time Scheduledescription 498

Night Time Free Cooling 466NTFC w Enthalpy Check 466

configuration decisions, description of 469configuration decisions, list of 466description 466maintenance decisions, description of 474maintenance decisions, list of 467typical application 466

Number of Starts Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 539configuration decisions, list of 538description 538maintenance decisions, description of 543maintenance decisions, list of 538typical application 538

NUMSYS Table 15, 17

659

O

Occupancy 477Occupancy Schedule

configuration rules 502, 503description 501maintenance decisions, description of 507sample 503timed override 501, 504, 506, 507, 509typical application 502, 503

Operator Interfaces 5

P

Point Configuration Sheets 14, 16Point Descriptions

modifying 19Points

analog software 28custom milliamp input 30custom milliamp output 35custom voltage input 40custom voltage output 45description 27discrete output 50discrete software point 55latched discrete input 57milliamp input 59milliamp output 63network input 66network output 70pulsed discrete input 73sensed discrete input 77stepper motor output 80supported by 1600, number of 27supported by 6400, number of 27temperature input 83voltage input 86voltage output 89

PROMupgrading 20

Pulsed Discrete Input Point 73configuration decisions, description of 74configuration decisions, list of 73description 73maintenance decisions, description of 75maintenance decisions, list of 73typical application 73

Q

Quickstart 14, 6411600 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet 6411600 Software Point Configuration Sheet 6416400 Hardware Point Configuration Sheet 6416400 Software Point Configuration Sheet 641Algorithm and Alarm Units Summary Sheet 641default names, summary of 641function types, summary of 641memory usage, summary of 641Types/Units Reference Sheet 641

R

RAM flush 20Ranges

input/output devices 617Real Time Clock 587


Resolutionsinput/output devices 617

Runtime 592configuration decisions, description of 592configuration decisions, list of 592description 592

Runtime Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 546configuration decisions, list of 545description 545maintenance decisions, description of 550maintenance decisions, list of 546typical application 545

S

Schedulesdefinition 495Holiday Schedule 496Network Time Schedule 498Occupancy Schedule 501Setpoint Schedule 499Time Schedule 501

Sensed Discrete Input Point 77configuration decisions, description of 77configuration decisions, list of 77description 77maintenance decisions, description of 78maintenance decisions, list of 77typical application 77

Sensor Group 478configuration decisions, description of 481configuration decisions, list of 479description 478maintenance decisions, description of 482maintenance decisions, list of 479sensor values-high, low, average 478typical application 478

Service-Config Tables 10accessing 14configuration errors, encountering 19configuring 13, 14, 16FNCxx-yy 15, 93, 511HWxx-yy 15modifying (caution) 20NUMSYS 15order of 19SETPTDEF Table 15, 499SWxx-yy 15UPDATEDB 15, 21

660

Setpoint Limit Alarmconfiguration decisions, description of 554configuration decisions, list of 552description 552maintenance decisions, description of 559maintenance decisions, list of 553typical application 552

Setpoint Schedulebiased input from T-56 sensor 499configuration decisions, description of 500configuration decisions, list of 500description 499typical application 499

SETPTDEF Table 15, 17, 499Setting the Address 14, 21Software and Hardware Point Configuration

Sheets 14, 16, 649, 650, 651, 652Standard Discrete Output Point 50Standard Input and Output Devices 617Standard Milliamp Input Point 59Standard Milliamp Output Point 63Standard Voltage Input Point 86Standard Voltage Output Point 89Stepper Motor Output Point 80

configuration decisions, description of 80configuration decisions, list of 80description 80maintenance decisions, description of 81maintenance decisions, list of 80typical application 80

SWxx-yy Table 15, 18System Functions

Analog Trace Point 566Consumable 572Ctlr-ID 571definition 563Discrete Trace Point 575function types 565Internal Consumable 580LID, additional functions 563Real Time Clock 587Runtime 592

T

Temperature Input Point 83configuration decisions, description of 84configuration decisions, list of 83description 83maintenance decisions, description of 84maintenance decisions, list of 83typical application 83

Time and Date, determining current 590Time Broadcast

enabling 588Time Schedule

configuration decisions, list of 502configuration rules 502, 503description 501maintenance decisions, description of 507

maintenance decisions, list of 502sample 503timed override 501, 504, 506, 507, 509typical application 502, 503

Timed Override 501, 504, 506, 507, 509Types/Units Reference Sheet 641, 645

U

UPDATEDB Table 15, 18, 21Updating

database 15, 18Upgrading PROM 20Uploading

Comfort Controller 14database 20

Uploading the Database 19

V

Voltage Input Point 86configuration decisions, description of 87configuration decisions, list of 86description 86maintenance decisions, description of 87maintenance decisions, list of 86

Voltage Output Point 89description 89maintenance decisions, description of 89maintenance decisions, list of 89

W

Waterside Linkage 490WSM Air Source 484, 493


WSM Cool Source 490configuration decisions, description of 491configuration decisions, list of 490description 490maintenance decisions, description of 492maintenance decisions, list of 490

Reader'sComments

Fold so that the mailing address is visible, staple closed,and mail.

Your comments regarding this manual will help us improve futureeditions. Please comment on the usefulness and readability of thismanual, suggest additions and deletions, and list specific errors andomissions.

Document Name: Publication Date:

Usefulness and Readability:

Suggested Additions and Deletions:

Errors and Omissions (Please give page numbers):

Date:Name:Title or Position:Organization:Address:

Carrier CorporationCarrier World Headquarters Building

One Carrier PlaceFarmington, CT 06034-4015

Attn: CCN Documentation

Printed in U.S.A. 808 - 891 Rev. 06/03

cc6400 algorithms 808-891-060103

Documents